less-252/ 755 2320 12 0 5662457065 5325 less-252/main.c 444 2320 12 15262 5647700737 6526 /* * Copyright (c) 1984,1985,1989,1994 Mark Nudelman * All rights reserved. * * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions * are met: * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright * notice in the documentation and/or other materials provided with * the distribution. * * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT * OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR * BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, * WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE * OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN * IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. */ /* * Entry point, initialization, miscellaneous routines. */ #include "less.h" #include "position.h" public int ispipe; public char * every_first_cmd = NULL; public int new_file; public int is_tty; public IFILE curr_ifile = NULL_IFILE; public IFILE old_ifile = NULL_IFILE; public struct scrpos initial_scrpos; public int any_display = 0; public int wscroll; public char * progname; public int quitting; extern int file; extern int fd0; extern int quit_at_eof; extern int cbufs; extern int errmsgs; extern int screen_trashed; extern int force_open; #if LOGFILE public int logfile = -1; public int force_logfile = 0; public char * namelogfile = NULL; #endif #if EDITOR public char * editor; public char * editproto; #endif #if TAGS extern char * tagfile; extern char * tagoption; extern int jump_sline; #endif /* * Entry point. */ int main(argc, argv) int argc; char *argv[]; { IFILE ifile; progname = *argv++; /* * Process command line arguments and LESS environment arguments. * Command line arguments override environment arguments. */ init_prompt(); init_charset(); init_option(); scan_option(getenv("LESS")); #define isoptstring(s) (((s)[0] == '-' || (s)[0] == '+') && (s)[1] != '\0') while (--argc > 0 && (isoptstring(argv[0]) || isoptpending())) scan_option(*argv++); #undef isoptstring if (isoptpending()) { /* * Last command line option was a flag requiring a * following string, but there was no following string. */ nopendopt(); quit(0); } #if EDITOR editor = getenv("EDITOR"); if (editor == NULL || *editor == '\0') editor = EDIT_PGM; editproto = getenv("LESSEDIT"); if (editproto == NULL || *editproto == '\0') editproto = "%E ?lm+%lm. %f"; #endif /* * Call get_ifile with all the command line filenames * to "register" them with the ifile system. */ ifile = NULL_IFILE; while (--argc >= 0) { #if MSOFTC /* * Because the "shell" doesn't expand filename patterns, * treat each argument as a filename pattern rather than * a single filename. * Expand the pattern and iterate over the expanded list. */ { struct textlist tlist; char *gfilename; char *filename; gfilename = glob(*argv++); init_textlist(&tlist, gfilename); filename = NULL; while ((filename = forw_textlist(&tlist, filename)) != NULL) ifile = get_ifile(filename, ifile); free(gfilename); } #else ifile = get_ifile(*argv++, ifile); #endif } /* * Set up terminal, etc. */ is_tty = isatty(1); if (!is_tty) { /* * Output is not a tty. * Just copy the input file(s) to output. */ if (nifile() == 0) { if (edit_stdin() == 0) cat_file(); } else if (edit_first() == 0) { do { cat_file(); } while (edit_next(1) == 0); } quit(0); } init_mark(); init_cmds(); raw_mode(1); get_term(); get_editkeys(); #if USERFILE /* * Try to use the lesskey file "$HOME/.less". */ add_hometable(); #endif open_getchr(); init_signals(1); /* * Select the first file to examine. */ #if TAGS if (tagoption != NULL) { /* * A -t option was given. * Verify that no filenames were also given. * Edit the file selected by the "tags" search, * and search for the proper line in the file. */ if (nifile() > 0) { error("No filenames allowed with -t option", NULL_PARG); quit(1); } findtag(tagoption); if (tagfile == NULL) quit(1); if (edit(tagfile)) /* Edit file which contains the tag */ quit(1); /* * Search for the line which contains the tag. * Set up initial_scrpos so we display that line. */ initial_scrpos.pos = tagsearch(); if (initial_scrpos.pos == NULL_POSITION) quit(1); initial_scrpos.ln = jump_sline; } else #endif if (nifile() == 0) { if (edit_stdin()) /* Edit standard input */ quit(1); } else { if (edit_first()) /* Edit first valid file in cmd line */ quit(1); } init(); commands(); quit(0); /*NOTREACHED*/ } /* * Copy a string, truncating to the specified length if necessary. * Unlike strncpy(), the resulting string is guaranteed to be null-terminated. */ public void strtcpy(to, from, len) char *to; char *from; unsigned int len; { strncpy(to, from, len); to[len-1] = '\0'; } /* * Copy a string to a "safe" place * (that is, to a buffer allocated by calloc). */ public char * save(s) char *s; { register char *p; p = (char *) ecalloc(strlen(s)+1, sizeof(char)); strcpy(p, s); return (p); } /* * Allocate memory. * Like calloc(), but never returns an error (NULL). */ public VOID_POINTER ecalloc(count, size) int count; unsigned int size; { register VOID_POINTER p; p = (VOID_POINTER) calloc(count, size); if (p != NULL) return (p); error("Cannot allocate memory", NULL_PARG); quit(1); /*NOTREACHED*/ } /* * Skip leading spaces in a string. */ public char * skipsp(s) register char *s; { while (*s == ' ' || *s == '\t') s++; return (s); } /* * Exit the program. */ public void quit(status) int status; { static int save_status; /* * Put cursor at bottom left corner, clear the line, * reset the terminal modes, and exit. */ if (status < 0) status = save_status; else save_status = status; quitting = 1; edit((char*)NULL); if (any_display) clear_bot(); deinit(); flush(); raw_mode(0); #if MSOFTC /* * If we don't close 2, we get some garbage from * 2's buffer when it flushes automatically. * I cannot track this one down RB * The same bug shows up if we use ^C^C to abort. */ close(2); #endif exit(status); } less-252/screen.c 444 2320 12 47171 5660204702 7047 /* * Copyright (c) 1984,1985,1989,1994 Mark Nudelman * All rights reserved. * * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions * are met: * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright * notice in the documentation and/or other materials provided with * the distribution. * * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT * OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR * BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, * WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE * OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN * IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. */ /* * Routines which deal with the characteristics of the terminal. * Uses termcap to be as terminal-independent as possible. * * {{ Maybe someday this should be rewritten to use curses or terminfo. }} */ #include "less.h" #include "cmd.h" #if HAVE_TERMIOS_H && HAVE_TERMIOS_FUNCS #include #if HAVE_SYS_IOCTL_H && !defined(TIOCGWINSZ) #include #endif #else #if HAVE_TERMIO_H #include #else #include #if HAVE_SYS_IOCTL_H && (defined(TIOCGWINSZ) || defined(TCGETA) || defined(TIOCGETP) || defined(WIOCGETD)) #include #endif #endif #endif #if HAVE_TERMCAP_H #include #endif #ifndef TIOCGWINSZ /* * For the Unix PC (ATT 7300 & 3B1): * Since WIOCGETD is defined in sys/window.h, we can't use that to decide * whether to include sys/window.h. Use SIGPHONE from sys/signal.h instead. */ #include #ifdef SIGPHONE #include #endif #endif #if HAVE_SYS_STREAM_H #include #endif #if HAVE_SYS_PTEM_H #include #endif /* * Strings passed to tputs() to do various terminal functions. */ static char *sc_pad, /* Pad string */ *sc_home, /* Cursor home */ *sc_addline, /* Add line, scroll down following lines */ *sc_lower_left, /* Cursor to last line, first column */ *sc_move, /* General cursor positioning */ *sc_clear, /* Clear screen */ *sc_eol_clear, /* Clear to end of line */ *sc_eos_clear, /* Clear to end of screen */ *sc_s_in, /* Enter standout (highlighted) mode */ *sc_s_out, /* Exit standout mode */ *sc_u_in, /* Enter underline mode */ *sc_u_out, /* Exit underline mode */ *sc_b_in, /* Enter bold mode */ *sc_b_out, /* Exit bold mode */ *sc_bl_in, /* Enter blink mode */ *sc_bl_out, /* Exit blink mode */ *sc_visual_bell, /* Visual bell (flash screen) sequence */ *sc_backspace, /* Backspace cursor */ *sc_s_keypad, /* Start keypad mode */ *sc_e_keypad, /* End keypad mode */ *sc_init, /* Startup terminal initialization */ *sc_deinit; /* Exit terminal de-initialization */ static int init_done = 0; public int auto_wrap; /* Terminal does \r\n when write past margin */ public int ignaw; /* Terminal ignores \n immediately after wrap */ public int erase_char, kill_char; /* The user's erase and line-kill chars */ public int sc_width, sc_height; /* Height & width of screen */ public int bo_s_width, bo_e_width; /* Printing width of boldface seq */ public int ul_s_width, ul_e_width; /* Printing width of underline seq */ public int so_s_width, so_e_width; /* Printing width of standout seq */ public int bl_s_width, bl_e_width; /* Printing width of blink seq */ public int above_mem, below_mem; /* Memory retained above/below screen */ static char *cheaper(); /* * These two variables are sometimes defined in, * and needed by, the termcap library. */ #if MUST_DEFINE_OSPEED extern short ospeed; /* Terminal output baud rate */ extern char PC; /* Pad character */ #endif extern int quiet; /* If VERY_QUIET, use visual bell for bell */ extern int know_dumb; /* Don't complain about a dumb terminal */ extern int back_scroll; extern int swindow; extern int no_init; extern char *tgetstr(); extern char *tgoto(); /* * Change terminal to "raw mode", or restore to "normal" mode. * "Raw mode" means * 1. An outstanding read will complete on receipt of a single keystroke. * 2. Input is not echoed. * 3. On output, \n is mapped to \r\n. * 4. \t is NOT expanded into spaces. * 5. Signal-causing characters such as ctrl-C (interrupt), * etc. are NOT disabled. * It doesn't matter whether an input \n is mapped to \r, or vice versa. */ public void raw_mode(on) int on; { static int curr_on = 0; if (on == curr_on) return; #if HAVE_TERMIOS_H && HAVE_TERMIOS_FUNCS { struct termios s; static struct termios save_term; if (on) { /* * Get terminal modes. */ tcgetattr(2, &s); /* * Save modes and set certain variables dependent on modes. */ save_term = s; #if HAVE_OSPEED switch (cfgetospeed(&s)) { #ifdef B0 case B0: ospeed = 0; break; #endif #ifdef B50 case B50: ospeed = 1; break; #endif #ifdef B75 case B75: ospeed = 2; break; #endif #ifdef B110 case B110: ospeed = 3; break; #endif #ifdef B134 case B134: ospeed = 4; break; #endif #ifdef B150 case B150: ospeed = 5; break; #endif #ifdef B200 case B200: ospeed = 6; break; #endif #ifdef B300 case B300: ospeed = 7; break; #endif #ifdef B600 case B600: ospeed = 8; break; #endif #ifdef B1200 case B1200: ospeed = 9; break; #endif #ifdef B1800 case B1800: ospeed = 10; break; #endif #ifdef B2400 case B2400: ospeed = 11; break; #endif #ifdef B4800 case B4800: ospeed = 12; break; #endif #ifdef B9600 case B9600: ospeed = 13; break; #endif #ifdef EXTA case EXTA: ospeed = 14; break; #endif #ifdef EXTB case EXTB: ospeed = 15; break; #endif #ifdef B57600 case B57600: ospeed = 16; break; #endif #ifdef B115200 case B115200: ospeed = 17; break; #endif default: ; } #endif erase_char = s.c_cc[VERASE]; kill_char = s.c_cc[VKILL]; /* * Set the modes to the way we want them. */ s.c_lflag &= ~(0 #ifdef ICANON | ICANON #endif #ifdef ECHO | ECHO #endif #ifdef ECHOE | ECHOE #endif #ifdef ECHOK | ECHOK #endif #if ECHONL | ECHONL #endif ); s.c_oflag |= (0 #ifdef XTABS | XTABS #else #ifdef TAB3 | TAB3 #else #ifdef OXTABS | OXTABS #endif #endif #endif #ifdef OPOST | OPOST #endif #ifdef ONLCR | ONLCR #endif ); s.c_oflag &= ~(0 #ifdef ONOEOT | ONOEOT #endif #ifdef OCRNL | OCRNL #endif #ifdef ONOCR | ONOCR #endif #ifdef ONLRET | ONLRET #endif ); s.c_cc[VMIN] = 1; s.c_cc[VTIME] = 0; } else { /* * Restore saved modes. */ s = save_term; } tcsetattr(2, TCSADRAIN, &s); } #else #ifdef TCGETA { struct termio s; static struct termio save_term; if (on) { /* * Get terminal modes. */ ioctl(2, TCGETA, &s); /* * Save modes and set certain variables dependent on modes. */ save_term = s; #if HAVE_OSPEED ospeed = s.c_cflag & CBAUD; #endif erase_char = s.c_cc[VERASE]; kill_char = s.c_cc[VKILL]; /* * Set the modes to the way we want them. */ s.c_lflag &= ~(ICANON|ECHO|ECHOE|ECHOK|ECHONL); s.c_oflag |= (OPOST|ONLCR|TAB3); s.c_oflag &= ~(OCRNL|ONOCR|ONLRET); s.c_cc[VMIN] = 1; s.c_cc[VTIME] = 0; } else { /* * Restore saved modes. */ s = save_term; } ioctl(2, TCSETAW, &s); } #else { struct sgttyb s; static struct sgttyb save_term; if (on) { /* * Get terminal modes. */ ioctl(2, TIOCGETP, &s); /* * Save modes and set certain variables dependent on modes. */ save_term = s; #if HAVE_OSPEED ospeed = s.sg_ospeed; #endif erase_char = s.sg_erase; kill_char = s.sg_kill; /* * Set the modes to the way we want them. */ s.sg_flags |= CBREAK; s.sg_flags &= ~(ECHO|XTABS); } else { /* * Restore saved modes. */ s = save_term; } ioctl(2, TIOCSETN, &s); } #endif #endif curr_on = on; } static void cannot(s) char *s; { PARG parg; if (know_dumb) /* * User knows this is a dumb terminal, so don't tell him. */ return; parg.p_string = s; error("WARNING: terminal cannot %s", &parg); } /* * Get size of the output screen. */ public void scrsize() { register char *s; #ifdef TIOCGWINSZ struct winsize w; #else #ifdef WIOCGETD struct uwdata w; #endif #endif #ifdef TIOCGWINSZ if (ioctl(2, TIOCGWINSZ, &w) == 0 && w.ws_row > 0) sc_height = w.ws_row; else #else #ifdef WIOCGETD if (ioctl(2, WIOCGETD, &w) == 0 && w.uw_height > 0) sc_height = w.uw_height/w.uw_vs; else #endif #endif if ((s = getenv("LINES")) != NULL) sc_height = atoi(s); else sc_height = tgetnum("li"); if (sc_height <= 0) sc_height = 24; #ifdef TIOCGWINSZ if (ioctl(2, TIOCGWINSZ, &w) == 0 && w.ws_col > 0) sc_width = w.ws_col; else #ifdef WIOCGETD if (ioctl(2, WIOCGETD, &w) == 0 && w.uw_width > 0) sc_width = w.uw_width/w.uw_hs; else #endif #endif if ((s = getenv("COLUMNS")) != NULL) sc_width = atoi(s); else sc_width = tgetnum("co"); if (sc_width <= 0) sc_width = 80; } /* * Take care of the "variable" keys. * Certain keys send escape sequences which differ on different terminals * (such as the arrow keys, INSERT, DELETE, etc.) * Construct the commands based on these keys. */ public void get_editkeys() { char *sp; char *s; char tbuf[40]; static char kfcmdtable[400]; int sz_kfcmdtable = 0; static char kecmdtable[400]; int sz_kecmdtable = 0; #define put_cmd(str,action,tbl,sz) { \ strcpy(tbl+sz, str); \ sz += strlen(str) + 1; \ tbl[sz++] = action; } #define put_esc_cmd(str,action,tbl,sz) { \ tbl[sz++] = ESC; \ put_cmd(str,action,tbl,sz); } #define put_fcmd(str,action) put_cmd(str,action,kfcmdtable,sz_kfcmdtable) #define put_ecmd(str,action) put_cmd(str,action,kecmdtable,sz_kecmdtable) #define put_esc_fcmd(str,action) put_esc_cmd(str,action,kfcmdtable,sz_kfcmdtable) #define put_esc_ecmd(str,action) put_esc_cmd(str,action,kecmdtable,sz_kecmdtable) /* * Look at some interesting keys and see what strings they send. * Create commands (both command keys and line-edit keys). */ /* RIGHT ARROW */ sp = tbuf; if ((s = tgetstr("kr", &sp)) != NULL) { put_ecmd(s, EC_RIGHT); put_esc_ecmd(s, EC_W_RIGHT); } /* LEFT ARROW */ sp = tbuf; if ((s = tgetstr("kl", &sp)) != NULL) { put_ecmd(s, EC_LEFT); put_esc_ecmd(s, EC_W_LEFT); } /* UP ARROW */ sp = tbuf; if ((s = tgetstr("ku", &sp)) != NULL) { put_ecmd(s, EC_UP); put_fcmd(s, A_B_LINE); } /* DOWN ARROW */ sp = tbuf; if ((s = tgetstr("kd", &sp)) != NULL) { put_ecmd(s, EC_DOWN); put_fcmd(s, A_F_LINE); } /* PAGE UP */ sp = tbuf; if ((s = tgetstr("kP", &sp)) != NULL) { put_fcmd(s, A_B_SCREEN); } /* PAGE DOWN */ sp = tbuf; if ((s = tgetstr("kN", &sp)) != NULL) { put_fcmd(s, A_F_SCREEN); } /* HOME */ sp = tbuf; if ((s = tgetstr("kh", &sp)) != NULL) { put_ecmd(s, EC_HOME); } /* END */ sp = tbuf; if ((s = tgetstr("@7", &sp)) != NULL) { put_ecmd(s, EC_END); } /* DELETE */ sp = tbuf; if ((s = tgetstr("kD", &sp)) == NULL) { /* Use DEL (\177) if no "kD" termcap. */ tbuf[1] = '\177'; tbuf[2] = '\0'; s = tbuf+1; } put_ecmd(s, EC_DELETE); put_esc_ecmd(s, EC_W_DELETE); /* BACKSPACE */ tbuf[0] = ESC; tbuf[1] = erase_char; tbuf[2] = '\0'; put_ecmd(tbuf, EC_W_BACKSPACE); /* * Register the two tables. */ add_fcmd_table(kfcmdtable, sz_kfcmdtable); add_ecmd_table(kecmdtable, sz_kecmdtable); } /* * Get terminal capabilities via termcap. */ public void get_term() { char *sp; register char *t1, *t2; register int hard; char *term; char termbuf[2048]; static char sbuf[1024]; /* * Find out what kind of terminal this is. */ if ((term = getenv("TERM")) == NULL) term = "unknown"; if (tgetent(termbuf, term) <= 0) strcpy(termbuf, "dumb:hc:"); hard = tgetflag("hc"); /* * Get size of the screen. */ scrsize(); pos_init(); auto_wrap = tgetflag("am"); ignaw = tgetflag("xn"); above_mem = tgetflag("da"); below_mem = tgetflag("db"); /* * Assumes termcap variable "sg" is the printing width of: * the standout sequence, the end standout sequence, * the underline sequence, the end underline sequence, * the boldface sequence, and the end boldface sequence. */ if ((so_s_width = tgetnum("sg")) < 0) so_s_width = 0; so_e_width = so_s_width; bo_s_width = bo_e_width = so_s_width; ul_s_width = ul_e_width = so_s_width; bl_s_width = bl_e_width = so_s_width; /* * Get various string-valued capabilities. */ sp = sbuf; #if HAVE_OSPEED sc_pad = tgetstr("pc", &sp); if (sc_pad != NULL) PC = *sc_pad; #endif sc_s_keypad = tgetstr("ks", &sp); if (sc_s_keypad == NULL) sc_s_keypad = ""; sc_e_keypad = tgetstr("ke", &sp); if (sc_e_keypad == NULL) sc_e_keypad = ""; sc_init = tgetstr("ti", &sp); if (sc_init == NULL) sc_init = ""; sc_deinit= tgetstr("te", &sp); if (sc_deinit == NULL) sc_deinit = ""; sc_eol_clear = tgetstr("ce", &sp); if (hard || sc_eol_clear == NULL || *sc_eol_clear == '\0') { cannot("clear to end of line"); sc_eol_clear = ""; } sc_eos_clear = tgetstr("cd", &sp); if (below_mem && (hard || sc_eos_clear == NULL || *sc_eos_clear == '\0')) { cannot("clear to end of screen"); sc_eol_clear = ""; } sc_clear = tgetstr("cl", &sp); if (hard || sc_clear == NULL || *sc_clear == '\0') { cannot("clear screen"); sc_clear = "\n\n"; } sc_move = tgetstr("cm", &sp); if (hard || sc_move == NULL || *sc_move == '\0') { /* * This is not an error here, because we don't * always need sc_move. * We need it only if we don't have home or lower-left. */ sc_move = ""; } sc_s_in = tgetstr("so", &sp); if (hard || sc_s_in == NULL) sc_s_in = ""; sc_s_out = tgetstr("se", &sp); if (hard || sc_s_out == NULL) sc_s_out = ""; sc_u_in = tgetstr("us", &sp); if (hard || sc_u_in == NULL) sc_u_in = sc_s_in; sc_u_out = tgetstr("ue", &sp); if (hard || sc_u_out == NULL) sc_u_out = sc_s_out; sc_b_in = tgetstr("md", &sp); if (hard || sc_b_in == NULL) { sc_b_in = sc_s_in; sc_b_out = sc_s_out; } else { sc_b_out = tgetstr("me", &sp); if (hard || sc_b_out == NULL) sc_b_out = ""; } sc_bl_in = tgetstr("mb", &sp); if (hard || sc_bl_in == NULL) { sc_bl_in = sc_s_in; sc_bl_out = sc_s_out; } else { sc_bl_out = tgetstr("me", &sp); if (hard || sc_bl_out == NULL) sc_bl_out = ""; } sc_visual_bell = tgetstr("vb", &sp); if (hard || sc_visual_bell == NULL) sc_visual_bell = ""; if (tgetflag("bs")) sc_backspace = "\b"; else { sc_backspace = tgetstr("bc", &sp); if (sc_backspace == NULL || *sc_backspace == '\0') sc_backspace = "\b"; } /* * Choose between using "ho" and "cm" ("home" and "cursor move") * to move the cursor to the upper left corner of the screen. */ t1 = tgetstr("ho", &sp); if (hard || t1 == NULL) t1 = ""; if (*sc_move == '\0') t2 = ""; else { strcpy(sp, tgoto(sc_move, 0, 0)); t2 = sp; sp += strlen(sp) + 1; } sc_home = cheaper(t1, t2, "home cursor", "|\b^"); /* * Choose between using "ll" and "cm" ("lower left" and "cursor move") * to move the cursor to the lower left corner of the screen. */ t1 = tgetstr("ll", &sp); if (hard || t1 == NULL) t1 = ""; if (*sc_move == '\0') t2 = ""; else { strcpy(sp, tgoto(sc_move, 0, sc_height-1)); t2 = sp; sp += strlen(sp) + 1; } sc_lower_left = cheaper(t1, t2, "move cursor to lower left of screen", "\r"); /* * Choose between using "al" or "sr" ("add line" or "scroll reverse") * to add a line at the top of the screen. */ t1 = tgetstr("al", &sp); if (hard || t1 == NULL) t1 = ""; t2 = tgetstr("sr", &sp); if (hard || t2 == NULL) t2 = ""; if (above_mem) sc_addline = t1; else sc_addline = cheaper(t1, t2, "scroll backwards", ""); if (*sc_addline == '\0') { /* * Force repaint on any backward movement. */ back_scroll = 0; } } /* * Return the cost of displaying a termcap string. * We use the trick of calling tputs, but as a char printing function * we give it inc_costcount, which just increments "costcount". * This tells us how many chars would be printed by using this string. * {{ Couldn't we just use strlen? }} */ static int costcount; /*ARGSUSED*/ static int inc_costcount(c) int c; { costcount++; return (c); } static int cost(t) char *t; { costcount = 0; tputs(t, sc_height, inc_costcount); return (costcount); } /* * Return the "best" of the two given termcap strings. * The best, if both exist, is the one with the lower * cost (see cost() function). */ static char * cheaper(t1, t2, doit, def) char *t1, *t2; char *doit; char *def; { if (*t1 == '\0' && *t2 == '\0') { cannot(doit); return (def); } if (*t1 == '\0') return (t2); if (*t2 == '\0') return (t1); if (cost(t1) < cost(t2)) return (t1); return (t2); } /* * Below are the functions which perform all the * terminal-specific screen manipulation. */ /* * Initialize terminal */ public void init() { if (no_init) return; tputs(sc_init, sc_height, putchr); tputs(sc_s_keypad, sc_height, putchr); init_done = 1; } /* * Deinitialize terminal */ public void deinit() { if (no_init) return; if (!init_done) return; tputs(sc_e_keypad, sc_height, putchr); tputs(sc_deinit, sc_height, putchr); init_done = 0; } /* * Home cursor (move to upper left corner of screen). */ public void home() { tputs(sc_home, 1, putchr); } /* * Add a blank line (called with cursor at home). * Should scroll the display down. */ public void add_line() { tputs(sc_addline, sc_height, putchr); } /* * Move cursor to lower left corner of screen. */ public void lower_left() { tputs(sc_lower_left, 1, putchr); } /* * Ring the terminal bell. */ public void bell() { if (quiet == VERY_QUIET) vbell(); else putchr('\7'); } /* * Output the "visual bell", if there is one. */ public void vbell() { if (*sc_visual_bell == '\0') return; tputs(sc_visual_bell, sc_height, putchr); } /* * Clear the screen. */ public void clear() { tputs(sc_clear, sc_height, putchr); } /* * Clear from the cursor to the end of the cursor's line. * {{ This must not move the cursor. }} */ public void clear_eol() { tputs(sc_eol_clear, 1, putchr); } /* * Clear the bottom line of the display. * Leave the cursor at the beginning of the bottom line. */ public void clear_bot() { lower_left(); if (below_mem) tputs(sc_eos_clear, 1, putchr); else tputs(sc_eol_clear, 1, putchr); } /* * Begin "standout" (bold, underline, or whatever). */ public void so_enter() { tputs(sc_s_in, 1, putchr); } /* * End "standout". */ public void so_exit() { tputs(sc_s_out, 1, putchr); } /* * Begin "underline" (hopefully real underlining, * otherwise whatever the terminal provides). */ public void ul_enter() { tputs(sc_u_in, 1, putchr); } /* * End "underline". */ public void ul_exit() { tputs(sc_u_out, 1, putchr); } /* * Begin "bold" */ public void bo_enter() { tputs(sc_b_in, 1, putchr); } /* * End "bold". */ public void bo_exit() { tputs(sc_b_out, 1, putchr); } /* * Begin "blink" */ public void bl_enter() { tputs(sc_bl_in, 1, putchr); } /* * End "blink". */ public void bl_exit() { tputs(sc_bl_out, 1, putchr); } /* * Erase the character to the left of the cursor * and move the cursor left. */ public void backspace() { /* * Try to erase the previous character by overstriking with a space. */ tputs(sc_backspace, 1, putchr); putchr(' '); tputs(sc_backspace, 1, putchr); } /* * Output a plain backspace, without erasing the previous char. */ public void putbs() { tputs(sc_backspace, 1, putchr); } / t1 = tgetstr("al", &sp); if (hard || t1 == NULL) t1 = ""; t2 = tgetstr("sr", &sp); if (hard || t2 == NULL) t2 = ""; if (above_mem) sc_addline = t1; else sc_addline = cheaper(t1, t2, "scroll backwards", ""); if (*sc_addline == '\0') { /* * Force repaint on any backward movement. */ back_scroll = 0; } } /* * Return the cost of displaying a termcap string. * Wless-252/brac.c 444 2320 12 6372 5647700734 6470 /* * Copyright (c) 1984,1985,1989,1994 Mark Nudelman * All rights reserved. * * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions * are met: * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright * notice in the documentation and/or other materials provided with * the distribution. * * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT * OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR * BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, * WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE * OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN * IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. */ /* * Routines to perform bracket matching functions. */ #include "less.h" #include "position.h" /* * Try to match the n-th open bracket * which appears in the top displayed line (forwdir), * or the n-th close bracket * which appears in the bottom displayed line (!forwdir). * The characters which serve as "open bracket" and * "close bracket" are given. */ public void match_brac(obrac, cbrac, forwdir, n) register int obrac; register int cbrac; int forwdir; int n; { register int c; register int nest; POSITION pos; int (*chget)(); extern int ch_forw_get(), ch_back_get(); /* * Seek to the line containing the open bracket. * This is either the top or bottom line on the screen, * depending on the type of bracket. */ pos = position((forwdir) ? TOP : BOTTOM); if (pos == NULL_POSITION || ch_seek(pos)) { if (forwdir) error("Nothing in top line", NULL_PARG); else error("Nothing in bottom line", NULL_PARG); return; } /* * Look thru the line to find the open bracket to match. */ do { if ((c = ch_forw_get()) == '\n' || c == EOI) { if (forwdir) error("No bracket in top line", NULL_PARG); else error("No bracket in bottom line", NULL_PARG); return; } } while (c != obrac || --n > 0); /* * Position the file just "after" the open bracket * (in the direction in which we will be searching). * If searching forward, we are already after the bracket. * If searching backward, skip back over the open bracket. */ if (!forwdir) (void) ch_back_get(); /* * Search the file for the matching bracket. */ chget = (forwdir) ? ch_forw_get : ch_back_get; nest = 0; while ((c = (*chget)()) != EOI) { if (c == obrac) nest++; else if (c == cbrac && --nest < 0) { /* * Found the matching bracket. * If searching backward, put it on the top line. * If searching forward, put it on the bottom line. */ jump_line_loc(ch_tell(), forwdir ? -1 : 1); return; } } error("No matching bracket", NULL_PARG); } tions of source code must retain the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright * notice in the documentation and/or other materials provided witless-252/ch.c 444 2320 12 36341 5647700734 6172 /* * Copyright (c) 1984,1985,1989,1994 Mark Nudelman * All rights reserved. * * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions * are met: * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright * notice in the documentation and/or other materials provided with * the distribution. * * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT * OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR * BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, * WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE * OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN * IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. */ /* * Low level character input from the input file. * We use these special purpose routines which optimize moving * both forward and backward from the current read pointer. */ #include "less.h" public int file = -1; /* File descriptor of the input file */ public int ignore_eoi; /* * Pool of buffers holding the most recently used blocks of the input file. */ #define LBUFSIZE 1024 struct buf { struct buf *next, *prev; /* Must be first to match struct filestate */ long block; unsigned int datasize; unsigned char data[LBUFSIZE]; }; /* * The buffer pool is kept as a doubly-linked circular list, * in order from most- to least-recently used. * The circular list is anchored by the file state "thisfile". * * The file state is maintained in a filestate structure. * There are two such structures, one used when input is a pipe * and the other when input is an ordinary file. * This is so that we can leave a pipe, look and other files, * and return to the pipe without losing buffered data. * Buffered data can be reconstructed for a non-pipe file by * simply re-reading the file, but a pipe cannot be re-read. */ struct filestate { struct buf *next, *prev; /* Must be first to match struct buf */ POSITION fpos; int nbufs; long block; int offset; POSITION fsize; }; #define END_OF_CHAIN ((struct buf *)thisfile) #define buf_head thisfile->next #define buf_tail thisfile->prev #define ch_nbufs thisfile->nbufs #define ch_block thisfile->block #define ch_offset thisfile->offset #define ch_fpos thisfile->fpos #define ch_fsize thisfile->fsize static struct filestate pipefile = { (struct buf *)&pipefile, (struct buf *)&pipefile }; static struct filestate nonpipefile = { (struct buf *)&nonpipefile, (struct buf *)&nonpipefile }; static struct filestate *thisfile; extern int ispipe; extern int autobuf; extern int sigs; #if LOGFILE extern int logfile; extern char *namelogfile; #endif static int ch_addbuf(); /* * Get the character pointed to by the read pointer. * ch_get() is a macro which is more efficient to call * than fch_get (the function), in the usual case * that the block desired is at the head of the chain. */ #define ch_get() ((ch_block == buf_head->block && \ ch_offset < buf_head->datasize) ? \ buf_head->data[ch_offset] : fch_get()) int fch_get() { register struct buf *bp; register int n; register int slept; POSITION pos; POSITION len; slept = 0; /* * Look for a buffer holding the desired block. */ for (bp = buf_head; bp != END_OF_CHAIN; bp = bp->next) if (bp->block == ch_block) { if (ch_offset >= bp->datasize) /* * Need more data in this buffer. */ goto read_more; goto found; } /* * Block is not in a buffer. * Take the least recently used buffer * and read the desired block into it. * If the LRU buffer has data in it, * and autobuf is true, and input is a pipe, * then try to allocate a new buffer first. */ if (autobuf && ispipe && buf_tail->block != (long)(-1)) if (ch_addbuf(1)) /* * Allocation failed: turn off autobuf. */ autobuf = 0; bp = buf_tail; bp->block = ch_block; bp->datasize = 0; read_more: pos = (ch_block * LBUFSIZE) + bp->datasize; if ((len = ch_length()) != NULL_POSITION && pos >= len) /* * At end of file. */ return (EOI); if (pos != ch_fpos) { /* * Not at the correct position: must seek. * If input is a pipe, we're in trouble (can't seek on a pipe). * Some data has been lost: just return "?". */ if (ispipe) return ('?'); if (lseek(file, (off_t)pos, 0) == BAD_LSEEK) { error("seek error", NULL_PARG); quit(1); } ch_fpos = pos; } /* * Read the block. * If we read less than a full block, that's ok. * We use partial block and pick up the rest next time. */ n = iread(file, &bp->data[bp->datasize], (unsigned int)(LBUFSIZE - bp->datasize)); if (n == READ_INTR) return (EOI); if (n < 0) { error("read error", NULL_PARG); quit(1); } ch_fpos += n; #if LOGFILE /* * If we have a log file, write the new data to it. */ if (logfile >= 0 && n > 0) write(logfile, (char *) &bp->data[bp->datasize], n); #endif bp->datasize += n; /* * If we have read to end of file, set ch_fsize to indicate * the position of the end of file. */ if (n == 0) { ch_fsize = pos; if (ignore_eoi) { /* * We are ignoring EOF. * Wait a while, then try again. */ if (!slept) ierror("Waiting for data", NULL_PARG); #if !MSOFTC sleep(1); #endif slept = 1; } if (ABORT_SIGS()) return (EOI); } found: if (buf_head != bp) { /* * Move the buffer to the head of the buffer chain. * This orders the buffer chain, most- to least-recently used. */ bp->next->prev = bp->prev; bp->prev->next = bp->next; bp->next = buf_head; bp->prev = END_OF_CHAIN; buf_head->prev = bp; buf_head = bp; } if (ch_offset >= bp->datasize) /* * After all that, we still don't have enough data. * Go back and try again. */ goto read_more; return (bp->data[ch_offset]); } #if LOGFILE /* * Close the logfile. * If we haven't read all of standard input into it, do that now. */ public void end_logfile() { static int tried = 0; if (logfile < 0) return; if (!tried && ch_fsize == NULL_POSITION) { tried = 1; ierror("Finishing logfile", NULL_PARG); while (ch_forw_get() != EOI) if (ABORT_SIGS()) break; } close(logfile); logfile = -1; namelogfile = NULL; } /* * Start a log file AFTER less has already been running. * Invoked from the - command; see toggle_option(). * Write all the existing buffered data to the log file. */ public void sync_logfile() { register struct buf *bp; long block; long last_block; last_block = (ch_fpos + LBUFSIZE - 1) / LBUFSIZE; for (block = 0; block <= last_block; block++) for (bp = buf_head; bp != END_OF_CHAIN; bp = bp->next) if (bp->block == block) { write(logfile, (char *) bp->data, bp->datasize); break; } } #endif /* * Determine if a specific block is currently in one of the buffers. */ static int buffered(block) long block; { register struct buf *bp; for (bp = buf_head; bp != END_OF_CHAIN; bp = bp->next) if (bp->block == block) return (1); return (0); } /* * Seek to a specified position in the file. * Return 0 if successful, non-zero if can't seek there. */ public int ch_seek(pos) register POSITION pos; { long new_block; POSITION len; len = ch_length(); if (pos < ch_zero() || (len != NULL_POSITION && pos > len)) return (1); new_block = pos / LBUFSIZE; if (ispipe && pos != ch_fpos && !buffered(new_block)) return (1); /* * Set read pointer. */ ch_block = new_block; ch_offset = pos % LBUFSIZE; return (0); } /* * Seek to the end of the file. */ public int ch_end_seek() { POSITION len; if (!ispipe) ch_fsize = filesize(file); len = ch_length(); if (len != NULL_POSITION) return (ch_seek(len)); /* * Do it the slow way: read till end of data. */ while (ch_forw_get() != EOI) if (ABORT_SIGS()) return (1); return (0); } /* * Seek to the beginning of the file, or as close to it as we can get. * We may not be able to seek there if input is a pipe and the * beginning of the pipe is no longer buffered. */ public int ch_beg_seek() { register struct buf *bp, *firstbp; /* * Try a plain ch_seek first. */ if (ch_seek(ch_zero()) == 0) return (0); /* * Can't get to position 0. * Look thru the buffers for the one closest to position 0. */ firstbp = bp = buf_head; if (bp == END_OF_CHAIN) return (1); while ((bp = bp->next) != END_OF_CHAIN) if (bp->block < firstbp->block) firstbp = bp; ch_block = firstbp->block; ch_offset = 0; return (0); } /* * Return the length of the file, if known. */ public POSITION ch_length() { if (ignore_eoi) return (NULL_POSITION); return (ch_fsize); } /* * Return the current position in the file. */ #define tellpos(blk,off) ((POSITION)((((long)(blk)) * LBUFSIZE) + (off))) public POSITION ch_tell() { return (tellpos(ch_block, ch_offset)); } /* * Get the current char and post-increment the read pointer. */ public int ch_forw_get() { register int c; c = ch_get(); if (c == EOI) return (EOI); if (ch_offset < LBUFSIZE-1) ch_offset++; else { #if __ZOFFSET /* NOT WORKING */ if (ch_fsize != NULL_POSITION && tellpos(ch_block+1, 0) >= ch_fsize) return (EOI); #endif ch_block ++; ch_offset = 0; } return (c); } /* * Pre-decrement the read pointer and get the new current char. */ public int ch_back_get() { if (ch_offset > 0) ch_offset --; else { #if __ZOFFSET /* NOT WORKING */ if (tellpos(ch_block-1, LBUFSIZE-1) < ch_zero()) return (EOI); #else if (ch_block <= 0) return (EOI); #endif if (ispipe && !buffered(ch_block-1)) return (EOI); ch_block--; ch_offset = LBUFSIZE-1; } return (ch_get()); } /* * Allocate buffers. * Caller wants us to have a total of at least want_nbufs buffers. */ public int ch_nbuf(want_nbufs) int want_nbufs; { PARG parg; if (ch_nbufs < want_nbufs && ch_addbuf(want_nbufs - ch_nbufs)) { /* * Cannot allocate enough buffers. * If we don't have ANY, then quit. * Otherwise, just report the error and return. */ parg.p_int = want_nbufs - ch_nbufs; error("Cannot allocate %d buffers", &parg); if (ch_nbufs == 0) quit(1); } return (ch_nbufs); } /* * Flush any saved file state, including buffer contents. */ public void ch_flush() { register struct buf *bp; if (ispipe) { /* * If input is a pipe, we don't flush buffer contents, * since the contents can't be recovered. */ ch_fsize = NULL_POSITION; return; } /* * Initialize all the buffers. */ for (bp = buf_head; bp != END_OF_CHAIN; bp = bp->next) bp->block = (long)(-1); /* * Figure out the size of the file, if we can. */ ch_fsize = filesize(file); /* * Seek to a known position: the beginning of the file. */ ch_fpos = 0; ch_block = ch_fpos / LBUFSIZE; ch_offset = ch_fpos % LBUFSIZE; if (lseek(file, (off_t)0, 0) == BAD_LSEEK) { /* * Warning only; even if the seek fails for some reason, * there's a good chance we're at the beginning anyway. * {{ I think this is bogus reasoning. }} */ error("seek error to 0", NULL_PARG); } } /* * Allocate some new buffers. * The buffers are added to the tail of the buffer chain. */ static int ch_addbuf(nnew) int nnew; { register struct buf *bp; register struct buf *newbufs; /* * We don't have enough buffers. * Allocate some new ones. */ newbufs = (struct buf *) calloc(nnew, sizeof(struct buf)); if (newbufs == NULL) return (1); /* * Initialize the new buffers and link them together. * Link them all onto the tail of the buffer list. */ ch_nbufs += nnew; for (bp = &newbufs[0]; bp < &newbufs[nnew]; bp++) { bp->next = bp + 1; bp->prev = bp - 1; bp->block = (long)(-1); } newbufs[nnew-1].next = END_OF_CHAIN; newbufs[0].prev = buf_tail; buf_tail->next = &newbufs[0]; buf_tail = &newbufs[nnew-1]; return (0); } /* * Use the pipe file state. */ public void ch_pipe() { thisfile = &pipefile; } /* * Use the non-pipe file state. */ public void ch_nonpipe() { thisfile = &nonpipefile; } #if 0 /* TESTING */ extern VOID_POINTER memchr(); extern char linebuf[]; extern int size_linebuf; /* * Analogous to forw_line(), but deals with "raw lines": * lines which are not split for screen width. * {{ This is supposed to be more efficient than forw_line(). }} */ public POSITION forw_raw_line(curr_pos, linep) POSITION curr_pos; char **linep; { register char *p; register int bc; register int avail; register int space; register char *q; if (curr_pos == NULL_POSITION || ch_seek(curr_pos) || fch_get() == EOI) return (NULL_POSITION); p = linebuf; space = size_linebuf - 1; do { /* * avail = bytes available in data buffer. * space = space left in line buffer. * bc = byte count to move from data buffer to line buffer. */ bc = avail = buf_head->datasize - ch_offset; if (avail <= 0) break; /* * Find the next newline in data buffer. */ q = (char *) memchr((char *) &buf_head->data[ch_offset], '\n', avail); if (q != NULL) { /* * Found a newline. * Copy data buffer to line buffer and we're done. */ bc = q - (char *) &buf_head->data[ch_offset]; if (bc > space) bc = space; memcpy(p, (char *) &buf_head->data[ch_offset], bc); p += bc; ch_offset += bc + 1; if (ch_offset >= LBUFSIZE) { ch_offset = 0; ch_block++; } break; } /* * Didn't find a newline. * Copy data buffer to line buffer, * get the next data buffer and try again. */ bc = avail; if (bc > space) bc = space; memcpy(p, (char *) &buf_head->data[ch_offset], bc); space -= bc; p += bc; ch_offset = 0; ch_block++; } while (fch_get() != EOI && space > 0); *p = '\0'; if (linep != NULL) *linep = linebuf; return (ch_tell()); } /* * Analogous to back_line(), but deals with "raw lines". * {{ This is supposed to be more efficient than back_line(). }} */ public POSITION back_raw_line(curr_pos, linep) POSITION curr_pos; char **linep; { register char *p; register char *q; /* scratch pointer */ register i; /* scratch index */ register int bc; /* byte count to transfer */ register int space; /* space left in linebuf */ if (curr_pos == NULL_POSITION || curr_pos <= (POSITION)1 || ch_seek(curr_pos-2) || ch_get() == EOI) return (NULL_POSITION); p = &linebuf[size_linebuf]; *--p = '\0'; space = size_linebuf - 1; do { bc = ch_offset + 1; if (bc > space) bc = space; /* * Find the previous newline in data buffer. */ q = (char *) &buf_head->data[ch_offset] + 1; for (i = bc; i > 0; i--) if ((*--p = *--q) == '\n') { /* * Found a newline. * We're done. */ p++; ch_offset -= bc - i; ch_seek(ch_tell() + 1); goto done; } /* * Didn't find a newline. */ bc--; ch_offset -= bc; space -= bc; } while (space > 0 && ch_block > 0 && ch_seek(ch_tell() - 1) == 0 && fch_get() != EOI); done: if (linep != NULL) *linep = p; return (ch_tell()); } #endif for some reason, * there's a good chance we're at the beginning anyway. * {{ I think this is bogus reasoning. }} */ error("seek error to 0", NULL_PARG); } } /* * Allocate some new buffers. * The buffers are added to the tail of the buffer chain. */ static int ch_addbuf(less-252/charset.c 444 2320 12 13021 5647700734 7217 /* * Copyright (c) 1984,1985,1989,1994 Mark Nudelman * All rights reserved. * * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions * are met: * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright * notice in the documentation and/or other materials provided with * the distribution. * * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT * OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR * BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, * WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE * OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN * IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. */ /* * Functions to define the character set * and do things specific to the character set. */ #include "less.h" #if HAVE_LOCALE #include #include #endif /* * Predefined character sets, * selected by the LESSCHARSET environment variable. */ struct charset { char *name; char *desc; } charsets[] = { { "ascii", "8bcccbcc18b95.b" }, { "latin1", "8bcccbcc18b95.33b." }, { "dos", "8bcccbcc12bc5b95.98b.b" }, { "koi8-r", "8bcccbcc18b95.b128." }, { NULL } }; #define IS_BINARY_CHAR 01 #define IS_CONTROL_CHAR 02 static char chardef[256]; static char *binfmt = NULL; public int binattr = AT_STANDOUT; /* * Define a charset, given a description string. * The string consists of 256 letters, * one for each character in the charset. * If the string is shorter than 256 letters, missing letters * are taken to be identical to the last one. * A decimal number followed by a letter is taken to be a * repetition of the letter. * * Each letter is one of: * . normal character * b binary character * c control character */ static void ichardef(s) char *s; { register char *cp; register int n; register char v; n = 0; v = 0; cp = chardef; while (*s != '\0') { switch (*s++) { case '.': v = 0; break; case 'c': v = IS_CONTROL_CHAR; break; case 'b': v = IS_BINARY_CHAR|IS_CONTROL_CHAR; break; case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4': case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9': n = (10 * n) + (s[-1] - '0'); continue; default: error("invalid chardef", NULL_PARG); quit(1); /*NOTREACHED*/ } do { if (cp >= chardef + sizeof(chardef)) { error("chardef longer than 256", NULL_PARG); quit(1); /*NOTREACHED*/ } *cp++ = v; } while (--n > 0); n = 0; } while (cp < chardef + sizeof(chardef)) *cp++ = v; } /* * Define a charset, given a charset name. * The valid charset names are listed in the "charsets" array. */ static int icharset(name) register char *name; { register struct charset *p; if (name == NULL || *name == '\0') return (0); for (p = charsets; p->name != NULL; p++) { if (strcmp(name, p->name) == 0) { ichardef(p->desc); return (1); } } error("invalid charset name", NULL_PARG); quit(1); /*NOTREACHED*/ } #if HAVE_LOCALE /* * Define a charset, given a locale name. */ static void ilocale() { register int c; setlocale(LC_CTYPE, ""); for (c = 0; c < sizeof(chardef); c++) { if (isprint(c)) chardef[c] = 0; else if (iscntrl(c)) chardef[c] = IS_CONTROL_CHAR; else chardef[c] = IS_BINARY_CHAR|IS_CONTROL_CHAR; } } #endif /* * Define the printing format for control chars. */ public void setbinfmt(s) char *s; { if (s == NULL || *s == '\0') s = "*s<%X>"; /* * Select the attributes if it starts with "*". */ if (*s == '*') { switch (s[1]) { case 'd': binattr = AT_BOLD; break; case 'k': binattr = AT_BLINK; break; case 's': binattr = AT_STANDOUT; break; case 'u': binattr = AT_UNDERLINE; break; default: binattr = AT_NORMAL; break; } s += 2; } binfmt = s; } /* * Initialize charset data structures. */ public void init_charset() { register char *s; s = getenv("LESSBINFMT"); setbinfmt(s); /* * See if environment variable LESSCHARSET is defined. */ s = getenv("LESSCHARSET"); if (icharset(s)) return; /* * LESSCHARSET is not defined: try LESSCHARDEF. */ s = getenv("LESSCHARDEF"); if (s != NULL && *s != '\0') { ichardef(s); return; } #if HAVE_LOCALE /* * Use setlocale. */ ilocale(); #else /* * Default to "ascii". */ (void) icharset("ascii"); #endif } /* * Is a given character a "binary" character? */ public int binary_char(c) int c; { c &= 0377; return (chardef[c] & IS_BINARY_CHAR); } /* * Is a given character a "control" character? */ public int control_char(c) int c; { c &= 0377; return (chardef[c] & IS_CONTROL_CHAR); } /* * Return the printable form of a character. * For example, in the "ascii" charset '\3' is printed as "^C". */ public char * prchar(c) int c; { static char buf[8]; c &= 0377; if (!control_char(c)) sprintf(buf, "%c", c); else if (c == ESC) sprintf(buf, "ESC"); else if (!control_char(c ^ 0100)) sprintf(buf, "^%c", c ^ 0100); else sprintf(buf, binfmt, c); return (buf); } _CONTROL_CHAR; break; case 'b': v = IS_BINARY_CHAR|IS_CONTROL_CHAR; break; case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4': case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9': n = (10 * n) + (s[-1] - '0'); continue; default: error("invalid chardef", NULL_PARG); quit(1); /*NOTREACHED*/ } do { if (cp >= chardef + sizeof(chardef)) { error("chardef longer than 256", NULL_PARG); quit(1); /*NOTREACHED*/ } *cp++ = v; } while (--n > less-252/cmdbuf.c 444 2320 12 43013 5653303702 7021 /* * Copyright (c) 1984,1985,1989,1994 Mark Nudelman * All rights reserved. * * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions * are met: * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright * notice in the documentation and/or other materials provided with * the distribution. * * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT * OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR * BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, * WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE * OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN * IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. */ /* * Functions which manipulate the command buffer. * Used only by command() and related functions. */ #include "less.h" #include "cmd.h" extern int sc_width; static char cmdbuf[120]; /* Buffer for holding a multi-char command */ static int cmd_col; /* Current column of the multi-char command */ static char *cp; /* Pointer into cmdbuf */ static int literal; #if TAB_COMPLETE_FILENAME static int cmd_complete(); /* * These variables are statics used by cmd_complete. */ static int in_completion = 0; static char *tk_text; static char *tk_original; static char *tk_ipoint; static char *tk_trial; static struct textlist tk_tlist; #endif #if CMD_HISTORY /* * A mlist structure represents a command history. */ struct mlist { struct mlist *next; struct mlist *prev; struct mlist *curr_mp; char *string; }; /* * These are the various command histories that exist. */ struct mlist mlist_search = { &mlist_search, &mlist_search, &mlist_search, NULL }; public void *ml_search = (void *) &mlist_search; struct mlist mlist_examine = { &mlist_examine, &mlist_examine, &mlist_examine, NULL }; public void *ml_examine = (void *) &mlist_examine; #if SHELL_ESCAPE || PIPEC struct mlist mlist_shell = { &mlist_shell, &mlist_shell, &mlist_shell, NULL }; public void *ml_shell = (void *) &mlist_shell; #endif /* SHELL_ESCAPE || PIPEC */ /* * History for the current command. */ static struct mlist *curr_mlist = NULL; #endif /* CMD_HISTORY */ /* * Reset command buffer (to empty). */ public void cmd_reset() { cp = cmdbuf; *cp = '\0'; cmd_col = 0; literal = 0; } /* * How many characters are in the command buffer? */ public int len_cmdbuf() { return (strlen(cmdbuf)); } /* * Backspace in the command buffer. * Delete the char to the left of the cursor. */ static int cmd_erase() { register char *s; char *p; int col; if (cp == cmdbuf) { /* * Backspace past beginning of the buffer: * this usually means abort the command. */ return (CC_QUIT); } /* * Back up the pointer. */ --cp; /* * Remember the current cursor column and * set it back the width of the char being erased. */ col = cmd_col; p = prchar(*cp); cmd_col -= strlen(p); /* * Shift left the buffer after the erased char. */ for (s = cp; *s != '\0'; s++) s[0] = s[1]; /* * Back up the cursor to the position of the erased char, * clear the tail of the line, * and reprint the line after the erased char. */ while (col > cmd_col) { putbs(); col--; } clear_eol(); for (s = cp; *s != '\0'; s++) { p = prchar(*s); putstr(p); col += strlen(p); } /* * Back up the cursor again. */ while (col > cmd_col) { putbs(); col--; } /* * This is rather weird. * We say that erasing the entire command string causes us * to abort the current command, BUT ONLY IF there is no history * for this type of command. This causes commands like search (/) * and edit (:e) to stay active even if we erase the entire string, * but commands like and - go away when we erase the string. * (See same thing in cmd_kill.) */ if (curr_mlist == NULL && cp == cmdbuf && *cp == '\0') return (CC_QUIT); return (CC_OK); } /* * Delete the char under the cursor. */ static int cmd_delete() { char *p; if (*cp == '\0') { /* * At end of string; there is no char under the cursor. */ return (CC_OK); } /* * Move right, then use cmd_erase. */ p = prchar(*cp); cp++; putstr(p); cmd_col += strlen(p); cmd_erase(); return (CC_OK); } /* * Delete the "word" to the left of the cursor. */ static int cmd_werase() { if (cp > cmdbuf && cp[-1] == ' ') { /* * If the char left of cursor is a space, * erase all the spaces left of cursor (to the first non-space). */ while (cp > cmdbuf && cp[-1] == ' ') (void) cmd_erase(); } else { /* * If the char left of cursor is not a space, * erase all the nonspaces left of cursor (the whole "word"). */ while (cp > cmdbuf && cp[-1] != ' ') (void) cmd_erase(); } return (CC_OK); } /* * Delete the "word" under the cursor. */ static int cmd_wdelete() { if (*cp == ' ') { /* * If the char under the cursor is a space, * delete it and all the spaces right of cursor. */ while (*cp == ' ') (void) cmd_delete(); } else { /* * If the char under the cursor is not a space, * delete it and all nonspaces right of cursor (the whole word). */ while (*cp != ' ' && *cp != '\0') (void) cmd_delete(); } return (CC_OK); } /* * Move cursor to start of command buffer. */ static int cmd_home() { char *p; /* * Back up until we hit start of buffer. */ while (cp > cmdbuf) { cp--; p = prchar(*cp); cmd_col -= strlen(p); while (*p++ != '\0') putbs(); } return (CC_OK); } /* * Delete all chars in the command buffer. */ static int cmd_kill() { if (cmdbuf[0] == '\0') { /* * Buffer is already empty; abort the current command. */ return (CC_QUIT); } (void) cmd_home(); *cp = '\0'; clear_eol(); /* * Same weirdness as in cmd_erase. * If the current command has no history, abort the current command. */ if (curr_mlist == NULL) return (CC_QUIT); return (CC_OK); } /* * Move cursor right one character. */ static int cmd_right() { char *p; if (*cp == '\0') { /* * Already at the end of the line. */ return (CC_OK); } p = prchar(*cp); cp++; putstr(p); cmd_col += strlen(p); return (CC_OK); } /* * Move cursor left one character. */ static int cmd_left() { char *p; if (cp <= cmdbuf) { /* Already at the beginning of the line */ return (CC_OK); } cp--; p = prchar(*cp); cmd_col -= strlen(p); while (*p++ != '\0') putbs(); return (CC_OK); } #if CMD_HISTORY /* * Select an mlist structure to be the current command history. */ public void set_mlist(mlist) void *mlist; { curr_mlist = (struct mlist *) mlist; } /* * Move up or down in the currently selected command history list. */ static int cmd_updown(action) int action; { char *p; char *s; if (curr_mlist == NULL) { /* * The current command has no history list. */ bell(); return (CC_OK); } cmd_home(); clear_eol(); /* * Move curr_mp to the next/prev entry. */ if (action == EC_UP) curr_mlist->curr_mp = curr_mlist->curr_mp->prev; else curr_mlist->curr_mp = curr_mlist->curr_mp->next; /* * Copy the entry into cmdbuf and echo it on the screen. */ s = curr_mlist->curr_mp->string; if (s == NULL) s = ""; for (cp = cmdbuf; *s != '\0'; s++, cp++) { *cp = *s; p = prchar(*cp); cmd_col += strlen(p); putstr(p); } *cp = '\0'; return (CC_OK); } /* * Accept the command in the command buffer. * Add it to the currently selected history list. */ public void cmd_accept() { struct mlist *ml; /* * Nothing to do if there is no currently selected history list. */ if (curr_mlist == NULL) return; /* * Don't save a trivial command. */ if (strlen(cmdbuf) == 0) return; /* * Don't save if a duplicate of a command which is already in the history. * But select the one already in the history to be current. */ for (ml = curr_mlist->next; ml != curr_mlist; ml = ml->next) { if (strcmp(ml->string, cmdbuf) == 0) break; } if (ml == curr_mlist) { /* * Did not find command in history. * Save the command and put it at the end of the history list. */ ml = (struct mlist *) ecalloc(1, sizeof(struct mlist)); ml->string = save(cmdbuf); ml->next = curr_mlist; ml->prev = curr_mlist->prev; curr_mlist->prev->next = ml; curr_mlist->prev = ml; } /* * Point to the cmd just after the just-accepted command. * Thus, an UPARROW will always retrieve the previous command. */ curr_mlist->curr_mp = ml->next; } #endif /* * Try to perform a line-edit function on the command buffer, * using a specified char as a line-editing command. * Returns: * CC_PASS The char does not invoke a line edit function. * CC_OK Line edit function done. * CC_QUIT The char requests the current command to be aborted. */ static int cmd_edit(c) int c; { int action; int flags; #if TAB_COMPLETE_FILENAME #define not_in_completion() in_completion = 0 #else #define not_in_completion() #endif /* * See if the char is indeed a line-editing command. */ flags = 0; if (curr_mlist == NULL) /* * No current history; don't accept history manipulation cmds. */ flags |= EC_NOHISTORY; if (curr_mlist == &mlist_search) /* * In a search command; don't accept file-completion cmds. */ flags |= EC_NOCOMPLETE; action = editchar(c, flags); switch (action) { case EC_RIGHT: not_in_completion(); return (cmd_right()); case EC_LEFT: not_in_completion(); return (cmd_left()); case EC_W_RIGHT: not_in_completion(); while (*cp != '\0' && *cp != ' ') cmd_right(); while (*cp == ' ') cmd_right(); return (CC_OK); case EC_W_LEFT: not_in_completion(); while (cp > cmdbuf && cp[-1] == ' ') cmd_left(); while (cp > cmdbuf && cp[-1] != ' ') cmd_left(); return (CC_OK); case EC_HOME: not_in_completion(); return (cmd_home()); case EC_END: not_in_completion(); while (*cp != '\0') cmd_right(); return (CC_OK); case EC_INSERT: not_in_completion(); return (CC_OK); case EC_BACKSPACE: not_in_completion(); return (cmd_erase()); case EC_LINEKILL: not_in_completion(); return (cmd_kill()); case EC_W_BACKSPACE: not_in_completion(); return (cmd_werase()); case EC_DELETE: not_in_completion(); return (cmd_delete()); case EC_W_DELETE: not_in_completion(); return (cmd_wdelete()); case EC_LITERAL: literal = 1; return (CC_OK); #if CMD_HISTORY case EC_UP: case EC_DOWN: not_in_completion(); return (cmd_updown(action)); #endif #if TAB_COMPLETE_FILENAME case EC_F_COMPLETE: case EC_B_COMPLETE: case EC_EXPAND: return (cmd_complete(action)); #endif default: not_in_completion(); return (CC_PASS); } } /* * Insert a char into the command buffer, at the current position. */ static int cmd_ichar(c) int c; { int col; char *p; char *s; if (strlen(cmdbuf) >= sizeof(cmdbuf)-2) { /* * No room in the command buffer for another char. */ bell(); return (CC_ERROR); } /* * Remember the current cursor column and * move it forward the width of the char being inserted. */ col = cmd_col; p = prchar(c); cmd_col += strlen(p); if (cmd_col >= sc_width-1) { cmd_col -= strlen(p); bell(); return (CC_ERROR); } /* * Insert the character in the string. * First, make room for the new char. */ for (s = &cmdbuf[strlen(cmdbuf)]; s >= cp; s--) s[1] = s[0]; *cp++ = c; /* * Reprint the tail of the line after the inserted char. */ clear_eol(); for (s = cp-1; *s != '\0'; s++) { p = prchar(*s); col += strlen(p); if (col >= sc_width-1) { /* * Oops. There is no room on the screen * for the new char. Back up the cursor to * just after the inserted char and erase it. */ col -= strlen(p); while (col > cmd_col) { putbs(); col--; } (void) cmd_erase(); bell(); return (CC_ERROR); } putstr(p); } /* * Back up the cursor to just after the inserted char. */ while (col > cmd_col) { putbs(); col--; } return (CC_OK); } #if TAB_COMPLETE_FILENAME /* * Insert a string into the command buffer, at the current position. */ static int cmd_istr(str) char *str; { char *s; int action; for (s = str; *s != '\0'; s++) { action = cmd_ichar(*s); if (action != CC_OK) { bell(); return (action); } } return (CC_OK); } /* * Find the beginning and end of the "current" word. * This is the word which the cursor (cp) is inside or at the end of. * Return pointer to the beginning of the word and put the * cursor at the end of the word. */ static char * delimit_word() { char *word; /* * Move cursor to end of word. */ if (*cp != ' ' && *cp != '\0') { /* * Cursor is on a nonspace. * Move cursor right to the next space. */ while (*cp != ' ' && *cp != '\0') cmd_right(); } else if (cp > cmdbuf && cp[-1] != ' ') { /* * Cursor is on a space, and char to the left is a nonspace. * We're already at the end of the word. */ ; } else { /* * Cursor is on a space and char to the left is a space. * Huh? There's no word here. */ return (NULL); } /* * Search backwards for beginning of the word. */ if (cp == cmdbuf) return (NULL); for (word = cp-1; word > cmdbuf; word--) if (word[-1] == ' ') break; return (word); } /* * Set things up to enter completion mode. * Expand the word under the cursor into a list of filenames * which start with that word, and set tk_text to that list. */ static void init_compl() { char *word; char c; /* * Get rid of any previous tk_text. */ if (tk_text != NULL) { free(tk_text); tk_text = NULL; } /* * Find the original (uncompleted) word in the command buffer. */ word = delimit_word(); if (word == NULL) return; /* * Set the insertion point to the point in the command buffer * where the original (uncompleted) word now sits. */ tk_ipoint = word; /* * Save the original (uncompleted) word */ if (tk_original != NULL) free(tk_original); tk_original = (char *) ecalloc(cp-word+1, sizeof(char)); strncpy(tk_original, word, cp-word); /* * Get the expanded filename. * This may result in a single filename, or * a blank-separated list of filenames. */ c = *cp; *cp = '\0'; tk_text = fcomplete(word); *cp = c; } /* * Return the next word in the current completion list. */ static char * next_compl(action, prev) int action; char *prev; { switch (action) { case EC_F_COMPLETE: return (forw_textlist(&tk_tlist, prev)); case EC_B_COMPLETE: return (back_textlist(&tk_tlist, prev)); default: /* Cannot happen */ return ("?"); } } /* * Complete the filename before (or under) the cursor. * cmd_complete may be called multiple times. The global in_completion * remembers whether this call is the first time (create the list), * or a subsequent time (step thru the list). */ static int cmd_complete(action) int action; { if (!in_completion || action == EC_EXPAND) { /* * Expand the word under the cursor and * use the first word in the expansion * (or the entire expansion if we're doing EC_EXPAND). */ init_compl(); if (tk_text == NULL) { bell(); return (CC_OK); } if (action == EC_EXPAND) { /* * Use the whole list. */ tk_trial = tk_text; } else { /* * Use the first filename in the list. */ in_completion = 1; init_textlist(&tk_tlist, tk_text); tk_trial = next_compl(action, (char*)NULL); } } else { /* * We already have a completion list. * Use the next/previous filename from the list. */ tk_trial = next_compl(action, tk_trial); } /* * Remove the original word, or the previous trial completion. */ while (cp > tk_ipoint) (void) cmd_erase(); if (tk_trial == NULL) { /* * There are no more trial completions. * Insert the original (uncompleted) filename. */ in_completion = 0; if (cmd_istr(tk_original) != CC_OK) goto fail; } else { /* * Insert trial completion. */ if (cmd_istr(tk_trial) != CC_OK) goto fail; } return (CC_OK); fail: in_completion = 0; bell(); return (CC_OK); } #endif /* TAB_COMPLETE_FILENAME */ /* * Process a single character of a multi-character command, such as * a number, or the pattern of a search command. * Returns: * CC_OK The char was accepted. * CC_QUIT The char requests the command to be aborted. * CC_ERROR The char could not be accepted due to an error. */ public int cmd_char(c) int c; { int action; if (literal) { /* * Insert the char, even if it is a line-editing char. */ literal = 0; return (cmd_ichar(c)); } /* * See if it is a special line-editing character. */ if (in_mca()) { action = cmd_edit(c); switch (action) { case CC_OK: case CC_QUIT: return (action); case CC_PASS: break; } } /* * Insert the char into the command buffer. */ action = cmd_ichar(c); if (action != CC_OK) return (action); return (CC_OK); } /* * Return the number currently in the command buffer. */ public int cmd_int() { return (atoi(cmdbuf)); } /* * Display a string, usually as a prompt for input into the command buffer. */ public void cmd_putstr(s) char *s; { putstr(s); cmd_col += strlen(s); } /* * Return a pointer to the command buffer. */ public char * get_cmdbuf() { return (cmdbuf); } = ' ') break; return (word); } /* * Set things up to enter completion mode. * Expand the word under the cursor into a list of filenames * which start with that word, and set tk_text to that list. */ static void init_compl() { char *word; char c; /* * Get rid of any previous tk_text. */ if (tk_text != NULL) { free(tk_text); tk_text = NULL; } /* * Find the original (uncompleted) word in the command buffer. */ word = delimit_word(); if (word == NULL) return; /* less-252/command.c 444 2320 12 55104 5657266443 7221 /* * Copyright (c) 1984,1985,1989,1994 Mark Nudelman * All rights reserved. * * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions * are met: * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright * notice in the documentation and/or other materials provided with * the distribution. * * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT * OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR * BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, * WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE * OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN * IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. */ /* * User-level command processor. */ #include "less.h" #include "position.h" #include "option.h" #include "cmd.h" extern int erase_char, kill_char; extern int ispipe; extern int sigs; extern int quit_at_eof; extern int hit_eof; extern int sc_width; extern int sc_height; extern int swindow; extern int jump_sline; extern int quitting; extern int wscroll; extern int nohelp; extern int top_scroll; extern int ignore_eoi; extern char *every_first_cmd; extern char version[]; extern struct scrpos initial_scrpos; extern IFILE curr_ifile; #if CMD_HISTORY extern void *ml_search; extern void *ml_examine; #if SHELL_ESCAPE || PIPEC extern void *ml_shell; #endif #else /* No CMD_HISTORY */ #define ml_search NULL #define ml_examine NULL #define ml_shell NULL #endif #if EDITOR extern char *editor; extern char *editproto; #endif extern int screen_trashed; /* The screen has been overwritten */ static char ungot[100]; static char *ungotp = NULL; #if SHELL_ESCAPE static char *shellcmd = NULL; /* For holding last shell command for "!!" */ #endif static int mca; /* The multicharacter command (action) */ static int search_type; /* The previous type of search */ static int number; /* The number typed by the user */ static char optchar; static int optflag; #if PIPEC static char pipec; #endif static void multi_search(); /* * Move the cursor to lower left before executing a command. * This looks nicer if the command takes a long time before * updating the screen. */ static void cmd_exec() { lower_left(); flush(); } /* * Set up the display to start a new multi-character command. */ static void start_mca(action, prompt, mlist) int action; char *prompt; void *mlist; { mca = action; clear_bot(); cmd_putstr(prompt); #if CMD_HISTORY set_mlist(mlist); #endif } public int in_mca() { return (mca != 0 && mca != A_PREFIX); } /* * Set up the display to start a new search command. */ static void mca_search() { switch (SRCH_DIR(search_type)) { case SRCH_FORW: mca = A_F_SEARCH; break; case SRCH_BACK: mca = A_B_SEARCH; break; } clear_bot(); if (search_type & SRCH_FIRST_FILE) cmd_putstr("@"); if (search_type & SRCH_PAST_EOF) cmd_putstr("*"); if (search_type & SRCH_NOMATCH) cmd_putstr("!"); switch (SRCH_DIR(search_type)) { case SRCH_FORW: cmd_putstr("/"); break; case SRCH_BACK: cmd_putstr("?"); break; } #if CMD_HISTORY set_mlist(ml_search); #endif } /* * Execute a multicharacter command. */ static void exec_mca() { register char *cbuf; cmd_exec(); cbuf = get_cmdbuf(); switch (mca) { case A_F_SEARCH: case A_B_SEARCH: multi_search(cbuf, number); break; case A_FIRSTCMD: /* * Skip leading spaces or + signs in the string. */ while (*cbuf == '+' || *cbuf == ' ') cbuf++; if (every_first_cmd != NULL) free(every_first_cmd); if (*cbuf == '\0') every_first_cmd = NULL; else every_first_cmd = save(cbuf); break; case A_OPT_TOGGLE: toggle_option(optchar, cbuf, optflag); optchar = '\0'; break; case A_F_BRACKET: match_brac(cbuf[0], cbuf[1], 1, number); break; case A_B_BRACKET: match_brac(cbuf[1], cbuf[0], 0, number); break; case A_EXAMINE: edit_list(cbuf); break; #if SHELL_ESCAPE case A_SHELL: /* * !! just uses whatever is in shellcmd. * Otherwise, copy cmdbuf to shellcmd, * expanding any special characters ("%" or "#"). */ if (*cbuf != '!') { if (shellcmd != NULL) free(shellcmd); shellcmd = fexpand(cbuf); if (shellcmd == NULL) break; } if (shellcmd == NULL) lsystem(""); else lsystem(shellcmd); error("!done", NULL_PARG); break; #endif #if PIPEC case A_PIPE: (void) pipe_mark(pipec, cbuf); error("|done", NULL_PARG); break; #endif } } /* * Add a character to a multi-character command. */ static int mca_char(c) int c; { char *p; int flag; char buf[3]; switch (mca) { case 0: /* * Not in a multicharacter command. */ return (NO_MCA); case A_PREFIX: /* * In the prefix of a command. * This not considered a multichar command * (even tho it uses cmdbuf, etc.). * It is handled in the commands() switch. */ return (NO_MCA); case A_DIGIT: /* * Entering digits of a number. * Terminated by a non-digit. */ if ((c < '0' || c > '9') && editchar(c, EC_PEEK|EC_NOHISTORY|EC_NOCOMPLETE) == A_INVALID) { /* * Not part of the number. * Treat as a normal command character. */ number = cmd_int(); mca = 0; cmd_accept(); return (NO_MCA); } break; case A_OPT_TOGGLE: /* * Special case for the TOGGLE_OPTION command. * If the option letter which was entered is a * single-char option, execute the command immediately, * so user doesn't have to hit RETURN. * If the first char is + or -, this indicates * OPT_UNSET or OPT_SET respectively, instead of OPT_TOGGLE. */ if (c == erase_char || c == kill_char) break; if (optchar != '\0' && optchar != '+' && optchar != '-') /* * We already have the option letter. */ break; switch (c) { case '+': optflag = OPT_UNSET; break; case '-': optflag = OPT_SET; break; default: optchar = c; if (optflag != OPT_TOGGLE || single_char_option(c)) { toggle_option(c, "", optflag); return (MCA_DONE); } break; } if (optchar == '+' || optchar == '-') { optchar = c; break; } /* * Display a prompt appropriate for the option letter. */ if ((p = opt_prompt(c)) == NULL) { buf[0] = '-'; buf[1] = c; buf[2] = '\0'; p = buf; } start_mca(A_OPT_TOGGLE, p, (void*)NULL); return (MCA_MORE); case A_F_SEARCH: case A_B_SEARCH: /* * Special case for search commands. * Certain characters as the first char of * the pattern have special meaning: * ! Toggle the NOMATCH flag * * Toggle the PAST_EOF flag * @ Toggle the FIRST_FILE flag */ if (len_cmdbuf() > 0) /* * Only works for the first char of the pattern. */ break; flag = 0; switch (c) { case '!': flag = SRCH_NOMATCH; break; case '@': flag = SRCH_FIRST_FILE; break; case '*': flag = SRCH_PAST_EOF; break; } if (flag != 0) { search_type ^= flag; mca_search(); return (MCA_MORE); } break; } /* * Any other multicharacter command * is terminated by a newline. */ if (c == '\n' || c == '\r') { /* * Execute the command. */ exec_mca(); return (MCA_DONE); } /* * Append the char to the command buffer. */ if (cmd_char(c) == CC_QUIT) /* * Abort the multi-char command. */ return (MCA_DONE); if ((mca == A_F_BRACKET || mca == A_B_BRACKET) && len_cmdbuf() >= 2) { /* * Special case for the bracket-matching commands. * Execute the command after getting exactly two * characters from the user. */ exec_mca(); return (MCA_DONE); } /* * Need another character. */ return (MCA_MORE); } /* * Display the appropriate prompt. */ static void prompt() { register char *p; if (ungotp != NULL && ungotp > ungot) { /* * No prompt necessary if commands are from * ungotten chars rather than from the user. */ return; } /* * If nothing is displayed yet, display starting from initial_scrpos. */ if (empty_screen()) { if (initial_scrpos.pos == NULL_POSITION) /* * {{ Maybe this should be: * jump_loc(ch_zero(), jump_sline); * but this behavior seems rather unexpected * on the first screen. }} */ jump_loc(ch_zero(), 1); else jump_loc(initial_scrpos.pos, initial_scrpos.ln); } else if (screen_trashed) { int save_top_scroll; save_top_scroll = top_scroll; top_scroll = 1; repaint(); top_scroll = save_top_scroll; } /* * If the -E flag is set and we've hit EOF on the last file, quit. */ if (quit_at_eof == 2 && hit_eof && next_ifile(curr_ifile) == NULL_IFILE) quit(0); /* * Select the proper prompt and display it. */ clear_bot(); p = pr_string(); if (p == NULL) putchr(':'); else { so_enter(); putstr(p); so_exit(); } } public void dispversion() { PARG parg; parg.p_string = version; error("less version %s", &parg); } /* * Get command character. * The character normally comes from the keyboard, * but may come from ungotten characters * (characters previously given to ungetcc or ungetsc). */ public int getcc() { if (ungotp == NULL) /* * Normal case: no ungotten chars, so get one from the user. */ return (getchr()); if (ungotp > ungot) /* * Return the next ungotten char. */ return (*--ungotp); /* * We have just run out of ungotten chars. */ ungotp = NULL; if (len_cmdbuf() == 0 || !empty_screen()) return (getchr()); /* * Command is incomplete, so try to complete it. */ switch (mca) { case A_DIGIT: /* * We have a number but no command. Treat as #g. */ return ('g'); case A_F_SEARCH: case A_B_SEARCH: /* * We have "/string" but no newline. Add the \n. */ return ('\n'); default: /* * Some other incomplete command. Let user complete it. */ return (getchr()); } } /* * "Unget" a command character. * The next getcc() will return this character. */ public void ungetcc(c) int c; { if (ungotp == NULL) ungotp = ungot; if (ungotp >= ungot + sizeof(ungot)) { error("ungetcc overflow", NULL_PARG); quit(1); } *ungotp++ = c; } /* * Unget a whole string of command characters. * The next sequence of getcc()'s will return this string. */ public void ungetsc(s) char *s; { register char *p; for (p = s + strlen(s) - 1; p >= s; p--) ungetcc(*p); } /* * Search for a pattern, possibly in multiple files. * If SRCH_FIRST_FILE is set, begin searching at the first file. * If SRCH_PAST_EOF is set, continue the search thru multiple files. */ static void multi_search(pattern, n) char *pattern; int n; { register int nomore; IFILE save_ifile; int changed_file; changed_file = 0; save_ifile = curr_ifile; if (search_type & SRCH_FIRST_FILE) { /* * Start at the first (or last) file * in the command line list. */ if (SRCH_DIR(search_type) == SRCH_FORW) nomore = edit_first(); else nomore = edit_last(); if (nomore) return; changed_file = 1; search_type &= ~SRCH_FIRST_FILE; } for (;;) { if ((n = search(search_type, pattern, n)) == 0) /* * Found it. */ return; if (n < 0) /* * Some kind of error in the search. * Error message has been printed by search(). */ break; if ((search_type & SRCH_PAST_EOF) == 0) /* * We didn't find a match, but we're * supposed to search only one file. */ break; /* * Move on to the next file. */ if (SRCH_DIR(search_type) == SRCH_BACK) nomore = edit_prev(1); else nomore = edit_next(1); if (nomore) break; changed_file = 1; } /* * Didn't find it. * Print an error message if we haven't already. */ if (n > 0) error("Pattern not found", NULL_PARG); if (changed_file) { /* * Restore the file we were originally viewing. */ if (edit_ifile(save_ifile)) quit(-1); } } /* * Main command processor. * Accept and execute commands until a quit command. */ public void commands() { register int c; register int action; register char *cbuf; int save_search_type; char *s; char tbuf[2]; PARG parg; search_type = SRCH_FORW; wscroll = (sc_height + 1) / 2; for (;;) { mca = 0; cmd_accept(); number = 0; optchar = '\0'; /* * See if any signals need processing. */ if (sigs) { psignals(); if (quitting) quit(-1); } /* * Display prompt and accept a character. */ cmd_reset(); prompt(); if (sigs) continue; c = getcc(); again: if (sigs) continue; /* * If we are in a multicharacter command, call mca_char. * Otherwise we call fcmd_decode to determine the * action to be performed. */ if (mca) switch (mca_char(c)) { case MCA_MORE: /* * Need another character. */ c = getcc(); goto again; case MCA_DONE: /* * Command has been handled by mca_char. * Start clean with a prompt. */ continue; case NO_MCA: /* * Not a multi-char command * (at least, not anymore). */ break; } /* * Decode the command character and decide what to do. */ if (mca) { /* * We're in a multichar command. * Add the character to the command buffer * and display it on the screen. * If the user backspaces past the start * of the line, abort the command. */ if (cmd_char(c) == CC_QUIT || len_cmdbuf() == 0) continue; cbuf = get_cmdbuf(); } else { /* * Don't use cmd_char if we're starting fresh * at the beginning of a command, because we * don't want to echo the command until we know * it is a multichar command. We also don't * want erase_char/kill_char to be treated * as line editing characters. */ tbuf[0] = c; tbuf[1] = '\0'; cbuf = tbuf; } s = NULL; action = fcmd_decode(cbuf, &s); /* * If an "extra" string was returned, * process it as a string of command characters. */ if (s != NULL) ungetsc(s); /* * Clear the cmdbuf string. * (But not if we're in the prefix of a command, * because the partial command string is kept there.) */ if (action != A_PREFIX) cmd_reset(); switch (action) { case A_DIGIT: /* * First digit of a number. */ start_mca(A_DIGIT, ":", (void*)NULL); goto again; case A_F_WINDOW: /* * Forward one window (and set the window size). */ if (number > 0) swindow = number; /* FALLTHRU */ case A_F_SCREEN: /* * Forward one screen. */ if (number <= 0) number = get_swindow(); cmd_exec(); forward(number, 0, 1); break; case A_B_WINDOW: /* * Backward one window (and set the window size). */ if (number > 0) swindow = number; /* FALLTHRU */ case A_B_SCREEN: /* * Backward one screen. */ if (number <= 0) number = get_swindow(); cmd_exec(); backward(number, 0, 1); break; case A_F_LINE: /* * Forward N (default 1) line. */ if (number <= 0) number = 1; cmd_exec(); forward(number, 0, 0); break; case A_B_LINE: /* * Backward N (default 1) line. */ if (number <= 0) number = 1; cmd_exec(); backward(number, 0, 0); break; case A_FF_LINE: /* * Force forward N (default 1) line. */ if (number <= 0) number = 1; cmd_exec(); forward(number, 1, 0); break; case A_BF_LINE: /* * Force backward N (default 1) line. */ if (number <= 0) number = 1; cmd_exec(); backward(number, 1, 0); break; case A_F_FOREVER: /* * Forward forever, ignoring EOF. */ cmd_exec(); jump_forw(); ignore_eoi = 1; hit_eof = 0; while (!ABORT_SIGS()) forward(1, 0, 0); ignore_eoi = 0; break; case A_F_SCROLL: /* * Forward N lines * (default same as last 'd' or 'u' command). */ if (number > 0) wscroll = number; cmd_exec(); forward(wscroll, 0, 0); break; case A_B_SCROLL: /* * Forward N lines * (default same as last 'd' or 'u' command). */ if (number > 0) wscroll = number; cmd_exec(); backward(wscroll, 0, 0); break; case A_FREPAINT: /* * Flush buffers, then repaint screen. * Don't flush the buffers on a pipe! */ ch_flush(); if (!ispipe) clr_linenum(); /* FALLTHRU */ case A_REPAINT: /* * Repaint screen. */ cmd_exec(); repaint(); break; case A_GOLINE: /* * Go to line N, default beginning of file. */ if (number <= 0) number = 1; cmd_exec(); jump_back(number); break; case A_PERCENT: /* * Go to a specified percentage into the file. */ if (number < 0) number = 0; if (number > 100) number = 100; cmd_exec(); jump_percent(number); break; case A_GOEND: /* * Go to line N, default end of file. */ cmd_exec(); if (number <= 0) jump_forw(); else jump_back(number); break; case A_GOPOS: /* * Go to a specified byte position in the file. */ cmd_exec(); if (number < 0) number = 0; jump_line_loc((POSITION)number, jump_sline); break; case A_STAT: /* * Print file name, etc. */ cmd_exec(); parg.p_string = eq_message(); error("%s", &parg); break; case A_VERSION: /* * Print version number, without the "@(#)". */ cmd_exec(); dispversion(); break; case A_QUIT: /* * Exit. */ quit(0); /* * Define abbreviation for a commonly used sequence below. */ #define DO_SEARCH() if (number <= 0) number = 1; \ mca_search(); \ cmd_exec(); \ multi_search((char *)NULL, number); case A_F_SEARCH: /* * Search forward for a pattern. * Get the first char of the pattern. */ search_type = SRCH_FORW; if (number <= 0) number = 1; mca_search(); c = getcc(); goto again; case A_B_SEARCH: /* * Search backward for a pattern. * Get the first char of the pattern. */ search_type = SRCH_BACK; if (number <= 0) number = 1; mca_search(); c = getcc(); goto again; case A_AGAIN_SEARCH: /* * Repeat previous search. */ DO_SEARCH(); break; case A_T_AGAIN_SEARCH: /* * Repeat previous search, multiple files. */ search_type |= SRCH_PAST_EOF; DO_SEARCH(); break; case A_REVERSE_SEARCH: /* * Repeat previous search, in reverse direction. */ save_search_type = search_type; search_type = SRCH_REVERSE(search_type); DO_SEARCH(); search_type = save_search_type; break; case A_T_REVERSE_SEARCH: /* * Repeat previous search, * multiple files in reverse direction. */ save_search_type = search_type; search_type = SRCH_REVERSE(search_type); search_type |= SRCH_PAST_EOF; DO_SEARCH(); search_type = save_search_type; break; case A_UNDO_SEARCH: undo_search(); break; case A_HELP: /* * Help. */ if (nohelp) { bell(); break; } clear_bot(); putstr(" help"); cmd_exec(); help(0); break; case A_EXAMINE: /* * Edit a new file. Get the filename. */ start_mca(A_EXAMINE, "Examine: ", ml_examine); c = getcc(); goto again; case A_VISUAL: /* * Invoke an editor on the input file. */ #if EDITOR if (strcmp(get_filename(curr_ifile), "-") == 0) { error("Cannot edit standard input", NULL_PARG); break; } /* * Expand the editor prototype string * and pass it to the system to execute. */ cmd_exec(); lsystem(pr_expand(editproto, 0)); /* * Re-edit the file, since data may have changed. * Some editors even recreate the file, so flushing * buffers is not sufficient. */ if (edit_ifile(curr_ifile)) quit(-1); break; #else error("Command not available", NULL_PARG); break; #endif case A_NEXT_FILE: /* * Examine next file. */ if (number <= 0) number = 1; if (edit_next(number)) { if (quit_at_eof && hit_eof) quit(0); parg.p_string = (number > 1) ? "(N-th) " : ""; error("No %snext file", &parg); } break; case A_PREV_FILE: /* * Examine previous file. */ if (number <= 0) number = 1; if (edit_prev(number)) { parg.p_string = (number > 1) ? "(N-th) " : ""; error("No %sprevious file", &parg); } break; case A_INDEX_FILE: /* * Examine a particular file. */ if (number <= 0) number = 1; if (edit_index(number)) error("No such file", NULL_PARG); break; case A_OPT_TOGGLE: start_mca(A_OPT_TOGGLE, "-", (void*)NULL); optflag = OPT_TOGGLE; c = getcc(); goto again; case A_DISP_OPTION: /* * Report a flag setting. */ start_mca(A_DISP_OPTION, "_", (void*)NULL); c = getcc(); if (c == erase_char || c == kill_char) break; toggle_option(c, "", OPT_NO_TOGGLE); break; case A_FIRSTCMD: /* * Set an initial command for new files. */ start_mca(A_FIRSTCMD, "+", (void*)NULL); c = getcc(); goto again; case A_SHELL: /* * Shell escape. */ #if SHELL_ESCAPE start_mca(A_SHELL, "!", ml_shell); c = getcc(); goto again; #else error("Command not available", NULL_PARG); break; #endif case A_SETMARK: /* * Set a mark. */ start_mca(A_SETMARK, "mark: ", (void*)NULL); c = getcc(); if (c == erase_char || c == kill_char || c == '\n' || c == '\r') break; setmark(c); break; case A_GOMARK: /* * Go to a mark. */ start_mca(A_GOMARK, "goto mark: ", (void*)NULL); c = getcc(); if (c == erase_char || c == kill_char || c == '\n' || c == '\r') break; gomark(c); break; #if PIPEC case A_PIPE: start_mca(A_PIPE, "|mark: ", (void*)NULL); c = getcc(); if (c == erase_char || c == kill_char) break; if (c == '\n' || c == '\r') c = '.'; if (badmark(c)) break; pipec = c; start_mca(A_PIPE, "!", ml_shell); c = getcc(); goto again; #endif case A_B_BRACKET: case A_F_BRACKET: start_mca(action, "Brackets: ", (void*)NULL); c = getcc(); goto again; case A_PREFIX: /* * The command is incomplete (more chars are needed). * Display the current char, so the user knows * what's going on, and get another character. */ if (mca != A_PREFIX) { start_mca(A_PREFIX, " ", (void*)NULL); cmd_reset(); (void) cmd_char(c); } c = getcc(); goto again; case A_NOACTION: break; default: bell(); break; } } } ype; search_type = SRCH_REVERSE(search_type); DO_SEARCH(); search_type = save_search_type; break; case A_T_REVERSE_SEARCH: /* * Repeat previous search, * multiple files in reverse direction. */ save_search_type = search_type; search_type = SRCH_REVERSE(search_type); search_type |= SRCH_PAST_EOF; DO_SEARCH(); search_type = save_search_type; break; case A_UNDO_SEARCH: undo_search(); bless-252/decode.c 444 2320 12 33213 5647700735 7017 /* * Copyright (c) 1984,1985,1989,1994 Mark Nudelman * All rights reserved. * * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions * are met: * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright * notice in the documentation and/or other materials provided with * the distribution. * * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT * OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR * BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, * WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE * OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN * IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. */ /* * Routines to decode user commands. * * This is all table driven. * A command table is a sequence of command descriptors. * Each command descriptor is a sequence of bytes with the following format: * ...<0> * The characters c1,c2,...,cN are the command string; that is, * the characters which the user must type. * It is terminated by a null <0> byte. * The byte after the null byte is the action code associated * with the command string. * If an action byte is OR-ed with A_EXTRA, this indicates * that the option byte is followed by an extra string. * * There may be many command tables. * The first (default) table is built-in. * Other tables are read in from "lesskey" files. * All the tables are linked together and are searched in order. */ #include "less.h" #include "cmd.h" #include "lesskey.h" extern int erase_char, kill_char; /* * Command table is ordered roughly according to expected * frequency of use, so the common commands are near the beginning. */ static char cmdtable[] = { '\r',0, A_F_LINE, '\n',0, A_F_LINE, 'e',0, A_F_LINE, 'j',0, A_F_LINE, CONTROL('E'),0, A_F_LINE, CONTROL('N'),0, A_F_LINE, 'k',0, A_B_LINE, 'y',0, A_B_LINE, CONTROL('Y'),0, A_B_LINE, CONTROL('K'),0, A_B_LINE, CONTROL('P'),0, A_B_LINE, 'J',0, A_FF_LINE, 'K',0, A_BF_LINE, 'Y',0, A_BF_LINE, 'd',0, A_F_SCROLL, CONTROL('D'),0, A_F_SCROLL, 'u',0, A_B_SCROLL, CONTROL('U'),0, A_B_SCROLL, ' ',0, A_F_SCREEN, 'f',0, A_F_SCREEN, CONTROL('F'),0, A_F_SCREEN, CONTROL('V'),0, A_F_SCREEN, 'b',0, A_B_SCREEN, CONTROL('B'),0, A_B_SCREEN, ESC,'v',0, A_B_SCREEN, 'z',0, A_F_WINDOW, 'w',0, A_B_WINDOW, 'F',0, A_F_FOREVER, 'R',0, A_FREPAINT, 'r',0, A_REPAINT, CONTROL('R'),0, A_REPAINT, CONTROL('L'),0, A_REPAINT, ESC,'u',0, A_UNDO_SEARCH, 'g',0, A_GOLINE, '<',0, A_GOLINE, ESC,'<',0, A_GOLINE, 'p',0, A_PERCENT, '%',0, A_PERCENT, '{',0, A_F_BRACKET|A_EXTRA, '{','}',0, '}',0, A_B_BRACKET|A_EXTRA, '{','}',0, '(',0, A_F_BRACKET|A_EXTRA, '(',')',0, ')',0, A_B_BRACKET|A_EXTRA, '(',')',0, '[',0, A_F_BRACKET|A_EXTRA, '[',']',0, ']',0, A_B_BRACKET|A_EXTRA, '[',']',0, ESC,CONTROL('F'),0, A_F_BRACKET, ESC,CONTROL('B'),0, A_B_BRACKET, 'G',0, A_GOEND, ESC,'>',0, A_GOEND, '>',0, A_GOEND, 'P',0, A_GOPOS, '0',0, A_DIGIT, '1',0, A_DIGIT, '2',0, A_DIGIT, '3',0, A_DIGIT, '4',0, A_DIGIT, '5',0, A_DIGIT, '6',0, A_DIGIT, '7',0, A_DIGIT, '8',0, A_DIGIT, '9',0, A_DIGIT, '=',0, A_STAT, CONTROL('G'),0, A_STAT, ':','f',0, A_STAT, '/',0, A_F_SEARCH, '?',0, A_B_SEARCH, ESC,'/',0, A_F_SEARCH|A_EXTRA, '*',0, ESC,'?',0, A_B_SEARCH|A_EXTRA, '*',0, 'n',0, A_AGAIN_SEARCH, ESC,'n',0, A_T_AGAIN_SEARCH, 'N',0, A_REVERSE_SEARCH, ESC,'N',0, A_T_REVERSE_SEARCH, 'm',0, A_SETMARK, '\'',0, A_GOMARK, CONTROL('X'),CONTROL('X'),0, A_GOMARK, 'E',0, A_EXAMINE, ':','e',0, A_EXAMINE, CONTROL('X'),CONTROL('V'),0, A_EXAMINE, ':','n',0, A_NEXT_FILE, ':','p',0, A_PREV_FILE, ':','x',0, A_INDEX_FILE, '-',0, A_OPT_TOGGLE, ':','t',0, A_OPT_TOGGLE|A_EXTRA, 't',0, 's',0, A_OPT_TOGGLE|A_EXTRA, 'o',0, '_',0, A_DISP_OPTION, '|',0, A_PIPE, 'v',0, A_VISUAL, '!',0, A_SHELL, '+',0, A_FIRSTCMD, 'H',0, A_HELP, 'h',0, A_HELP, 'V',0, A_VERSION, 'q',0, A_QUIT, ':','q',0, A_QUIT, ':','Q',0, A_QUIT, 'Z','Z',0, A_QUIT }; static char edittable[] = { '\t',0, EC_F_COMPLETE, /* TAB */ '\17',0, EC_B_COMPLETE, /* BACKTAB */ '\14',0, EC_EXPAND, /* CTRL-L */ CONTROL('V'),0, EC_LITERAL, /* BACKSLASH */ CONTROL('A'),0, EC_LITERAL, /* BACKSLASH */ ESC,'l',0, EC_RIGHT, /* ESC l */ ESC,'h',0, EC_LEFT, /* ESC h */ ESC,'b',0, EC_W_LEFT, /* ESC b */ ESC,'w',0, EC_W_RIGHT, /* ESC w */ ESC,'i',0, EC_INSERT, /* ESC i */ ESC,'x',0, EC_DELETE, /* ESC x */ ESC,'X',0, EC_W_DELETE, /* ESC X */ ESC,'\b',0, EC_W_BACKSPACE, /* ESC BACKSPACE */ ESC,'0',0, EC_HOME, /* ESC 0 */ ESC,'$',0, EC_END, /* ESC $ */ ESC,'k',0, EC_UP, /* ESC k */ ESC,'j',0, EC_DOWN, /* ESC j */ ESC,'\t',0, EC_B_COMPLETE /* ESC TAB */ }; /* * Structure to support a list of command tables. */ struct tablelist { struct tablelist *t_next; char *t_start; char *t_end; }; /* * List of command tables and list of line-edit tables. */ static struct tablelist *list_fcmd_tables = NULL; static struct tablelist *list_ecmd_tables = NULL; /* * Initialize the command lists. */ public void init_cmds() { add_fcmd_table(cmdtable, sizeof(cmdtable)); add_ecmd_table(edittable, sizeof(edittable)); } /* * */ static int add_cmd_table(tlist, buf, len) struct tablelist **tlist; char *buf; int len; { register struct tablelist *t; /* * Allocate a tablelist structure, initialize it, * and link it into the list of tables. */ if ((t = (struct tablelist *) calloc(1, sizeof(struct tablelist))) == NULL) { return (-1); } t->t_start = buf; t->t_end = buf + len; t->t_next = *tlist; *tlist = t; return (0); } /* * */ public void add_fcmd_table(buf, len) char *buf; int len; { if (add_cmd_table(&list_fcmd_tables, buf, len) < 0) error("Warning: some commands disabled", NULL_PARG); } /* * */ public void add_ecmd_table(buf, len) char *buf; int len; { if (add_cmd_table(&list_ecmd_tables, buf, len) < 0) error("Warning: some edit commands disabled", NULL_PARG); } /* * Search a single command table for the command string in cmd. */ public int cmd_search(cmd, table, endtable, sp) char *cmd; char *table; char *endtable; char **sp; { register char *p; register char *q; register int a; for (p = table, q = cmd; p < endtable; p++, q++) { if (*p == *q) { /* * Current characters match. * If we're at the end of the string, we've found it. * Return the action code, which is the character * after the null at the end of the string * in the command table. */ if (*p == '\0') { a = *++p & 0377; if (a == A_END_LIST) { /* * We get here only if the original * cmd string passed in was empty (""). * I don't think that can happen, * but just in case ... */ return (A_UINVALID); } /* * Check for an "extra" string. */ if (a & A_EXTRA) { *sp = ++p; a &= ~A_EXTRA; } else *sp = NULL; return (a); } } else if (*q == '\0') { /* * Hit the end of the user's command, * but not the end of the string in the command table. * The user's command is incomplete. */ return (A_PREFIX); } else { /* * Not a match. * Skip ahead to the next command in the * command table, and reset the pointer * to the beginning of the user's command. */ if (*p == '\0' && p[1] == A_END_LIST) { /* * A_END_LIST is a special marker that tells * us to abort the cmd search. */ return (A_UINVALID); } while (*p++ != '\0') ; if (*p & A_EXTRA) while (*++p != '\0') ; q = cmd-1; } } /* * No match found in the entire command table. */ return (A_INVALID); } /* * Decode a command character and return the associated action. * The "extra" string, if any, is returned in sp. */ static int cmd_decode(tlist, cmd, sp) struct tablelist *tlist; char *cmd; char **sp; { register struct tablelist *t; register int action = A_INVALID; /* * Search thru all the command tables. * Stop when we find an action which is not A_INVALID. */ for (t = tlist; t != NULL; t = t->t_next) { action = cmd_search(cmd, t->t_start, t->t_end, sp); if (action != A_INVALID) break; } return (action); } /* * Decode a command from the cmdtables list. */ public int fcmd_decode(cmd, sp) char *cmd; char **sp; { return (cmd_decode(list_fcmd_tables, cmd, sp)); } /* * Decode a command from the edittables list. */ public int ecmd_decode(cmd, sp) char *cmd; char **sp; { return (cmd_decode(list_ecmd_tables, cmd, sp)); } #if USERFILE static int gint(sp) char **sp; { int n; n = *(*sp)++; n += *(*sp)++ * KRADIX; return (n); } static int old_lesskey(buf, len) char *buf; int len; { /* * Old-style lesskey file. * The file must end with either * ...,cmd,0,action * or ...,cmd,0,action|A_EXTRA,string,0 * So the last byte or the second to last byte must be zero. */ if (buf[len-1] != '\0' && buf[len-2] != '\0') return (-1); add_fcmd_table(buf, len); return (0); } static int new_lesskey(buf, len) char *buf; int len; { char *p; register int c; register int done; register int n; /* * New-style lesskey file. * Extract the pieces. */ if (buf[len-3] != C0_END_LESSKEY_MAGIC || buf[len-2] != C1_END_LESSKEY_MAGIC || buf[len-1] != C2_END_LESSKEY_MAGIC) return (-1); p = buf + 4; done = 0; while (!done) { c = *p++; switch (c) { case CMD_SECTION: n = gint(&p); add_fcmd_table(p, n); p += n; break; case EDIT_SECTION: n = gint(&p); add_ecmd_table(p, n); p += n; break; case END_SECTION: done = 1; break; default: free(buf); return (-1); } } return (0); } /* * Set up a user command table, based on a "lesskey" file. */ public int lesskey(filename) char *filename; { register char *buf; register POSITION len; register long n; register int f; /* * Try to open the lesskey file. */ f = open(filename, 0); if (f < 0) return (1); /* * Read the file into a buffer. * We first figure out the size of the file and allocate space for it. * {{ Minimal error checking is done here. * A garbage .less file will produce strange results. * To avoid a large amount of error checking code here, we * rely on the lesskey program to generate a good .less file. }} */ len = filesize(f); if (len == NULL_POSITION || len < 3) { /* * Bad file (valid file must have at least 3 chars). */ close(f); return (-1); } if ((buf = (char *) calloc((int)len, sizeof(char))) == NULL) { close(f); return (-1); } if (lseek(f, (off_t)0, 0) == BAD_LSEEK) { free(buf); close(f); return (-1); } n = read(f, buf, (unsigned int) len); close(f); if (n != len) { free(buf); return (-1); } /* * Figure out if this is an old-style (before version 241) * or new-style lesskey file format. */ if (buf[0] != C0_LESSKEY_MAGIC || buf[1] != C1_LESSKEY_MAGIC || buf[2] != C2_LESSKEY_MAGIC || buf[3] != C3_LESSKEY_MAGIC) return (old_lesskey(buf, (int)len)); return (new_lesskey(buf, (int)len)); } /* * Add the standard lesskey file "$HOME/.less" */ public void add_hometable() { char *filename; PARG parg; filename = homefile(LESSKEYFILE); if (filename == NULL) return; if (lesskey(filename) < 0) { parg.p_string = filename; error("Cannot use lesskey file \"%s\"", &parg); } free(filename); } #endif /* * See if a char is a special line-editing command. */ public int editchar(c, flags) int c; int flags; { int action; int nch; char *s; char usercmd[MAX_CMDLEN+1]; /* * An editing character could actually be a sequence of characters; * for example, an escape sequence sent by pressing the uparrow key. * To match the editing string, we use the command decoder * but give it the edit-commands command table * This table is constructed to match the user's keyboard. */ if (c == erase_char) return (EC_BACKSPACE); if (c == kill_char) return (EC_LINEKILL); /* * Collect characters in a buffer. * Start with the one we have, and get more if we need them. */ nch = 0; do { if (nch > 0) c = getcc(); usercmd[nch] = c; usercmd[nch+1] = '\0'; nch++; action = ecmd_decode(usercmd, &s); } while (action == A_PREFIX); if (flags & EC_NOHISTORY) { /* * The caller says there is no history list. * Reject any history-manipulation action. */ switch (action) { case EC_UP: case EC_DOWN: action = A_INVALID; break; } } if (flags & EC_NOCOMPLETE) { /* * The caller says we don't want any filename completion cmds. * Reject them. */ switch (action) { case EC_F_COMPLETE: case EC_B_COMPLETE: case EC_EXPAND: action = A_INVALID; break; } } if ((flags & EC_PEEK) || action == A_INVALID) { /* * We're just peeking, or we didn't understand the command. * Unget all the characters we read in the loop above. * This does NOT include the original character that was * passed in as a parameter. */ while (nch > 1) { ungetcc(usercmd[--nch]); } } return action; } len); return (0); } static int new_lesskey(buf, len) char *buf; int len; { char *p; register int c; register int done; register int n; /* * New-style lesskey file. * Extract the pieces. */ if (buf[len-3] != C0_END_LESSKEY_MAGIC || buf[len-2] != C1_END_LESSKEY_MAGIC || buf[len-1] != C2_END_LESSKEY_MAGIC) return (-1); p = buf + 4; done = 0; less-252/edit.c 444 2320 12 27344 5647700735 6531 /* * Copyright (c) 1984,1985,1989,1994 Mark Nudelman * All rights reserved. * * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions * are met: * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright * notice in the documentation and/or other materials provided with * the distribution. * * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT * OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR * BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, * WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE * OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN * IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. */ #include "less.h" #if HAVE_FCNTL_H #include #endif public int fd0 = 0; #define ISPIPE(fd) ((fd)==fd0) extern int ispipe; extern int new_file; extern int errmsgs; extern int quit_at_eof; extern int file; extern int cbufs; extern char *every_first_cmd; extern int any_display; extern int force_open; extern int is_tty; extern IFILE curr_ifile; extern IFILE old_ifile; extern struct scrpos initial_scrpos; #if LOGFILE extern int logfile; extern int force_logfile; extern char *namelogfile; #endif static char *curr_altfilename = NULL; /* * Textlist functions deal with a list of words separated by spaces. * init_textlist sets up a textlist structure. * forw_textlist uses that structure to iterate thru the list of * words, returning each one as a standard null-terminated string. * back_textlist does the same, but runs thru the list backwards. */ public void init_textlist(tlist, str) struct textlist *tlist; char *str; { char *s; tlist->string = skipsp(str); tlist->endstring = tlist->string + strlen(tlist->string); for (s = str; s < tlist->endstring; s++) { if (*s == ' ') *s = '\0'; } } public char * forw_textlist(tlist, prev) struct textlist *tlist; char *prev; { char *s; /* * prev == NULL means return the first word in the list. * Otherwise, return the word after "prev". */ if (prev == NULL) s = tlist->string; else s = prev + strlen(prev); if (s >= tlist->endstring) return (NULL); while (*s == '\0') s++; if (s >= tlist->endstring) return (NULL); return (s); } public char * back_textlist(tlist, prev) struct textlist *tlist; char *prev; { char *s; /* * prev == NULL means return the last word in the list. * Otherwise, return the word before "prev". */ if (prev == NULL) s = tlist->endstring; else if (prev <= tlist->string) return (NULL); else s = prev - 1; while (*s == '\0') s--; if (s <= tlist->string) return (NULL); while (s[-1] != '\0' && s > tlist->string) s--; return (s); } static void close_file() { struct scrpos scrpos; if (curr_ifile == NULL_IFILE) return; /* * Save the current position so that we can return to * the same position if we edit this file again. */ get_scrpos(&scrpos); if (scrpos.pos != NULL_POSITION) { store_pos(curr_ifile, &scrpos); lastmark(); } /* * Close the current file, unless it is a pipe. */ if (!ISPIPE(file)) { close(file); file = -1; } /* * If we opened a file using an alternate name, * do special stuff to close it. */ if (curr_altfilename != NULL) { close_altfile(curr_altfilename, get_filename(curr_ifile)); free(curr_altfilename); curr_altfilename = NULL; } curr_ifile = NULL_IFILE; } /* * Edit a new file. * Filename == "-" means standard input. * Filename == NULL means just close the current file. */ public int edit(filename) char *filename; { if (filename == NULL) return (edit_ifile(NULL_IFILE)); return (edit_ifile(get_ifile(filename, curr_ifile))); } public int edit_ifile(ifile) IFILE ifile; { int f; int answer; int no_display; char *filename; char *open_filename; char *alt_filename; PARG parg; if (ifile == NULL_IFILE) { /* * Close the current file, but don't open a new one. */ #if LOGFILE end_logfile(); #endif close_file(); return (0); } if (ifile == curr_ifile) { /* * Already have the correct file open. */ return (0); } filename = get_filename(ifile); alt_filename = open_altfile(filename); open_filename = (alt_filename != NULL) ? alt_filename : filename; if (strcmp(open_filename, "-") == 0) { /* * Use standard input. */ f = fd0; } else if ((parg.p_string = bad_file(open_filename)) != NULL) { error("%s", &parg); free(parg.p_string); err1: if (alt_filename != NULL) { close_altfile(alt_filename, filename); free(alt_filename); } del_ifile(ifile); return (1); } #if MSOFTC else if ((f = open(open_filename, O_RDONLY|O_BINARY)) < 0) #else else if ((f = open(open_filename, 0)) < 0) #endif { parg.p_string = errno_message(filename); error("%s", &parg); free(parg.p_string); goto err1; } else if (!force_open && !opened(ifile) && bin_file(f)) { parg.p_string = filename; answer = query("\"%s\" may be a binary file. See it anyway? ", &parg); if (answer != 'y' && answer != 'Y') { close(f); goto err1; } } ispipe = ISPIPE(f); #if LOGFILE { char *s; /* * */ s = namelogfile; end_logfile(); if (f >= 0 && ispipe && s != NULL && is_tty) use_logfile(s); } #endif /* * We are now committed to using the new file. * Close the current input file and set up to use the new one. */ if (curr_ifile != NULL_IFILE) { old_ifile = curr_ifile; close_file(); } /* * Get the new ifile. * Get the saved position for the file. */ curr_ifile = ifile; file = f; curr_altfilename = alt_filename; set_open(curr_ifile); /* File has been opened */ get_pos(curr_ifile, &initial_scrpos); if (ispipe) ch_pipe(); else ch_nonpipe(); (void) ch_nbuf(cbufs); ch_flush(); new_file = 1; if (every_first_cmd != NULL) ungetsc(every_first_cmd); no_display = !any_display; flush(); any_display = 1; if (is_tty) { /* * Output is to a real tty. */ /* * Indicate there is nothing displayed yet. */ pos_clear(); clr_linenum(); if (no_display && errmsgs > 0) { /* * We displayed some messages on error output * (file descriptor 2; see error() function). * Before erasing the screen contents, * display the file name and wait for a keystroke. */ parg.p_string = filename; error("%s", &parg); } } return (0); } /* * Edit a space-separated list of files. * For each filename in the list, enter it into the ifile list. * Then edit the first one. */ public int edit_list(filelist) char *filelist; { IFILE save_curr_ifile; char *good_filename; char *filename; char *gfilelist; char *gfilename; struct textlist tl_files; struct textlist tl_gfiles; save_curr_ifile = curr_ifile; good_filename = NULL; /* * Run thru each filename in the list. * Try to glob the filename. * If it doesn't expand, just try to open the filename. * If it does expand, try to open each name in that list. */ init_textlist(&tl_files, filelist); filename = NULL; while ((filename = forw_textlist(&tl_files, filename)) != NULL) { gfilelist = glob(filename); if (gfilelist == NULL) { if (edit(filename) == 0 && good_filename == NULL) good_filename = get_filename(curr_ifile); } else { init_textlist(&tl_gfiles, gfilelist); gfilename = NULL; while ((gfilename = forw_textlist(&tl_gfiles, gfilename)) != NULL) { if (edit(gfilename) == 0 && good_filename == NULL) good_filename = get_filename(curr_ifile); } free(gfilelist); } } /* * Edit the first valid filename in the list. */ if (good_filename == NULL) return (1); if (get_ifile(good_filename, curr_ifile) == curr_ifile) /* * Trying to edit the current file; don't reopen it. */ return (0); if (edit_ifile(save_curr_ifile)) quit(-1); return (edit(good_filename)); } /* * Edit the first file in the command line (ifile) list. */ public int edit_first() { curr_ifile = NULL_IFILE; return (edit_next(1)); } /* * Edit the last file in the command line (ifile) list. */ public int edit_last() { curr_ifile = NULL_IFILE; return (edit_prev(1)); } /* * Edit the next file in the command line (ifile) list. */ public int edit_next(n) int n; { IFILE h; IFILE next; h = curr_ifile; /* * Skip n filenames, then try to edit each filename. */ for (;;) { next = next_ifile(h); if (--n < 0) { if (edit_ifile(h) == 0) break; } if (next == NULL_IFILE) { /* * Reached end of the ifile list. */ return (1); } h = next; } /* * Found a file that we can edit. */ return (0); } /* * Edit the previous file in the command line list. */ public int edit_prev(n) int n; { IFILE h; IFILE next; h = curr_ifile; /* * Skip n filenames, then try to edit each filename. */ for (;;) { next = prev_ifile(h); if (--n < 0) { if (edit_ifile(h) == 0) break; } if (next == NULL_IFILE) { /* * Reached beginning of the ifile list. */ return (1); } h = next; } /* * Found a file that we can edit. */ return (0); } /* * Edit a specific file in the command line (ifile) list. */ public int edit_index(n) int n; { IFILE h; h = NULL_IFILE; do { if ((h = next_ifile(h)) == NULL_IFILE) { /* * Reached end of the list without finding it. */ return (1); } } while (get_index(h) != n); return (edit_ifile(h)); } public int edit_stdin() { if (isatty(fd0)) { #if MSOFTC error("Missing filename (\"less -?\" for help)", NULL_PARG); #else error("Missing filename (\"less -\\?\" for help)", NULL_PARG); #endif quit(0); } return (edit("-")); } /* * Copy a file directly to standard output. * Used if standard output is not a tty. */ public void cat_file() { register int c; while ((c = ch_forw_get()) != EOI) putchr(c); flush(); } #if LOGFILE /* * If the user asked for a log file and our input file * is standard input, create the log file. * We take care not to blindly overwrite an existing file. */ public void use_logfile(filename) char *filename; { register int exists; register int answer; PARG parg; /* * {{ We could use access() here. }} */ exists = open(filename, 0); close(exists); exists = (exists >= 0); /* * Decide whether to overwrite the log file or append to it. * (If it doesn't exist we "overwrite" it. */ if (!exists || force_logfile) { /* * Overwrite (or create) the log file. */ answer = 'O'; } else { /* * Ask user what to do. */ parg.p_string = filename; answer = query("Warning: \"%s\" exists; Overwrite, Append or Don't log? ", &parg); } loop: switch (answer) { case 'O': case 'o': /* * Overwrite: create the file. */ logfile = creat(filename, 0644); break; case 'A': case 'a': /* * Append: open the file and seek to the end. */ #if MSOFTC logfile = open(filename, O_APPEND|O_WRONLY); #else logfile = open(filename, 1); #endif if (lseek(logfile, (off_t)0, 2) == BAD_LSEEK) { close(logfile); logfile = -1; } break; case 'D': case 'd': /* * Don't do anything. */ return; case 'q': quit(0); /*NOTREACHED*/ default: /* * Eh? */ answer = query("Overwrite, Append, or Don't log? ", NULL_PARG); goto loop; } if (logfile < 0) { /* * Error in opening logfile. */ parg.p_string = filename; error("Cannot write to \"%s\"", &parg); } } #endif L; while ((gfilename = forw_textlist(&tl_gfiles, gfilename)) != NULL) { if (edit(gfilename) == 0 && good_filename == NULL) good_filename = get_filename(curr_ifile); } free(gfilelist); } } /* * Edit the first valid filename in the list. */ if (good_filenaless-252/filename.c 444 2320 12 25157 5647700735 7364 /* * Copyright (c) 1984,1985,1989,1994 Mark Nudelman * All rights reserved. * * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions * are met: * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright * notice in the documentation and/or other materials provided with * the distribution. * * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT * OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR * BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, * WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE * OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN * IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. */ /* * Routines to mess around with filenames (and files). * Much of this is very OS dependent. */ #include "less.h" #if MSOFTC #include #endif extern int force_open; extern IFILE curr_ifile; extern IFILE old_ifile; /* * Return the full pathname of the given file in the "home directory". */ public char * homefile(filename) char *filename; { register char *pathname; register char *homedir; homedir = getenv("HOME"); #if MSOFTC /* * If $HOME is not defined, look for the file anywhere on search path. */ pathname = NULL; if (homedir != NULL) { /* * Found $HOME. */ pathname = (char *) calloc(strlen(homedir)+strlen(filename)+2, sizeof(char)); if (pathname == NULL) return (NULL); sprintf(pathname, "%s\\%s", homedir, filename); if (access(pathname, 0) < 0) { free(pathname); pathname = NULL; } } if (pathname == NULL) { pathname = (char *) calloc(_MAX_PATH, sizeof(char)); _searchenv(filename, "PATH", pathname); if (*pathname == '\0') { free(pathname); pathname = NULL; } } #else if (homedir == NULL) return (NULL); pathname = (char *) calloc(strlen(homedir)+strlen(filename)+2, sizeof(char)); if (pathname == NULL) return (NULL); sprintf(pathname, "%s/%s", homedir, filename); #endif return (pathname); } /* * Find out where the help file is. */ public char * find_helpfile() { register char *helpfile; if ((helpfile = getenv("LESSHELP")) != NULL) return (save(helpfile)); #if MSOFTC return (homefile(HELPFILE)); #else return (save(HELPFILE)); #endif } /* * Expand a string, substituting any "%" with the current filename, * and any "#" with the previous filename. * {{ This is a lot of work just to support % and #. }} */ public char * fexpand(s) char *s; { register char *fr, *to; register int n; register char *e; /* * Make one pass to see how big a buffer we * need to allocate for the expanded string. */ n = 0; for (fr = s; *fr != '\0'; fr++) { switch (*fr) { case '%': n += strlen(get_filename(curr_ifile)); break; case '#': if (old_ifile == NULL_IFILE) { error("No previous file", NULL_PARG); return (NULL); } n += strlen(get_filename(old_ifile)); break; default: n++; break; } } e = (char *) ecalloc(n+1, sizeof(char)); /* * Now copy the string, expanding any "%" or "#". */ to = e; for (fr = s; *fr != '\0'; fr++) { switch (*fr) { case '%': strcpy(to, get_filename(curr_ifile)); to += strlen(to); break; case '#': strcpy(to, get_filename(old_ifile)); to += strlen(to); break; default: *to++ = *fr; break; } } *to = '\0'; return (e); } #if TAB_COMPLETE_FILENAME /* * Return a blank-separated list of filenames which "complete" * the given string. */ public char * fcomplete(s) char *s; { char *fpat; /* * Complete the filename "s" by globbing "s*". */ #if MSOFTC /* * But in DOS, we have to glob "s*.*". * But if the final component of the filename already has * a dot in it, just do "s*". * (Thus, "FILE" is globbed as "FILE*.*", * but "FILE.A" is globbed as "FILE.A*"). */ char *slash; for (slash = s+strlen(s)-1; slash > s; slash--) if (*slash == '/' || *slash == '\\') break; fpat = (char *) ecalloc(strlen(s)+4, sizeof(char)); if (strchr(slash, '.') == NULL) sprintf(fpat, "%s*.*", s); else sprintf(fpat, "%s*", s); #else fpat = (char *) ecalloc(strlen(s)+2, sizeof(char)); sprintf(fpat, "%s*", s); #endif s = glob(fpat); if (s != NULL && strcmp(s,fpat) == 0) { free(s); s = NULL; } free(fpat); return (s); } #endif /* * Try to determine if a file is "binary". * This is just a guess, and we need not try too hard to make it accurate. */ public int bin_file(f) int f; { int i; int n; unsigned char data[64]; n = read(f, data, sizeof(data)); for (i = 0; i < n; i++) if (binary_char(data[i])) return (1); return (0); } /* * Try to determine the size of a file by seeking to the end. */ static POSITION seek_filesize(f) int f; { off_t spos; spos = lseek(f, (off_t)0, 2); if (spos == BAD_LSEEK) return (NULL_POSITION); return ((POSITION) spos); } /* * Expand a filename, substituting any environment variables, etc. */ #if GLOB FILE *popen(); static char * readfd(fd) FILE *fd; { int len; int ch; char *buf; char *p; len = 100; buf = (char *) ecalloc(len, sizeof(char)); for (p = buf; ; p++) { if ((ch = getc(fd)) == '\n' || ch == EOF) break; if (p - buf >= len-1) { len *= 2; *p = '\0'; p = (char *) ecalloc(len, sizeof(char)); strcpy(p, buf); free(buf); buf = p; p = buf + strlen(buf); } *p = ch; } *p = '\0'; return (buf); } static FILE * shellcmd(cmd, s1, s2) char *cmd; char *s1; char *s2; { char *scmd; char *scmd2; char *shell; FILE *fd; int len; len = strlen(cmd) + (s1 == NULL ? 0 : strlen(s1)) + (s2 == NULL ? 0 : strlen(s2)) + 1; scmd = (char *) ecalloc(len, sizeof(char)); sprintf(scmd, cmd, s1, s2); shell = getenv("SHELL"); if (shell != NULL && *shell != '\0') { /* * Read the output of <$SHELL -c "cmd">. */ scmd2 = (char *) ecalloc(strlen(shell) + strlen(scmd) + 7, sizeof(char)); sprintf(scmd2, "%s -c \"%s\"", shell, scmd); free(scmd); scmd = scmd2; } fd = popen(scmd, "r"); free(scmd); return (fd); } public char * glob(filename) char *filename; { FILE *fd; char *gfilename; filename = fexpand(filename); if (filename == NULL) return (NULL); /* * We get the shell to expand the filename for us by passing * an "echo" command to the shell and reading its output. */ fd = shellcmd("echo %s", filename, (char*)NULL); if (fd == NULL) { /* * Cannot create the pipe. * Just return the original (fexpanded) filename. */ return (filename); } free(filename); gfilename = readfd(fd); pclose(fd); if (*gfilename == '\0') return (NULL); return (gfilename); } public char * open_altfile(filename) char *filename; { char *lessopen; char *gfilename; FILE *fd; if ((lessopen = getenv("LESSOPEN")) == NULL) return (NULL); filename = fexpand(filename); if (filename == NULL) return (NULL); fd = shellcmd(lessopen, filename, (char*)NULL); if (fd == NULL) { /* * Cannot create the pipe. */ return (NULL); } free(filename); gfilename = readfd(fd); pclose(fd); if (*gfilename == '\0') return (NULL); return (gfilename); } public void close_altfile(altfilename, filename) char *altfilename; char *filename; { char *lessclose; FILE *fd; if ((lessclose = getenv("LESSCLOSE")) == NULL) return; fd = shellcmd(lessclose, filename, altfilename); pclose(fd); } #else #if MSOFTC public char * glob(filename) char *filename; { register char *gfilename; register char *p; register int len; register int n; struct find_t fnd; char drive[_MAX_DRIVE]; char dir[_MAX_DIR]; char fname[_MAX_FNAME]; char ext[_MAX_EXT]; filename = fexpand(filename); if (filename == NULL) return (NULL); if (_dos_findfirst(filename, ~0, &fnd) != 0) return (filename); _splitpath(filename, drive, dir, fname, ext); len = 100; gfilename = (char *) ecalloc(len, sizeof(char)); p = gfilename; do { n = strlen(drive) + strlen(dir) + strlen(fnd.name); while (p - gfilename + n+2 >= len) { len *= 2; *p = '\0'; p = (char *) ecalloc(len, sizeof(char)); strcpy(p, gfilename); free(gfilename); gfilename = p; p = gfilename + strlen(gfilename); } sprintf(p, "%s%s%s", drive, dir, fnd.name); p += n; *p++ = ' '; } while (_dos_findnext(&fnd) == 0); *--p = '\0'; return (gfilename); } public char * open_altfile(filename) char *filename; { return (NULL); } public void close_altfile(altfilename, filename) char *altfilename; char *filename; { } #else public char * glob(filename) char *filename; { return (fexpand(filename)); } public char * open_altfile(filename) char *filename; { return (NULL); } public void close_altfile(altfilename, filename) char *altfilename; char *filename; { } #endif #endif #if HAVE_STAT #include /* * Returns NULL if the file can be opened and * is an ordinary file, otherwise an error message * (if it cannot be opened or is a directory, etc.) */ public char * bad_file(filename) char *filename; { register char *m; struct stat statbuf; if (stat(filename, &statbuf) < 0) return (errno_message(filename)); if (force_open) return (NULL); if ((statbuf.st_mode & S_IFMT) == S_IFDIR) { static char is_dir[] = " is a directory"; m = (char *) ecalloc(strlen(filename) + sizeof(is_dir), sizeof(char)); strcpy(m, filename); strcat(m, is_dir); return (m); } if ((statbuf.st_mode & S_IFMT) != S_IFREG) { static char not_reg[] = " is not a regular file"; m = (char *) ecalloc(strlen(filename) + sizeof(not_reg), sizeof(char)); strcpy(m, filename); strcat(m, not_reg); return (m); } return (NULL); } /* * Return the size of a file, as cheaply as possible. * In Unix, we can stat the file. */ public POSITION filesize(f) int f; { struct stat statbuf; if (fstat(f, &statbuf) < 0) /* * Can't stat; try seeking to the end. */ return (seek_filesize(f)); return ((POSITION) statbuf.st_size); } #else /* * If we have no way to find out, just say the file is good. */ public char * bad_file(filename) char *filename; { return (NULL); } /* * We can find the file size by seeking. */ public POSITION filesize(f) int f; { return (seek_filesize(f)); } #endif ename); if (filename == NULL) return (NULL); /* * We get the shell to expand the filename for us by passing * an "echo" command to the shell and reading its output. */ fd = shellcmd("echo %s", filename, (char*)NULL); if (fd == NULL) { /* * Cannot create the pipe. * Just return the original (fexpanded) filename. */ return (filename); } free(filename); gfilename = readfdless-252/forwback.c 444 2320 12 21215 5647700735 7371 /* * Copyright (c) 1984,1985,1989,1994 Mark Nudelman * All rights reserved. * * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions * are met: * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright * notice in the documentation and/or other materials provided with * the distribution. * * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT * OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR * BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, * WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE * OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN * IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. */ /* * Primitives for displaying the file on the screen, * scrolling either forward or backward. */ #include "less.h" #include "position.h" public int hit_eof; /* Keeps track of how many times we hit end of file */ public int screen_trashed; public int squished; extern int sigs; extern int top_scroll; extern int quiet; extern int sc_width, sc_height; extern int quit_at_eof; extern int plusoption; extern int forw_scroll; extern int back_scroll; extern int need_clr; extern int ignore_eoi; #if TAGS extern char *tagoption; #endif /* * Sound the bell to indicate user is trying to move past end of file. */ static void eof_bell() { if (quiet == NOT_QUIET) bell(); else vbell(); } /* * Check to see if the end of file is currently "displayed". */ static void eof_check() { POSITION pos; if (ignore_eoi) return; if (ABORT_SIGS()) return; /* * If the bottom line is empty, we are at EOF. * If the bottom line ends at the file length, * we must be just at EOF. */ pos = position(BOTTOM_PLUS_ONE); if (pos == NULL_POSITION || pos == ch_length()) hit_eof++; } /* * If the screen is "squished", repaint it. * "Squished" means the first displayed line is not at the top * of the screen; this can happen when we display a short file * for the first time. */ static void squish_check() { if (!squished) return; squished = 0; repaint(); } /* * Display n lines, scrolling forward, * starting at position pos in the input file. * "force" means display the n lines even if we hit end of file. * "only_last" means display only the last screenful if n > screen size. * "nblank" is the number of blank lines to draw before the first * real line. If nblank > 0, the pos must be NULL_POSITION. * The first real line after the blanks will start at ch_zero(). */ public void forw(n, pos, force, only_last, nblank) register int n; POSITION pos; int force; int only_last; int nblank; { int eof = 0; int nlines = 0; int do_repaint; static int first_time = 1; squish_check(); /* * do_repaint tells us not to display anything till the end, * then just repaint the entire screen. * We repaint if we are supposed to display only the last * screenful and the request is for more than a screenful. * Also if the request exceeds the forward scroll limit * (but not if the request is for exactly a screenful, since * repainting itself involves scrolling forward a screenful). */ do_repaint = (only_last && n > sc_height-1) || (forw_scroll >= 0 && n > forw_scroll && n != sc_height-1); if (!do_repaint) { if (top_scroll && n >= sc_height - 1 && pos != ch_length()) { /* * Start a new screen. * {{ This is not really desirable if we happen * to hit eof in the middle of this screen, * but we don't yet know if that will happen. }} */ if (top_scroll == 2 || first_time) clear(); home(); force = 1; } else { clear_bot(); } if (pos != position(BOTTOM_PLUS_ONE) || empty_screen()) { /* * This is not contiguous with what is * currently displayed. Clear the screen image * (position table) and start a new screen. */ pos_clear(); add_forw_pos(pos); force = 1; if (top_scroll) { if (top_scroll == 2) clear(); home(); } else if (!first_time) { putstr("...skipping...\n"); } } } while (--n >= 0) { /* * Read the next line of input. */ if (nblank > 0) { /* * Still drawing blanks; don't get a line * from the file yet. * If this is the last blank line, get ready to * read a line starting at ch_zero() next time. */ if (--nblank == 0) pos = ch_zero(); } else { /* * Get the next line from the file. */ pos = forw_line(pos); if (pos == NULL_POSITION) { /* * End of file: stop here unless the top line * is still empty, or "force" is true. */ eof = 1; if (!force && position(TOP) != NULL_POSITION) break; } } /* * Add the position of the next line to the position table. * Display the current line on the screen. */ add_forw_pos(pos); nlines++; if (do_repaint) continue; /* * If this is the first screen displayed and * we hit an early EOF (i.e. before the requested * number of lines), we "squish" the display down * at the bottom of the screen. * But don't do this if a + option or a -t option * was given. These options can cause us to * start the display after the beginning of the file, * and it is not appropriate to squish in that case. */ if (first_time && pos == NULL_POSITION && !top_scroll && #if TAGS tagoption == NULL && #endif !plusoption) { squished = 1; continue; } if (top_scroll == 1) clear_eol(); put_line(); } if (ignore_eoi) hit_eof = 0; else if (eof && !ABORT_SIGS()) hit_eof++; else eof_check(); if (nlines == 0) eof_bell(); else if (do_repaint) repaint(); first_time = 0; (void) currline(BOTTOM); } /* * Display n lines, scrolling backward. */ public void back(n, pos, force, only_last) register int n; POSITION pos; int force; int only_last; { int nlines = 0; int do_repaint; squish_check(); do_repaint = (n > get_back_scroll() || (only_last && n > sc_height-1)); hit_eof = 0; while (--n >= 0) { /* * Get the previous line of input. */ pos = back_line(pos); if (pos == NULL_POSITION) { /* * Beginning of file: stop here unless "force" is true. */ if (!force) break; } /* * Add the position of the previous line to the position table. * Display the line on the screen. */ add_back_pos(pos); nlines++; if (!do_repaint) { home(); add_line(); put_line(); } } eof_check(); if (nlines == 0) eof_bell(); else if (do_repaint) repaint(); (void) currline(BOTTOM); } /* * Display n more lines, forward. * Start just after the line currently displayed at the bottom of the screen. */ public void forward(n, force, only_last) int n; int force; int only_last; { POSITION pos; if (quit_at_eof && hit_eof) { /* * If the -e flag is set and we're trying to go * forward from end-of-file, go on to the next file. */ if (edit_next(1)) quit(0); return; } pos = position(BOTTOM_PLUS_ONE); if (pos == NULL_POSITION && (!force || empty_lines(2, sc_height-1))) { if (ignore_eoi) { /* * ignore_eoi is to support A_F_FOREVER. * Back up until there is a line at the bottom * of the screen. */ if (empty_screen()) pos = ch_zero(); else { do { back(1, position(TOP), 1, 0); pos = position(BOTTOM_PLUS_ONE); } while (pos == NULL_POSITION); } } else { eof_bell(); hit_eof++; return; } } forw(n, pos, force, only_last, 0); } /* * Display n more lines, backward. * Start just before the line currently displayed at the top of the screen. */ public void backward(n, force, only_last) int n; int force; int only_last; { POSITION pos; pos = position(TOP); if (pos == NULL_POSITION && (!force || position(BOTTOM) == 0)) { eof_bell(); return; } back(n, pos, force, only_last); } /* * Get the backwards scroll limit. * Must call this function instead of just using the value of * back_scroll, because the default case depends on sc_height and * top_scroll, as well as back_scroll. */ public int get_back_scroll() { if (back_scroll >= 0) return (back_scroll); if (top_scroll) return (sc_height - 2); return (10000); /* infinity */ } /* * Still drawing blanks; don't get a line * from the file yet. * If this is the last blank line, get ready to * read a line starting at ch_zero() next time. */ if (--nblank == 0) pos = ch_zero(); } else { /* * Get the next line from the file. */ pos = forw_line(pos); if (pos == NULL_POSITION) { /* * Enless-252/help.c 444 2320 12 5035 5647700736 6506 /* * Copyright (c) 1984,1985,1989,1994 Mark Nudelman * All rights reserved. * * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions * are met: * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright * notice in the documentation and/or other materials provided with * the distribution. * * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT * OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR * BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, * WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE * OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN * IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. */ /* * Display some help. * Just invoke another "less" to display the help file. * * {{ This makes this function very simple, and makes changing the * help file very easy, but it may present difficulties on * (non-Unix) systems which do not supply the "system()" function. }} */ #include "less.h" extern char *progname; public void help(nomsg) int nomsg; { char *helpfile; char *cmd; helpfile = find_helpfile(); if (helpfile == NULL) { error("Cannot find help file", NULL_PARG); return; } #if !HAVE_SYSTEM /* * Just examine the help file. */ (void) edit(helpfile); #else /* * Use lsystem() to invoke a new instance of less * to view the help file. */ #if MSOFTC putenv("LESS=-m -H -+E -+s -PmHELP -- ?eEND -- Press g to see it again:Press RETURN for more., or q when done"); cmd = (char *) ecalloc(strlen(helpfile) + strlen(progname) + 3, sizeof(char)); sprintf(cmd, "-%s %s", progname, helpfile); #else cmd = (char *) ecalloc(strlen(helpfile) + strlen(progname) + 150, sizeof(char)); sprintf(cmd, "-%s -m -H -+E -+s '-PmHELP -- ?eEND -- Press g to see it again:Press RETURN for more., or q when done ' %s", progname, helpfile); #endif free(helpfile); lsystem(cmd); if (!nomsg) error("End of help", NULL_PARG); free(cmd); #endif } ,1989,1994 Mark Nudelman * All rights reserved. * * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions * are met: * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright * notice in the documentation and/or other materials provided witless-252/ifile.c 444 2320 12 14507 5647700736 6672 /* * Copyright (c) 1984,1985,1989,1994 Mark Nudelman * All rights reserved. * * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions * are met: * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright * notice in the documentation and/or other materials provided with * the distribution. * * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT * OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR * BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, * WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE * OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN * IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. */ /* * An IFILE represents an input file. * * It is actually a pointer to an ifile structure, * but is opaque outside this module. * Ifile structures are kept in a linked list in the order they * appear on the command line. * Any new file which does not already appear in the list is * inserted after the current file. */ #include "less.h" extern IFILE curr_ifile; struct ifile { struct ifile *h_next; /* Links for command line list */ struct ifile *h_prev; char *h_filename; /* Name of the file */ int h_index; /* Index within command line list */ int h_opened; /* Only need one bit */ struct scrpos h_scrpos; /* Saved position within the file */ }; /* * Convert an IFILE (external representation) * to a struct file (internal representation), and vice versa. */ #define int_ifile(h) ((struct ifile *)(h)) #define ext_ifile(h) ((IFILE)(h)) /* * Anchor for linked list. */ static struct ifile anchor = { &anchor, &anchor, 0 }; static int ifiles = 0; static void incr_index(p, incr) register struct ifile *p; int incr; { for (; p != &anchor; p = p->h_next) p->h_index += incr; } static void link_ifile(p, prev) struct ifile *p; struct ifile *prev; { /* * Link into list. */ if (prev == NULL) prev = &anchor; p->h_next = prev->h_next; p->h_prev = prev; prev->h_next->h_prev = p; prev->h_next = p; /* * Calculate index for the new one, * and adjust the indexes for subsequent ifiles in the list. */ p->h_index = prev->h_index + 1; incr_index(p->h_next, 1); ifiles++; } static void unlink_ifile(p) struct ifile *p; { p->h_next->h_prev = p->h_prev; p->h_prev->h_next = p->h_next; incr_index(p->h_next, -1); ifiles--; } /* * Allocate a new ifile structure and stick a filename in it. * It should go after "prev" in the list * (or at the beginning of the list if "prev" is NULL). * Return a pointer to the new ifile structure. */ static struct ifile * new_ifile(filename, prev) char *filename; struct ifile *prev; { register struct ifile *p; /* * Allocate and initialize structure. */ p = (struct ifile *) ecalloc(1, sizeof(struct ifile)); p->h_filename = save(filename); p->h_scrpos.pos = NULL_POSITION; p->h_opened = 0; link_ifile(p, prev); return (p); } /* * Delete an existing ifile structure. */ public void del_ifile(h) IFILE h; { register struct ifile *p; if (h == NULL_IFILE) return; /* * If the ifile we're deleting is the currently open ifile, * move off it. */ if (h == curr_ifile) curr_ifile = getoff_ifile(curr_ifile); p = int_ifile(h); unlink_ifile(p); free(p->h_filename); free(p); } /* * Get the ifile after a given one in the list. */ public IFILE next_ifile(h) IFILE h; { register struct ifile *p; p = (h == NULL_IFILE) ? &anchor : int_ifile(h); if (p->h_next == &anchor) return (NULL_IFILE); return (ext_ifile(p->h_next)); } /* * Get the ifile before a given one in the list. */ public IFILE prev_ifile(h) IFILE h; { register struct ifile *p; p = (h == NULL_IFILE) ? &anchor : int_ifile(h); if (p->h_prev == &anchor) return (NULL_IFILE); return (ext_ifile(p->h_prev)); } /* * Return a different ifile from the given one. */ public IFILE getoff_ifile(ifile) IFILE ifile; { IFILE newifile; if ((newifile = prev_ifile(ifile)) != NULL_IFILE) return (newifile); if ((newifile = next_ifile(ifile)) != NULL_IFILE) return (newifile); return (NULL_IFILE); } /* * Return the number of ifiles. */ public int nifile() { return (ifiles); } /* * Find an ifile structure, given a filename. */ static struct ifile * find_ifile(filename) char *filename; { register struct ifile *p; for (p = anchor.h_next; p != &anchor; p = p->h_next) if (strcmp(filename, p->h_filename) == 0) return (p); return (NULL); } /* * Get the ifile associated with a filename. * If the filename has not been seen before, * insert the new ifile after "prev" in the list. */ public IFILE get_ifile(filename, prev) char *filename; IFILE prev; { register struct ifile *p; if ((p = find_ifile(filename)) == NULL) p = new_ifile(filename, int_ifile(prev)); return (ext_ifile(p)); } /* * Get the filename associated with a ifile. */ public char * get_filename(ifile) IFILE ifile; { if (ifile == NULL) return (NULL); return (int_ifile(ifile)->h_filename); } /* * Get the index of the file associated with a ifile. */ public int get_index(ifile) IFILE ifile; { return (int_ifile(ifile)->h_index); } /* * Save the file position to be associated with a given file. */ public void store_pos(ifile, scrpos) IFILE ifile; struct scrpos *scrpos; { int_ifile(ifile)->h_scrpos = *scrpos; } /* * Recall the file position associated with a file. * If no position has been associated with the file, return NULL_POSITION. */ public void get_pos(ifile, scrpos) IFILE ifile; struct scrpos *scrpos; { *scrpos = int_ifile(ifile)->h_scrpos; } /* * Mark the ifile as "opened". */ public void set_open(ifile) IFILE ifile; { int_ifile(ifile)->h_opened = 1; } /* * Return whether the ifile has been opened previously. */ public int opened(ifile) IFILE ifile; { return (int_ifile(ifile)->h_opened); } o on to the next file. */ if (edit_next(1)) quit(0); return; } pos = position(BOTTOM_PLUS_ONE); if (pos == NULL_POSITION && (!force || empty_lines(2, sc_height-1))) { iless-252/input.c 444 2320 12 14264 5647700736 6741 /* * Copyright (c) 1984,1985,1989,1994 Mark Nudelman * All rights reserved. * * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions * are met: * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright * notice in the documentation and/or other materials provided with * the distribution. * * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT * OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR * BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, * WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE * OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN * IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. */ /* * High level routines dealing with getting lines of input * from the file being viewed. * * When we speak of "lines" here, we mean PRINTABLE lines; * lines processed with respect to the screen width. * We use the term "raw line" to refer to lines simply * delimited by newlines; not processed with respect to screen width. */ #include "less.h" extern int squeeze; extern int chopline; extern int sigs; /* * Get the next line. * A "current" position is passed and a "new" position is returned. * The current position is the position of the first character of * a line. The new position is the position of the first character * of the NEXT line. The line obtained is the line starting at curr_pos. */ public POSITION forw_line(curr_pos) POSITION curr_pos; { POSITION new_pos; register int c; int blankline; int endline; if (curr_pos == NULL_POSITION || ch_seek(curr_pos)) { null_line(); return (NULL_POSITION); } prewind(); plinenum(curr_pos); (void) ch_seek(curr_pos); c = ch_forw_get(); if (c == EOI) { null_line(); return (NULL_POSITION); } blankline = (c == '\n' || c == '\r'); for (;;) { if (ABORT_SIGS()) { null_line(); return (NULL_POSITION); } if (c == '\n' || c == EOI) { /* * End of the line. */ new_pos = ch_tell(); endline = 1; break; } /* * Append the char to the line and get the next char. */ if (pappend(c)) { /* * The char won't fit in the line; the line * is too long to print in the screen width. * End the line here. */ if (chopline) { do { c = ch_forw_get(); } while (c != '\n' && c != EOI); new_pos = ch_tell(); endline = 1; } else { new_pos = ch_tell() - 1; endline = 0; } break; } c = ch_forw_get(); } pdone(endline); if (squeeze && blankline) { /* * This line is blank. * Skip down to the last contiguous blank line * and pretend it is the one which we are returning. */ while ((c = ch_forw_get()) == '\n' || c == '\r') if (ABORT_SIGS()) { null_line(); return (NULL_POSITION); } if (c != EOI) (void) ch_back_get(); new_pos = ch_tell(); } return (new_pos); } /* * Get the previous line. * A "current" position is passed and a "new" position is returned. * The current position is the position of the first character of * a line. The new position is the position of the first character * of the PREVIOUS line. The line obtained is the one starting at new_pos. */ public POSITION back_line(curr_pos) POSITION curr_pos; { POSITION new_pos, begin_new_pos; int c; int endline; if (curr_pos == NULL_POSITION || curr_pos <= ch_zero() || ch_seek(curr_pos-1)) { null_line(); return (NULL_POSITION); } if (squeeze) { /* * Find out if the "current" line was blank. */ (void) ch_forw_get(); /* Skip the newline */ c = ch_forw_get(); /* First char of "current" line */ (void) ch_back_get(); /* Restore our position */ (void) ch_back_get(); if (c == '\n' || c == '\r') { /* * The "current" line was blank. * Skip over any preceding blank lines, * since we skipped them in forw_line(). */ while ((c = ch_back_get()) == '\n' || c == '\r') if (ABORT_SIGS()) { null_line(); return (NULL_POSITION); } if (c == EOI) { null_line(); return (NULL_POSITION); } (void) ch_forw_get(); } } /* * Scan backwards until we hit the beginning of the line. */ for (;;) { if (ABORT_SIGS()) { null_line(); return (NULL_POSITION); } c = ch_back_get(); if (c == '\n') { /* * This is the newline ending the previous line. * We have hit the beginning of the line. */ new_pos = ch_tell() + 1; break; } if (c == EOI) { /* * We have hit the beginning of the file. * This must be the first line in the file. * This must, of course, be the beginning of the line. */ new_pos = ch_tell(); break; } } /* * Now scan forwards from the beginning of this line. * We keep discarding "printable lines" (based on screen width) * until we reach the curr_pos. * * {{ This algorithm is pretty inefficient if the lines * are much longer than the screen width, * but I don't know of any better way. }} */ if (ch_seek(new_pos)) { null_line(); return (NULL_POSITION); } endline = 0; loop: begin_new_pos = new_pos; prewind(); plinenum(new_pos); (void) ch_seek(new_pos); do { c = ch_forw_get(); if (c == EOI || ABORT_SIGS()) { null_line(); return (NULL_POSITION); } new_pos++; if (c == '\n') { endline = 1; break; } if (pappend(c)) { /* * Got a full printable line, but we haven't * reached our curr_pos yet. Discard the line * and start a new one. */ if (chopline) { endline = 1; break; } pdone(0); (void) ch_back_get(); new_pos--; goto loop; } } while (new_pos < curr_pos); pdone(endline); return (begin_new_pos); } OSITION); } prewind(); plinenum(curr_pos); (void) ch_seek(curr_pos); c = ch_forw_get(); if (c == EOI) { null_line(); return (NULL_POSITION); } blankline = (c == '\n' || c == '\r'); for (;;) { if (ABORT_SIGS()) { null_line(); return (NULL_POSITION); } if (c == '\n' || c == EOI) { /* * End ofless-252/jump.c 444 2320 12 14467 5647700736 6562 /* * Copyright (c) 1984,1985,1989,1994 Mark Nudelman * All rights reserved. * * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions * are met: * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright * notice in the documentation and/or other materials provided with * the distribution. * * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT * OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR * BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, * WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE * OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN * IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. */ /* * Routines which jump to a new location in the file. */ #include "less.h" #include "position.h" extern int hit_eof; extern int jump_sline; extern int squished; extern int screen_trashed; extern int sc_width, sc_height; /* * Jump to the end of the file. */ public void jump_forw() { POSITION pos; if (ch_end_seek()) { error("Cannot seek to end of file", NULL_PARG); return; } /* * Position the last line in the file at the last screen line. * Go back one line from the end of the file * to get to the beginning of the last line. */ pos = back_line(ch_tell()); if (pos == NULL_POSITION) jump_loc((POSITION)0, sc_height-1); else jump_loc(pos, sc_height-1); } /* * Jump to line n in the file. */ public void jump_back(n) int n; { POSITION pos; PARG parg; /* * Find the position of the specified line. * If we can seek there, just jump to it. * If we can't seek, but we're trying to go to line number 1, * use ch_beg_seek() to get as close as we can. */ pos = find_pos(n); if (pos != NULL_POSITION && ch_seek(pos) == 0) { jump_loc(pos, jump_sline); } else if (n <= 1 && ch_beg_seek() == 0) { jump_loc(ch_tell(), jump_sline); error("Cannot seek to beginning of file", NULL_PARG); } else { parg.p_int = n; error("Cannot seek to line number %d", &parg); } } /* * Repaint the screen. */ public void repaint() { struct scrpos scrpos; /* * Start at the line currently at the top of the screen * and redisplay the screen. */ get_scrpos(&scrpos); pos_clear(); jump_loc(scrpos.pos, scrpos.ln); } /* * Jump to a specified percentage into the file. */ public void jump_percent(percent) int percent; { POSITION pos, len; /* * Determine the position in the file * (the specified percentage of the file's length). */ if ((len = ch_length()) == NULL_POSITION) { error("Don't know length of file", NULL_PARG); return; } /* * {{ This calculation may overflow! }} */ pos = (percent * len) / 100; if (pos >= len) pos = len-1; jump_line_loc(pos, jump_sline); } /* * Jump to a specified position in the file. * Like jump_loc, but the position need not be * the first character in a line. */ public void jump_line_loc(pos, sline) POSITION pos; int sline; { int c; if (ch_seek(pos) == 0) { /* * Back up to the beginning of the line. */ while ((c = ch_back_get()) != '\n' && c != EOI) ; if (c == '\n') (void) ch_forw_get(); pos = ch_tell(); } jump_loc(pos, sline); } /* * Jump to a specified position in the file. * The position must be the first character in a line. * Place the target line on a specified line on the screen. */ public void jump_loc(pos, sline) POSITION pos; int sline; { register int nline; POSITION tpos; POSITION bpos; /* * Normalize sline. */ sline = adjsline(sline); if ((nline = onscreen(pos)) >= 0) { /* * The line is currently displayed. * Just scroll there. */ nline -= sline; if (nline > 0) forw(nline, position(BOTTOM_PLUS_ONE), 1, 0, 0); else back(-nline, position(TOP), 1, 0); return; } /* * Line is not on screen. * Seek to the desired location. */ if (ch_seek(pos)) { error("Cannot seek to that file position", NULL_PARG); return; } /* * See if the desired line is before or after * the currently displayed screen. */ tpos = position(TOP); bpos = position(BOTTOM_PLUS_ONE); if (tpos == NULL_POSITION || pos >= tpos) { /* * The desired line is after the current screen. * Move back in the file far enough so that we can * call forw() and put the desired line at the * sline-th line on the screen. */ for (nline = 0; nline < sline; nline++) { if (bpos != NULL_POSITION && pos <= bpos) { /* * Surprise! The desired line is * close enough to the current screen * that we can just scroll there after all. */ forw(sc_height-sline+nline-1, bpos, 1, 0, 0); return; } pos = back_line(pos); if (pos == NULL_POSITION) { /* * Oops. Ran into the beginning of the file. * Exit the loop here and rely on forw() * below to draw the required number of * blank lines at the top of the screen. */ break; } } lastmark(); hit_eof = 0; squished = 0; screen_trashed = 0; forw(sc_height-1, pos, 1, 0, sline-nline); } else { /* * The desired line is before the current screen. * Move forward in the file far enough so that we * can call back() and put the desired line at the * sline-th line on the screen. */ for (nline = sline; nline < sc_height - 1; nline++) { pos = forw_line(pos); if (pos == NULL_POSITION) { /* * Ran into end of file. * This shouldn't normally happen, * but may if there is some kind of read error. */ break; } if (pos >= tpos) { /* * Surprise! The desired line is * close enough to the current screen * that we can just scroll there after all. */ back(nline+1, tpos, 1, 0); return; } } lastmark(); clear(); screen_trashed = 0; add_back_pos(pos); back(sc_height-1, pos, 1, 0); } } == 0) { jump_loc(pos, jump_sline); } else if (n <= 1 && ch_beg_seek() == 0) { jump_loc(ch_tell(), jump_sline); error("Cannot seek to beginning of file", NULL_PARG); } else { parg.p_int = nless-252/line.c 444 2320 12 30512 5650664411 6514 /* * Copyright (c) 1984,1985,1989,1994 Mark Nudelman * All rights reserved. * * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions * are met: * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright * notice in the documentation and/or other materials provided with * the distribution. * * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT * OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR * BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, * WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE * OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN * IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. */ /* * Routines to manipulate the "line buffer". * The line buffer holds a line of output as it is being built * in preparation for output to the screen. */ #include "less.h" public char linebuf[1024]; /* Buffer which holds the current output line */ public int size_linebuf = sizeof(linebuf); static char attr[1024]; /* Extension of linebuf to hold attributes */ static int curr; /* Index into linebuf */ static int column; /* Printable length, accounting for backspaces, etc. */ static int lno_indent; /* Number of chars used for line number */ static int overstrike; /* Next char should overstrike previous char */ static int is_null_line; /* There is no current line */ static char pendc; static int do_append(); extern int bs_mode; extern int tabstop; extern int linenums; extern int ctldisp; extern int twiddle; extern int binattr; extern int auto_wrap, ignaw; extern int bo_s_width, bo_e_width; extern int ul_s_width, ul_e_width; extern int bl_s_width, bl_e_width; extern int so_s_width, so_e_width; extern int sc_width, sc_height; /* * Rewind the line buffer. */ public void prewind() { curr = 0; column = 0; overstrike = 0; is_null_line = 0; lno_indent = 0; pendc = '\0'; } /* * Insert the line number (of the given position) into the line buffer. */ public void plinenum(pos) POSITION pos; { register int lno; register int i; register int n; /* * We display the line number at the start of each line * only if the -N option is set. */ if (linenums != 2) return; /* * Get the line number and put it in the current line. * {{ Note: since find_linenum calls forw_raw_line, * it may seek in the input file, requiring the caller * of plinenum to re-seek if necessary. }} */ lno = find_linenum(pos); sprintf(&linebuf[curr], "%6d", lno); n = strlen(&linebuf[curr]); column += n; for (i = 0; i < n; i++) attr[curr++] = 0; /* * Append enough spaces to bring us to the next tab stop. * {{ We could avoid this at the cost of adding some * complication to the tab stop logic in pappend(). }} */ if (tabstop == 0) tabstop = 1; do { linebuf[curr] = ' '; attr[curr++] = AT_NORMAL; column++; } while ((column % tabstop) != 0); lno_indent = column; } /* * Return the printing width of the start (enter) sequence * for a given character attribute. */ int attr_swidth(a) int a; { switch (a) { case AT_BOLD: return (bo_s_width); case AT_UNDERLINE: return (ul_s_width); case AT_BLINK: return (bl_s_width); case AT_STANDOUT: return (so_s_width); } return (0); } /* * Return the printing width of the end (exit) sequence * for a given character attribute. */ int attr_ewidth(a) int a; { switch (a) { case AT_BOLD: return (bo_e_width); case AT_UNDERLINE: return (ul_e_width); case AT_BLINK: return (bl_e_width); case AT_STANDOUT: return (so_e_width); } return (0); } /* * Return the printing width of a given character and attribute, * if the character were added to the current position in the line buffer. * Adding a character with a given attribute may cause an enter or exit * attribute sequence to be inserted, so this must be taken into account. */ static int pwidth(c, a) int c; int a; { register int w; if (c == '\b') /* * Backspace moves backwards one position. */ return (-1); if (control_char(c)) /* * Control characters do unpredicatable things, * so we don't even try to guess; say it doesn't move. * This can only happen if the -r flag is in effect. */ return (0); /* * Other characters take one space, * plus the width of any attribute enter/exit sequence. */ w = 1; if (curr > 0 && attr[curr-1] != a) w += attr_ewidth(attr[curr-1]); if (a && (curr == 0 || attr[curr-1] != a)) w += attr_swidth(a); return (w); } /* * Delete the previous character in the line buffer. */ static void backc() { curr--; column -= pwidth(linebuf[curr], attr[curr]); } /* * Append a character and attribute to the line buffer. */ static int storec(c, a) int c; int a; { register int w; w = pwidth(c, a); if (ctldisp > 0 && column + w + attr_ewidth(a) > sc_width) /* * Won't fit on screen. */ return (1); if (curr >= sizeof(linebuf)-2) /* * Won't fit in line buffer. */ return (1); /* * Special handling for "magic cookie" terminals. * If an attribute enter/exit sequence has a printing width > 0, * and the sequence is adjacent to a space, delete the space. * We just mark the space as invisible, to avoid having too * many spaces deleted. * {{ Note that even if the attribute width is > 1, we * delete only one space. It's not worth trying to do more. * It's hardly worth doing this much. }} */ if (curr > 0 && a != AT_NORMAL && linebuf[curr-1] == ' ' && attr[curr-1] == AT_NORMAL && attr_swidth(a) > 0) { /* * We are about to append an enter-attribute sequence * just after a space. Delete the space. */ attr[curr-1] = AT_INVIS; column--; } else if (curr > 0 && attr[curr-1] != AT_NORMAL && attr[curr-1] != AT_INVIS && c == ' ' && a == AT_NORMAL && attr_ewidth(attr[curr-1]) > 0) { /* * We are about to append a space just after an * exit-attribute sequence. Delete the space. */ a = AT_INVIS; column--; } /* End of magic cookie handling. */ linebuf[curr] = c; attr[curr] = a; column += w; return (0); } /* * Append a character to the line buffer. * Expand tabs into spaces, handle underlining, boldfacing, etc. * Returns 0 if ok, 1 if couldn't fit in buffer. */ public int pappend(c) register int c; { if (pendc) { if (do_append(pendc)) /* * Oops. We've probably lost the char which * was in pendc, since caller won't back up. */ return (1); pendc = '\0'; } if (c == '\r' && bs_mode == BS_SPECIAL) { /* * Don't put the CR into the buffer until we see * the next char. If the next char is a newline, * discard the CR. */ pendc = c; return (0); } return (do_append(c)); } static int do_append(c) int c; { register char *s; register int a; #define STOREC(c,a) if (storec((c),(a))) return (1); else curr++ if (overstrike) { /* * Overstrike the character at the current position * in the line buffer. This will cause either * underline (if a "_" is overstruck), * bold (if an identical character is overstruck), * or just deletion of the character in the buffer. */ overstrike = 0; if ((char)c == linebuf[curr]) STOREC(linebuf[curr], AT_BOLD); else if (c == '_') STOREC(linebuf[curr], AT_UNDERLINE); else if (linebuf[curr] == '_') STOREC(c, AT_UNDERLINE); else if (control_char(c)) goto do_control_char; else STOREC(c, AT_NORMAL); } else if (c == '\b') { switch (bs_mode) { case BS_NORMAL: STOREC(c, AT_NORMAL); break; case BS_CONTROL: goto do_control_char; case BS_SPECIAL: if (curr == 0) break; backc(); overstrike = 1; break; } } else if (c == '\t') { /* * Expand a tab into spaces. */ if (tabstop == 0) tabstop = 1; do { STOREC(' ', AT_NORMAL); } while ((column % tabstop) != 0); } else if (control_char(c)) { do_control_char: if (ctldisp == 0) { /* * Output as a normal character. */ STOREC(c, AT_NORMAL); } else { /* * Convert to printable representation. */ s = prchar(c); a = binattr; /* * Make sure we can get the entire representation * of the character on this line. */ if (column + strlen(s) + attr_swidth(a) + attr_ewidth(a) > sc_width) return (1); for ( ; *s != 0; s++) STOREC(*s, a); } } else { STOREC(c, AT_NORMAL); } return (0); } /* * Terminate the line in the line buffer. */ public void pdone(endline) int endline; { if (pendc && (pendc != '\r' || !endline)) /* * If we had a pending character, put it in the buffer. * But discard a pending CR if we are at end of line * (that is, discard the CR in a CR/LF sequence). */ (void) do_append(pendc); #if HILITE_SEARCH /* * Modify the attribute for matched strings; do this before we * add a newline so that '$' will match end of line properly. * {{ If a matched string is broken at the end of the line, * we won't mark it. This is difficlt to fix. }} */ { extern int hilite_search; if (hilite_search) { linebuf[curr] = '\0'; hlsearch(linebuf + lno_indent, attr + lno_indent, AT_STANDOUT); } } #endif /* * Add a newline if necessary, * and append a '\0' to the end of the line. */ if (column < sc_width || !auto_wrap || ignaw || ctldisp == 0) { linebuf[curr] = '\n'; attr[curr] = AT_NORMAL; curr++; } linebuf[curr] = '\0'; attr[curr] = AT_NORMAL; } /* * Get a character from the current line. * Return the character as the function return value, * and the character attribute in *ap. */ public int gline(i, ap) register int i; register int *ap; { char *s; if (is_null_line) { /* * If there is no current line, we pretend the line is * either "~" or "", depending on the "twiddle" flag. */ *ap = AT_NORMAL; s = (twiddle) ? "~\n" : "\n"; return (s[i]); } *ap = attr[i]; return (linebuf[i] & 0377); } /* * Indicate that there is no current line. */ public void null_line() { is_null_line = 1; } #if 1 /* * Analogous to forw_line(), but deals with "raw lines": * lines which are not split for screen width. * {{ This is supposed to be more efficient than forw_line(). }} */ public POSITION forw_raw_line(curr_pos, linep) POSITION curr_pos; char **linep; { register char *p; register int c; POSITION new_pos; if (curr_pos == NULL_POSITION || ch_seek(curr_pos) || (c = ch_forw_get()) == EOI) return (NULL_POSITION); p = linebuf; for (;;) { if (c == '\n' || c == EOI) { new_pos = ch_tell(); break; } if (p >= &linebuf[sizeof(linebuf)-1]) { /* * Overflowed the input buffer. * Pretend the line ended here. * {{ The line buffer is supposed to be big * enough that this never happens. }} */ new_pos = ch_tell() - 1; break; } *p++ = c; c = ch_forw_get(); } *p = '\0'; if (linep != NULL) *linep = linebuf; return (new_pos); } /* * Analogous to back_line(), but deals with "raw lines". * {{ This is supposed to be more efficient than back_line(). }} */ public POSITION back_raw_line(curr_pos, linep) POSITION curr_pos; char **linep; { register char *p; register int c; POSITION new_pos; if (curr_pos == NULL_POSITION || curr_pos <= ch_zero() || ch_seek(curr_pos-1)) return (NULL_POSITION); p = &linebuf[sizeof(linebuf)]; *--p = '\0'; for (;;) { c = ch_back_get(); if (c == '\n') { /* * This is the newline ending the previous line. * We have hit the beginning of the line. */ new_pos = ch_tell() + 1; break; } if (c == EOI) { /* * We have hit the beginning of the file. * This must be the first line in the file. * This must, of course, be the beginning of the line. */ new_pos = ch_zero(); break; } if (p <= linebuf) { /* * Overflowed the input buffer. * Pretend the line ended here. */ new_pos = ch_tell() + 1; break; } *--p = c; } if (linep != NULL) *linep = p; return (new_pos); } #endif /* * Output as a normal character. */ STOREC(c, AT_NORMAL); } else { /* * Convert to printable representation. */ s = prchar(c); a = binattr; less-252/linenum.c 444 2320 12 25741 5647700737 7254 /* * Copyright (c) 1984,1985,1989,1994 Mark Nudelman * All rights reserved. * * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions * are met: * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright * notice in the documentation and/or other materials provided with * the distribution. * * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT * OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR * BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, * WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE * OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN * IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. */ /* * Code to handle displaying line numbers. * * Finding the line number of a given file position is rather tricky. * We don't want to just start at the beginning of the file and * count newlines, because that is slow for large files (and also * wouldn't work if we couldn't get to the start of the file; e.g. * if input is a long pipe). * * So we use the function add_lnum to cache line numbers. * We try to be very clever and keep only the more interesting * line numbers when we run out of space in our table. A line * number is more interesting than another when it is far from * other line numbers. For example, we'd rather keep lines * 100,200,300 than 100,101,300. 200 is more interesting than * 101 because 101 can be derived very cheaply from 100, while * 200 is more expensive to derive from 100. * * The function currline() returns the line number of a given * position in the file. As a side effect, it calls add_lnum * to cache the line number. Therefore currline is occasionally * called to make sure we cache line numbers often enough. */ #include "less.h" #include "position.h" /* * Structure to keep track of a line number and the associated file position. * A doubly-linked circular list of line numbers is kept ordered by line number. */ struct linenum { struct linenum *next; /* Link to next in the list */ struct linenum *prev; /* Line to previous in the list */ POSITION pos; /* File position */ POSITION gap; /* Gap between prev and next */ int line; /* Line number */ }; /* * "gap" needs some explanation: the gap of any particular line number * is the distance between the previous one and the next one in the list. * ("Distance" means difference in file position.) In other words, the * gap of a line number is the gap which would be introduced if this * line number were deleted. It is used to decide which one to replace * when we have a new one to insert and the table is full. */ #define NPOOL 50 /* Size of line number pool */ #define LONGTIME (2) /* In seconds */ public int lnloop = 0; /* Are we in the line num loop? */ static struct linenum anchor; /* Anchor of the list */ static struct linenum *freelist; /* Anchor of the unused entries */ static struct linenum pool[NPOOL]; /* The pool itself */ static struct linenum *spare; /* We always keep one spare entry */ extern int linenums; extern int sigs; extern int sc_height; /* * Initialize the line number structures. */ public void clr_linenum() { register struct linenum *p; /* * Put all the entries on the free list. * Leave one for the "spare". */ for (p = pool; p < &pool[NPOOL-2]; p++) p->next = p+1; pool[NPOOL-2].next = NULL; freelist = pool; spare = &pool[NPOOL-1]; /* * Initialize the anchor. */ anchor.next = anchor.prev = &anchor; anchor.gap = 0; anchor.pos = (POSITION)0; anchor.line = 1; } /* * Calculate the gap for an entry. */ static void calcgap(p) register struct linenum *p; { /* * Don't bother to compute a gap for the anchor. * Also don't compute a gap for the last one in the list. * The gap for that last one should be considered infinite, * but we never look at it anyway. */ if (p == &anchor || p->next == &anchor) return; p->gap = p->next->pos - p->prev->pos; } /* * Add a new line number to the cache. * The specified position (pos) should be the file position of the * FIRST character in the specified line. */ public void add_lnum(lno, pos) int lno; POSITION pos; { register struct linenum *p; register struct linenum *new; register struct linenum *nextp; register struct linenum *prevp; register POSITION mingap; /* * Find the proper place in the list for the new one. * The entries are sorted by position. */ for (p = anchor.next; p != &anchor && p->pos < pos; p = p->next) if (p->line == lno) /* We already have this one. */ return; nextp = p; prevp = p->prev; if (freelist != NULL) { /* * We still have free (unused) entries. * Use one of them. */ new = freelist; freelist = freelist->next; } else { /* * No free entries. * Use the "spare" entry. */ new = spare; spare = NULL; } /* * Fill in the fields of the new entry, * and insert it into the proper place in the list. */ new->next = nextp; new->prev = prevp; new->pos = pos; new->line = lno; nextp->prev = new; prevp->next = new; /* * Recalculate gaps for the new entry and the neighboring entries. */ calcgap(new); calcgap(nextp); calcgap(prevp); if (spare == NULL) { /* * We have used the spare entry. * Scan the list to find the one with the smallest * gap, take it out and make it the spare. * We should never remove the last one, so stop when * we get to p->next == &anchor. This also avoids * looking at the gap of the last one, which is * not computed by calcgap. */ mingap = anchor.next->gap; for (p = anchor.next; p->next != &anchor; p = p->next) { if (p->gap <= mingap) { spare = p; mingap = p->gap; } } spare->next->prev = spare->prev; spare->prev->next = spare->next; } } /* * If we get stuck in a long loop trying to figure out the * line number, print a message to tell the user what we're doing. */ static void longloopmessage() { ierror("Calculating line numbers", NULL_PARG); /* * Set the lnloop flag here, so if the user interrupts while * we are calculating line numbers, the signal handler will * turn off line numbers (linenums=0). */ lnloop = 1; } static int loopcount; #if HAVE_TIME static long startime; #endif static void longish() { #if HAVE_TIME if (loopcount >= 0 && ++loopcount > 100) { loopcount = 0; if (get_time() >= startime + LONGTIME) { longloopmessage(); loopcount = -1; } } #else if (loopcount >= 0 && ++loopcount > LONGLOOP) { longloopmessage(); loopcount = -1; } #endif } /* * Find the line number associated with a given position. * Return 0 if we can't figure it out. */ public int find_linenum(pos) POSITION pos; { register struct linenum *p; register int lno; POSITION cpos; if (!linenums) /* * We're not using line numbers. */ return (0); if (pos == NULL_POSITION) /* * Caller doesn't know what he's talking about. */ return (0); if (pos <= ch_zero()) /* * Beginning of file is always line number 1. */ return (1); /* * Find the entry nearest to the position we want. */ for (p = anchor.next; p != &anchor && p->pos < pos; p = p->next) continue; if (p->pos == pos) /* Found it exactly. */ return (p->line); /* * This is the (possibly) time-consuming part. * We start at the line we just found and start * reading the file forward or backward till we * get to the place we want. * * First decide whether we should go forward from the * previous one or backwards from the next one. * The decision is based on which way involves * traversing fewer bytes in the file. */ flush(); #if HAVE_TIME startime = get_time(); #endif if (p == &anchor || pos - p->prev->pos < p->pos - pos) { /* * Go forward. */ p = p->prev; if (ch_seek(p->pos)) return (0); loopcount = 0; for (lno = p->line, cpos = p->pos; cpos < pos; lno++) { /* * Allow a signal to abort this loop. */ cpos = forw_raw_line(cpos, (char **)NULL); if (ABORT_SIGS() || cpos == NULL_POSITION) return (0); longish(); } lnloop = 0; /* * We might as well cache it. */ add_lnum(lno, cpos); /* * If the given position is not at the start of a line, * make sure we return the correct line number. */ if (cpos > pos) lno--; } else { /* * Go backward. */ if (ch_seek(p->pos)) return (0); loopcount = 0; for (lno = p->line, cpos = p->pos; cpos > pos; lno--) { /* * Allow a signal to abort this loop. */ cpos = back_raw_line(cpos, (char **)NULL); if (ABORT_SIGS() || cpos == NULL_POSITION) return (0); longish(); } lnloop = 0; /* * We might as well cache it. */ add_lnum(lno, cpos); } return (lno); } /* * Find the position of a given line number. * Return NULL_POSITION if we can't figure it out. */ public POSITION find_pos(lno) int lno; { register struct linenum *p; POSITION cpos; int clno; if (lno <= 1) /* * Line number 1 is beginning of file. */ return (ch_zero()); /* * Find the entry nearest to the line number we want. */ for (p = anchor.next; p != &anchor && p->line < lno; p = p->next) continue; if (p->line == lno) /* Found it exactly. */ return (p->pos); flush(); if (p == &anchor || lno - p->prev->line < p->line - lno) { /* * Go forward. */ p = p->prev; if (ch_seek(p->pos)) return (NULL_POSITION); for (clno = p->line, cpos = p->pos; clno < lno; clno++) { /* * Allow a signal to abort this loop. */ cpos = forw_raw_line(cpos, (char **)NULL); if (ABORT_SIGS() || cpos == NULL_POSITION) return (NULL_POSITION); } } else { /* * Go backward. */ if (ch_seek(p->pos)) return (NULL_POSITION); for (clno = p->line, cpos = p->pos; clno > lno; clno--) { /* * Allow a signal to abort this loop. */ cpos = back_raw_line(cpos, (char **)NULL); if (ABORT_SIGS() || cpos == NULL_POSITION) return (NULL_POSITION); } } /* * We might as well cache it. */ add_lnum(clno, cpos); return (cpos); } /* * Return the line number of the "current" line. * The argument "where" tells which line is to be considered * the "current" line (e.g. TOP, BOTTOM, MIDDLE, etc). */ public int currline(where) int where; { POSITION pos; POSITION len; int lnum; pos = position(where); len = ch_length(); while (pos == NULL_POSITION && where >= 0 && where < sc_height) pos = position(++where); if (pos == NULL_POSITION) pos = len; lnum = find_linenum(pos); if (pos == len) lnum--; return (lnum); } GLOOP) { longloopmessage(); less-252/lsystem.c 444 2320 12 14511 5647700737 7276 /* * Copyright (c) 1984,1985,1989,1994 Mark Nudelman * All rights reserved. * * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions * are met: * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright * notice in the documentation and/or other materials provided with * the distribution. * * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT * OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR * BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, * WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE * OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN * IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. */ /* * Routines to execute other programs. * Necessarily very OS dependent. */ #include #include "less.h" #include "position.h" #if HAVE_FCNTL_H #include #endif #if MSOFTC #include #endif extern int screen_trashed; extern IFILE curr_ifile; #if HAVE_SYSTEM /* * Pass the specified command to a shell to be executed. * Like plain "system()", but handles resetting terminal modes, etc. */ public void lsystem(cmd) char *cmd; { register int inp; #if MSOFTC register int inp2; #endif register char *shell; register char *p; IFILE save_ifile; /* * Print the command which is to be executed, * unless the command starts with a "-". */ if (cmd[0] == '-') cmd++; else { clear_bot(); putstr("!"); putstr(cmd); putstr("\n"); } /* * Close the current input file. */ save_ifile = curr_ifile; (void) edit_ifile(NULL_IFILE); /* * De-initialize the terminal and take out of raw mode. */ deinit(); flush(); /* Make sure the deinit chars get out */ raw_mode(0); /* * Restore signals to their defaults. */ init_signals(0); /* * Force standard input to be the user's terminal * (the normal standard input), even if less's standard input * is coming from a pipe. */ #if MSOFTC inp = dup(0); inp2 = open("CON", O_TEXT|O_RDONLY); dup2(0,inp2); #else inp = dup(0); close(0); if (open("/dev/tty", 0) < 0) dup(inp); #endif /* * Pass the command to the system to be executed. * If we have a SHELL environment variable, use * <$SHELL -c "command"> instead of just . * If the command is empty, just invoke a shell. */ #if HAVE_SHELL p = NULL; if ((shell = getenv("SHELL")) != NULL && *shell != '\0') { if (*cmd == '\0') p = save(shell); else { p = (char *) ecalloc(strlen(shell) + strlen(cmd) + 7, sizeof(char)); sprintf(p, "%s -c \"%s\"", shell, cmd); } } if (p == NULL) { if (*cmd == '\0') p = save("sh"); else p = save(cmd); } system(p); free(p); #else system(cmd); #endif /* * Restore standard input, reset signals, raw mode, etc. */ #if MSOFTC close(inp2); dup2(0,inp); close(inp); #else close(0); dup(inp); close(inp); #endif init_signals(1); raw_mode(1); init(); screen_trashed = 1; /* * Reopen the current input file. */ if (edit_ifile(save_ifile)) quit(-1); #if defined(SIGWINCH) || defined(SIGWIND) /* * Since we were ignoring window change signals while we executed * the system command, we must assume the window changed. * Warning: this leaves a signal pending (in "sigs"), * so psignals() should be called soon after lsystem(). */ winch(0); #endif } #endif #if PIPEC /* * Pipe a section of the input file into the given shell command. * The section to be piped is the section "between" the current * position and the position marked by the given letter. * * The "current" position means the top line displayed if the mark * is after the current screen, or the bottom line displayed if * the mark is before the current screen. * If the mark is on the current screen, the whole screen is displayed. */ public int pipe_mark(c, cmd) int c; char *cmd; { POSITION mpos, tpos, bpos; /* * mpos = the marked position. * tpos = top of screen. * bpos = bottom of screen. */ mpos = markpos(c); if (mpos == NULL_POSITION) return (-1); tpos = position(TOP); if (tpos == NULL_POSITION) tpos = ch_zero(); bpos = position(BOTTOM); if (c == '.') return (pipe_data(cmd, tpos, bpos)); else if (mpos <= tpos) return (pipe_data(cmd, mpos, tpos)); else if (bpos == NULL_POSITION) return (pipe_data(cmd, tpos, bpos)); else return (pipe_data(cmd, tpos, mpos)); } /* * Create a pipe to the given shell command. * Feed it the file contents between the positions spos and epos. */ public int pipe_data(cmd, spos, epos) char *cmd; POSITION spos; POSITION epos; { register FILE *f; register int c; extern FILE *popen(); /* * This is structured much like lsystem(). * Since we're running a shell program, we must be careful * to perform the necessary deinitialization before running * the command, and reinitialization after it. */ if (ch_seek(spos) != 0) { error("Cannot seek to start position", NULL_PARG); return (-1); } if ((f = popen(cmd, "w")) == NULL) { error("Cannot create pipe", NULL_PARG); return (-1); } clear_bot(); putstr("!"); putstr(cmd); putstr("\n"); deinit(); flush(); raw_mode(0); init_signals(0); #ifdef SIGPIPE SIGNAL(SIGPIPE, SIG_IGN); #endif c = EOI; while (epos == NULL_POSITION || spos++ <= epos) { /* * Read a character from the file and give it to the pipe. */ c = ch_forw_get(); if (c == EOI) break; if (putc(c, f) == EOF) break; } /* * Finish up the last line. */ while (c != '\n' && c != EOI ) { c = ch_forw_get(); if (c == EOI) break; if (putc(c, f) == EOF) break; } pclose(f); #ifdef SIGPIPE SIGNAL(SIGPIPE, SIG_DFL); #endif init_signals(1); raw_mode(1); init(); screen_trashed = 1; #if defined(SIGWINCH) || defined(SIGWIND) /* {{ Probably don't need this here. }} */ winch(0); #endif return (0); } #endif signals(0); /* * Force standard input to be the user's terminal * (the normal standard input), even if less's standard input * is coming from a pipe. */ #if MSOFTC inp = dless-252/mark.c 444 2320 12 12421 5647700737 6526 /* * Copyright (c) 1984,1985,1989,1994 Mark Nudelman * All rights reserved. * * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions * are met: * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright * notice in the documentation and/or other materials provided with * the distribution. * * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT * OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR * BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, * WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE * OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN * IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. */ #include "less.h" #include "position.h" extern IFILE curr_ifile; extern int sc_height; extern int jump_sline; /* * A mark is an ifile (input file) plus a position within the file. */ struct mark { IFILE m_ifile; struct scrpos m_scrpos; }; /* * The table of marks. * Each mark is identified by a lowercase or uppercase letter. */ #define NMARKS (2*26) /* a-z, A-Z */ static struct mark marks[NMARKS]; /* * Special mark for the "last mark"; addressed by the apostrophe. */ static struct mark lmark; /* * Initialize the mark table to show no marks are set. */ public void init_mark() { int i; for (i = 0; i < NMARKS; i++) marks[i].m_scrpos.pos = NULL_POSITION; lmark.m_scrpos.pos = NULL_POSITION; } /* * See if a mark letter is valid (between a and z). */ static struct mark * getumark(c) int c; { if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z') return (&marks[c-'a']); if (c >= 'A' && c <= 'Z') return (&marks[c-'A'+26]); error("Invalid mark letter", NULL_PARG); return (NULL); } /* * Get the mark structure identified by a character. * The mark struct may come either from the mark table * or may be constructed on the fly for certain characters like ^, $. */ static struct mark * getmark(c) int c; { register struct mark *m; static struct mark sm; switch (c) { case '^': /* * Beginning of the current file. */ m = &sm; m->m_scrpos.pos = ch_zero(); m->m_scrpos.ln = 0; m->m_ifile = curr_ifile; break; case '$': /* * End of the current file. */ if (ch_end_seek()) { error("Cannot seek to end of file", NULL_PARG); return (NULL); } m = &sm; m->m_scrpos.pos = ch_tell(); m->m_scrpos.ln = sc_height-1; m->m_ifile = curr_ifile; break; case '.': /* * Current position in the current file. */ m = &sm; m->m_scrpos.pos = ch_tell(); m->m_scrpos.ln = 0; m->m_ifile = curr_ifile; break; case '\'': /* * The "last mark". */ m = &lmark; break; default: /* * Must be a user-defined mark. */ m = getumark(c); if (m == NULL) break; if (m->m_scrpos.pos == NULL_POSITION) { error("Mark not set", NULL_PARG); return (NULL); } break; } return (m); } /* * Is a mark letter is invalid? */ public int badmark(c) int c; { return (getmark(c) == NULL); } /* * Set a user-defined mark. */ public void setmark(c) int c; { register struct mark *m; struct scrpos scrpos; m = getumark(c); if (m == NULL) return; get_scrpos(&scrpos); m->m_scrpos = scrpos; m->m_ifile = curr_ifile; } /* * Set lmark (the mark named by the apostrophe). */ public void lastmark() { struct scrpos scrpos; get_scrpos(&scrpos); if (scrpos.pos == NULL_POSITION) return; lmark.m_scrpos = scrpos; lmark.m_ifile = curr_ifile; } /* * Go to a mark. */ public void gomark(c) int c; { register struct mark *m; struct scrpos scrpos; m = getmark(c); if (m == NULL) return; /* * If we're trying to go to the lastmark and * it has not been set to anything yet, * set it to the beginning of the current file. */ if (m == &lmark && m->m_scrpos.pos == NULL_POSITION) { m->m_ifile = curr_ifile; m->m_scrpos.pos = ch_zero(); m->m_scrpos.ln = jump_sline; } /* * If we're using lmark, we must save the screen position now, * because if we call edit_ifile() below, lmark will change. * (We save the screen position even if we're not using lmark.) */ scrpos = m->m_scrpos; if (m->m_ifile != curr_ifile) { /* * Not in the current file; edit the correct file. */ if (edit_ifile(m->m_ifile)) return; } jump_loc(scrpos.pos, scrpos.ln); } /* * Return the position associated with a given mark letter. * * We don't return which screen line the position * is associated with, but this doesn't matter much, * because it's always the first non-blank line on the screen. */ public POSITION markpos(c) int c; { register struct mark *m; m = getmark(c); if (m == NULL) return (NULL_POSITION); if (m->m_ifile != curr_ifile) { error("Mark not in current file", NULL_PARG); return (NULL_POSITION); } return (m->m_scrpos.pos); } the whole screen is displayed. */ public int pipe_mark(c, cmd) int c; char *cmd; { POSITION mpos, tpos, bpos; /* * mpos = the marked position. * tpos = top of screen. * bpos = bottom of screen. */ mpos = markpos(c); if (mless-252/optfunc.c 444 2320 12 21124 5657266464 7257 /* * Copyright (c) 1984,1985,1989,1994 Mark Nudelman * All rights reserved. * * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions * are met: * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright * notice in the documentation and/or other materials provided with * the distribution. * * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT * OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR * BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, * WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE * OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN * IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. */ /* * Handling functions for command line options. * * Most options are handled by the generic code in option.c. * But all string options, and a few non-string options, require * special handling specific to the particular option. * This special processing is done by the "handling functions" in this file. * * Each handling function is passed a "type" and, if it is a string * option, the string which should be "assigned" to the option. * The type may be one of: * INIT The option is being initialized from the command line. * TOGGLE The option is being changed from within the program. * QUERY The setting of the option is merely being queried. */ #include "less.h" #include "option.h" extern int nbufs; extern int ispipe; extern int cbufs; extern int pr_type; extern int nohelp; extern int plusoption; extern int swindow; extern int sc_height; extern int any_display; extern char *prproto[]; extern char *eqproto; extern IFILE curr_ifile; #if LOGFILE extern char *namelogfile; extern int force_logfile; extern int logfile; extern char *glob(); #endif #if TAGS public char *tagoption = NULL; extern char *tagfile; extern char *tags; extern int jump_sline; #endif #if MSOFTC extern int nm_fg_color, nm_bg_color; extern int bo_fg_color, bo_bg_color; extern int ul_fg_color, ul_bg_color; extern int so_fg_color, so_bg_color; extern int bl_fg_color, bl_bg_color; #endif #if LOGFILE /* * Handler for -o option. */ public void opt_o(type, s) int type; char *s; { PARG parg; switch (type) { case INIT: namelogfile = s; break; case TOGGLE: if (!ispipe) { error("Input is not a pipe", NULL_PARG); return; } if (logfile >= 0) { error("Log file is already in use", NULL_PARG); return; } s = skipsp(s); namelogfile = glob(s); if (namelogfile == NULL) namelogfile = save(s); use_logfile(namelogfile); sync_logfile(); break; case QUERY: if (logfile < 0) error("No log file", NULL_PARG); else { parg.p_string = namelogfile; error("Log file \"%s\"", &parg); } break; } } /* * Handler for -O option. */ public void opt__O(type, s) int type; char *s; { force_logfile = 1; opt_o(type, s); } /* * Handlers for obsolete -l and -L options. */ public void opt_l(type, s) int type; char *s; { int err; char *t; switch (type) { case INIT: t = s; (void) getnum(&t, 'l', &err); if (err || *t != '\0') { error("The -l option is obsolete. Use -o", NULL_PARG); return; } plusoption = 1; ungetsc(s); break; case QUERY: error("Line number is required after -l", NULL_PARG); break; } } /*ARGSUSED*/ public void opt__L(type, s) int type; char *s; { error("The -L option is obsolete. Use -O", NULL_PARG); } #endif #if USERFILE public void opt_k(type, s) int type; char *s; { PARG parg; switch (type) { case INIT: if (lesskey(s)) { parg.p_string = s; error("Cannot use lesskey file \"%s\"", &parg); } break; case QUERY: case TOGGLE: error("Cannot query the -k flag", NULL_PARG); break; } } #endif #if TAGS /* * Handler for -t option. */ public void opt_t(type, s) int type; char *s; { IFILE save_ifile; POSITION pos; switch (type) { case INIT: tagoption = s; /* Do the rest in main() */ break; case TOGGLE: findtag(skipsp(s)); if (tagfile == NULL) break; save_ifile = curr_ifile; if (edit(tagfile)) break; if ((pos = tagsearch()) == NULL_POSITION) { if (edit_ifile(save_ifile)) quit(-1); break; } jump_loc(pos, jump_sline); break; case QUERY: error("Tag is required after -t", NULL_PARG); break; } } /* * Handler for -T option. */ public void opt__T(type, s) int type; char *s; { PARG parg; switch (type) { case INIT: tags = s; break; case TOGGLE: s = skipsp(s); tags = glob(s); if (tags == NULL) tags = save(s); break; case QUERY: parg.p_string = tags; error("Tags file \"%s\"", &parg); break; } } #endif /* * Handler for -p option. */ public void opt_p(type, s) int type; register char *s; { switch (type) { case INIT: /* * Unget a search command for the specified string. * {{ This won't work if the "/" command is * changed or invalidated by a .lesskey file. }} */ plusoption = 1; ungetsc(s); ungetsc("/"); break; case QUERY: error("Pattern is required after -p", NULL_PARG); break; } } /* * Handler for -P option. */ public void opt__P(type, s) int type; register char *s; { register char **proto; PARG parg; switch (type) { case INIT: case TOGGLE: /* * Figure out which prototype string should be changed. */ switch (*s) { case 'm': proto = &prproto[PR_MEDIUM]; s++; break; case 'M': proto = &prproto[PR_LONG]; s++; break; case '=': proto = &eqproto; s++; break; default: proto = &prproto[PR_SHORT]; break; } free(*proto); *proto = save(s); break; case QUERY: parg.p_string = prproto[pr_type]; error("%s", &parg); break; } } /* * Handler for the -b option. */ /*ARGSUSED*/ public void opt_b(type, s) int type; char *s; { switch (type) { case TOGGLE: case QUERY: /* * Allocate the new number of buffers. */ cbufs = ch_nbuf(cbufs); break; case INIT: break; } } /* * Handler for the -i option. */ /*ARGSUSED*/ public void opt_i(type, s) int type; char *s; { switch (type) { case TOGGLE: chg_caseless(); break; case QUERY: case INIT: break; } } /* * Handler for the -V option. */ /*ARGSUSED*/ public void opt__V(type, s) int type; char *s; { switch (type) { case TOGGLE: case QUERY: case INIT: dispversion(); if (type == INIT) quit(0); break; } } #if MSOFTC /* * */ static void colordesc(s, fg_color, bg_color) char *s; int *fg_color; int *bg_color; { int fg, bg; int err; fg = getnum(&s, 'D', &err); if (err) { error("Missing fg color in -D", NULL_PARG); return; } if (*s != '.') bg = 0; else { s++; bg = getnum(&s, 'D', &err); if (err) { error("Missing fg color in -D", NULL_PARG); return; } } *fg_color = fg; *bg_color = bg; } /* * Handler for the -D option. */ /*ARGSUSED*/ public void opt_D(type, s) int type; char *s; { switch (type) { case INIT: case TOGGLE: switch (*s++) { case 'n': colordesc(s, &nm_fg_color, &nm_bg_color); break; case 'd': colordesc(s, &bo_fg_color, &bo_bg_color); break; case 'u': colordesc(s, &ul_fg_color, &ul_bg_color); break; case 'k': colordesc(s, &bl_fg_color, &bl_bg_color); break; case 's': colordesc(s, &so_fg_color, &so_bg_color); break; default: error("-D must be followed by n, d, u, k or s", NULL_PARG); break; } if (type == TOGGLE) { so_enter(); so_exit(); } break; case QUERY: break; } } #endif /* * "-?" means display a help message. * If from the command line, exit immediately. */ /*ARGSUSED*/ public void opt_query(type, s) int type; char *s; { if (nohelp) return; switch (type) { case QUERY: case TOGGLE: error("Use \"h\" for help", NULL_PARG); break; case INIT: /* * This is "less -?". * It rather ungracefully grabs control, * does the initializations normally done in main, * shows the help file and exits. */ raw_mode(1); get_term(); open_getchr(); init(); any_display = 1; help(1); quit(0); /*NOTREACHED*/ } } /* * Get the "screen window" size. */ public int get_swindow() { if (swindow > 0) return (swindow); return (sc_height + swindow); } agsearch()) == NULL_POSITION) { if (edit_ifile(save_ifile)) quit(-1); break; } jump_loc(pos, jump_sline); break; case QUERY: error("Tag is required after -t", NULL_PARG); break; } } /* * Handler for -T option. */ public void opt__T(type, s) int type; char *s; { PARG parg; switch (type) { case INIT: tags = s; break; case TOGGLE: s = skipsp(s); tags = glob(s); if (tags == NULL) less-252/option.c 444 2320 12 25103 5647700740 7077 /* * Copyright (c) 1984,1985,1989,1994 Mark Nudelman * All rights reserved. * * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions * are met: * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright * notice in the documentation and/or other materials provided with * the distribution. * * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT * OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR * BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, * WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE * OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN * IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. */ /* * Process command line options. * * Each option is a single letter which controls a program variable. * The options have defaults which may be changed via * the command line option, toggled via the "-" command, * or queried via the "_" command. */ #include "less.h" #include "option.h" static struct option *pendopt; public int plusoption; static char *propt(); static char *optstring(); static int flip_triple(); extern int screen_trashed; extern char *every_first_cmd; /* * Scan an argument (either from the command line or from the * LESS environment variable) and process it. */ public void scan_option(s) char *s; { register struct option *o; register int c; char *str; int set_default; PARG parg; if (s == NULL) return; /* * If we have a pending string-valued option, handle it now. * This happens if the previous option was, for example, "-P" * without a following string. In that case, the current * option is simply the string for the previous option. */ if (pendopt != NULL) { (*pendopt->ofunc)(INIT, s); pendopt = NULL; return; } set_default = 0; while (*s != '\0') { /* * Check some special cases first. */ switch (c = *s++) { case ' ': case '\t': case END_OPTION_STRING: continue; case '-': /* * "-+" means set these options back to their defaults. * (They may have been set otherwise by previous * options.) */ if (set_default = (*s == '+')) s++; continue; case '+': /* * An option prefixed by a "+" is ungotten, so * that it is interpreted as less commands * processed at the start of the first input file. * "++" means process the commands at the start of * EVERY input file. */ plusoption = 1; if (*s == '+') every_first_cmd = save(++s); else ungetsc(s); s = optstring(s, c); continue; case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4': case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9': /* * Special "more" compatibility form "-" * instead of -z to set the scrolling * window size. */ s--; c = 'z'; break; } /* * Not a special case. * Look up the option letter in the option table. */ o = findopt(c); if (o == NULL) { parg.p_string = propt(c); error("There is no %s flag (\"less -\\?\" for help)", &parg); quit(1); } switch (o->otype & OTYPE) { case BOOL: if (set_default) *(o->ovar) = o->odefault; else *(o->ovar) = ! o->odefault; break; case TRIPLE: if (set_default) *(o->ovar) = o->odefault; else *(o->ovar) = flip_triple(o->odefault, (o->oletter == c)); break; case STRING: if (*s == '\0') { /* * Set pendopt and return. * We will get the string next time * scan_option is called. */ pendopt = o; return; } /* * Don't do anything here. * All processing of STRING options is done by * the handling function. */ str = s; s = optstring(s, c); break; case NUMBER: *(o->ovar) = getnum(&s, c, (int*)NULL); break; } /* * If the option has a handling function, call it. */ if (o->ofunc != NULL) (*o->ofunc)(INIT, str); } } /* * Toggle command line flags from within the program. * Used by the "-" and "_" commands. * how_toggle may be: * OPT_NO_TOGGLE just report the current setting, without changing it. * OPT_TOGGLE invert the current setting * OPT_UNSET set to the default value * OPT_SET set to the inverse of the default value */ public void toggle_option(c, s, how_toggle) int c; char *s; int how_toggle; { register struct option *o; register int num; int err; PARG parg; /* * Look up the option letter in the option table. */ o = findopt(c); if (o == NULL) { parg.p_string = propt(c); error("There is no %s flag", &parg); return; } if (how_toggle == OPT_TOGGLE && (o->otype & NO_TOGGLE)) { parg.p_string = propt(c); error("Cannot change the %s flag", &parg); return; } /* * Check for something which appears to be a do_toggle * (because the "-" command was used), but really is not. * This could be a string option with no string, or * a number option with no number. */ switch (o->otype & OTYPE) { case STRING: case NUMBER: if (how_toggle == OPT_TOGGLE && *s == '\0') how_toggle = OPT_NO_TOGGLE; break; } /* * Now actually toggle (change) the variable. */ if (how_toggle != OPT_NO_TOGGLE) { switch (o->otype & OTYPE) { case BOOL: /* * Boolean. */ switch (how_toggle) { case OPT_TOGGLE: *(o->ovar) = ! *(o->ovar); break; case OPT_UNSET: *(o->ovar) = o->odefault; break; case OPT_SET: *(o->ovar) = ! o->odefault; break; } break; case TRIPLE: /* * Triple: * If user gave the lower case letter, then switch * to 1 unless already 1, in which case make it 0. * If user gave the upper case letter, then switch * to 2 unless already 2, in which case make it 0. */ switch (how_toggle) { case OPT_TOGGLE: *(o->ovar) = flip_triple(*(o->ovar), o->oletter == c); break; case OPT_UNSET: *(o->ovar) = o->odefault; break; case OPT_SET: *(o->ovar) = flip_triple(o->odefault, o->oletter == c); break; } break; case STRING: /* * String: don't do anything here. * The handling function will do everything. */ switch (how_toggle) { case OPT_SET: case OPT_UNSET: error("Can't use \"-+\" or \"--\" for a string flag", NULL_PARG); return; } break; case NUMBER: /* * Number: set the variable to the given number. */ switch (how_toggle) { case OPT_TOGGLE: num = getnum(&s, '\0', &err); if (!err) *(o->ovar) = num; break; case OPT_UNSET: *(o->ovar) = o->odefault; break; case OPT_SET: error("Can't use \"--\" for a numeric flag", NULL_PARG); return; } break; } } /* * Call the handling function for any special action * specific to this option. */ if (o->ofunc != NULL) (*o->ofunc)((how_toggle==OPT_NO_TOGGLE) ? QUERY : TOGGLE, s); /* * Print a message describing the new setting. */ switch (o->otype & OTYPE) { case BOOL: case TRIPLE: /* * Print the odesc message. */ error(o->odesc[*(o->ovar)], NULL_PARG); break; case NUMBER: /* * The message is in odesc[1] and has a %d for * the value of the variable. */ parg.p_int = *(o->ovar); error(o->odesc[1], &parg); break; case STRING: /* * Message was already printed by the handling function. */ break; } if (how_toggle != OPT_NO_TOGGLE && (o->otype & REPAINT)) screen_trashed = 1; } /* * "Toggle" a triple-valued option. */ static int flip_triple(val, lc) int val; int lc; { if (lc) return ((val == 1) ? 0 : 1); else return ((val == 2) ? 0 : 2); } /* * Return a string suitable for printing as the "name" of an option. * For example, if the option letter is 'x', just return "-x". */ static char * propt(c) int c; { static char buf[8]; sprintf(buf, "-%s", prchar(c)); return (buf); } /* * Determine if an option is a single character option (BOOL or TRIPLE), * or if it a multi-character option (NUMBER). */ public int single_char_option(c) int c; { register struct option *o; o = findopt(c); if (o == NULL) return (1); return (o->otype & (BOOL|TRIPLE|NOVAR|NO_TOGGLE)); } /* * Return the prompt to be used for a given option letter. * Only string and number valued options have prompts. */ public char * opt_prompt(c) int c; { register struct option *o; o = findopt(c); if (o == NULL || (o->otype & (STRING|NUMBER)) == 0) return (NULL); return (o->odesc[0]); } /* * Return whether or not there is a string option pending; * that is, if the previous option was a string-valued option letter * (like -P) without a following string. * In that case, the current option is taken to be the string for * the previous option. */ public int isoptpending() { return (pendopt != NULL); } /* * Print error message about missing string. */ static void nostring(c) int c; { PARG parg; parg.p_string = propt(c); error("String is required after %s", &parg); } /* * Print error message if a STRING type option is not followed by a string. */ public void nopendopt() { nostring(pendopt->oletter); } /* * Scan to end of string or to an END_OPTION_STRING character. * In the latter case, replace the char with a null char. * Return a pointer to the remainder of the string, if any. */ static char * optstring(s, c) char *s; int c; { register char *p; if (*s == '\0') { nostring(c); quit(1); } for (p = s; *p != '\0'; p++) if (*p == END_OPTION_STRING) { *p = '\0'; return (p+1); } return (p); } /* * Translate a string into a number. * Like atoi(), but takes a pointer to a char *, and updates * the char * to point after the translated number. */ public int getnum(sp, c, errp) char **sp; int c; int *errp; { register char *s; register int n; register int neg; PARG parg; s = skipsp(*sp); neg = 0; if (*s == '-') { neg = 1; s++; } if (*s < '0' || *s > '9') { if (errp != NULL) { *errp = 1; return (-1); } parg.p_string = propt(c); error("Number is required after %s", &parg); quit(1); } n = 0; while (*s >= '0' && *s <= '9') n = 10 * n + *s++ - '0'; *sp = s; if (errp != NULL) *errp = 0; if (neg) n = -n; return (n); } will do everything. */ switch (how_toggle) { case OPT_SET: case OPT_UNSET: error("Can't use \"-+\" or \"--\" for a string flag", NULL_PARG); return; } break; case NUMBER: /* * Number: set the variable to the given number. */ switch (how_toggle) { case OPT_TOGGLE: num = getnum(&s, '\0', &err); if (!err) *(o->ovar) = num; break; case OPT_UNSET: *(o->ovar) = o->odeless-252/opttbl.c 444 2320 12 16406 5654014552 7076 /* * Copyright (c) 1984,1985,1989,1994 Mark Nudelman * All rights reserved. * * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions * are met: * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright * notice in the documentation and/or other materials provided with * the distribution. * * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT * OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR * BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, * WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE * OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN * IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. */ /* * The option table. */ #include "less.h" #include "option.h" /* * Variables controlled by command line options. */ public int quiet; /* Should we suppress the audible bell? */ public int how_search; /* Where should forward searches start? */ public int top_scroll; /* Repaint screen from top? (alternative is scroll from bottom) */ public int pr_type; /* Type of prompt (short, medium, long) */ public int bs_mode; /* How to process backspaces */ public int know_dumb; /* Don't complain about dumb terminals */ public int quit_at_eof; /* Quit after hitting end of file twice */ public int squeeze; /* Squeeze multiple blank lines into one */ public int tabstop; /* Tab settings */ public int back_scroll; /* Repaint screen on backwards movement */ public int forw_scroll; /* Repaint screen on forward movement */ public int twiddle; /* Display "~" for lines after EOF */ public int caseless; /* Do "caseless" searches */ public int linenums; /* Use line numbers */ public int cbufs; /* Current number of buffers */ public int autobuf; /* Automatically allocate buffers as needed */ public int nohelp; /* Disable the HELP command */ public int ctldisp; /* Send control chars to screen untranslated */ public int force_open; /* Open the file even if not regular file */ public int swindow; /* Size of scrolling window */ public int jump_sline; /* Screen line of "jump target" */ public int chopline; /* Truncate displayed lines at screen width */ public int no_init; /* Disable sending ti/te termcap strings */ #if HILITE_SEARCH public int hilite_search; /* Highlight matched search patterns? */ #endif /* * Table of all options and their semantics. */ static struct option option[] = { { 'a', BOOL, 0, &how_search, NULL, "Search includes displayed screen", "Search skips displayed screen", NULL }, { 'b', NUMBER, 10, &cbufs, opt_b, "Buffers: ", "%d buffers", NULL }, { 'B', BOOL, 1, &autobuf, NULL, "Don't automatically allocate buffers", "Automatically allocate buffers when needed", NULL }, { 'c', TRIPLE, 0, &top_scroll, NULL, "Repaint by scrolling from bottom of screen", "Repaint by clearing each line", "Repaint by painting from top of screen" }, { 'd', BOOL|NO_TOGGLE, 0, &know_dumb, NULL, "Assume intelligent terminal", "Assume dumb terminal", NULL }, #if MSOFTC { 'D', STRING|REPAINT, 0, NULL, opt_D, "color desc: ", NULL, NULL }, #endif { 'e', TRIPLE, 0, &quit_at_eof, NULL, "Don't quit at end-of-file", "Quit at end-of-file", "Quit immediately at end-of-file" }, { 'f', BOOL, 0, &force_open, NULL, "Open only regular files", "Open even non-regular files", NULL }, #if HILITE_SEARCH { 'F', BOOL|REPAINT, 1, &hilite_search, NULL, "Don't highlight matches for previous search pattern", "Highlight all matches for previous search pattern", NULL }, #endif { 'h', NUMBER, -1, &back_scroll, NULL, "Backwards scroll limit: ", "Backwards scroll limit is %d lines", NULL }, { 'H', BOOL|NO_TOGGLE, 0, &nohelp, NULL, "Allow help command", "Don't allow help command", NULL }, { 'i', BOOL|REPAINT, 0, &caseless, opt_i, "Case is significant in searches", "Ignore case in searches", NULL }, { 'j', NUMBER, 1, &jump_sline, NULL, "Target line: ", "Position target at screen line %d", NULL }, #if USERFILE { 'k', STRING|NO_TOGGLE, 0, NULL, opt_k, NULL, NULL, NULL }, #endif #if LOGFILE { 'l', STRING|NO_TOGGLE, 0, NULL, opt_l, NULL, NULL, NULL }, { 'L', STRING, 0, NULL, opt__L, NULL, NULL, NULL }, #endif { 'm', TRIPLE, 0, &pr_type, NULL, "Short prompt", "Medium prompt", "Long prompt" }, { 'n', TRIPLE|REPAINT, 1, &linenums, NULL, "Don't use line numbers", "Use line numbers", "Constantly display line numbers" }, #if LOGFILE { 'o', STRING, 0, NULL, opt_o, "log file: ", NULL, NULL }, { 'O', STRING, 0, NULL, opt__O, "Log file: ", NULL, NULL }, #endif { 'p', STRING|NO_TOGGLE, 0, NULL, opt_p, NULL, NULL, NULL }, { 'P', STRING, 0, NULL, opt__P, "prompt: ", NULL, NULL }, { 'q', TRIPLE, 0, &quiet, NULL, "Ring the bell for errors AND at eof/bof", "Ring the bell for errors but not at eof/bof", "Never ring the bell" }, { 'r', BOOL|REPAINT, 1, &ctldisp, NULL, "Display control characters directly", "Display control characters as ^X", NULL }, { 's', BOOL|REPAINT, 0, &squeeze, NULL, "Display all blank lines", "Squeeze multiple blank lines", NULL }, { 'S', BOOL|REPAINT, 0, &chopline, NULL, "Fold long lines", "Chop long lines", NULL }, #if TAGS { 't', STRING, 0, NULL, opt_t, "tag: ", NULL, NULL }, { 'T', STRING, 0, NULL, opt__T, "tags file: ", NULL, NULL }, #endif { 'u', TRIPLE|REPAINT, 0, &bs_mode, NULL, "Display underlined text in underline mode", "Backspaces cause overstrike", "Print backspace as ^H" }, { 'V', NOVAR, 0, NULL, opt__V, NULL, NULL, NULL }, { 'w', BOOL|REPAINT, 1, &twiddle, NULL, "Display nothing for lines after end-of-file", "Display ~ for lines after end-of-file", NULL }, { 'x', NUMBER|REPAINT, 8, &tabstop, NULL, "Tab stops: ", "Tab stops every %d spaces", NULL }, { 'X', BOOL|NO_TOGGLE, 0, &no_init, NULL, "Send init/deinit strings to terminal", "Don't use init/deinit strings", NULL }, { 'y', NUMBER, -1, &forw_scroll, NULL, "Forward scroll limit: ", "Forward scroll limit is %d lines", NULL }, { 'z', NUMBER, -1, &swindow, NULL, "Scroll window size: ", "Scroll window size is %d lines", NULL }, { '?', NOVAR, 0, NULL, opt_query, NULL, NULL, NULL }, { '\0' } }; /* * Initialize each option to its default value. */ public void init_option() { register struct option *o; for (o = option; o->oletter != '\0'; o++) { /* * Set each variable to its default. */ if (o->ovar != NULL) *(o->ovar) = o->odefault; } } /* * Find an option in the option table. */ public struct option * findopt(c) int c; { register struct option *o; for (o = option; o->oletter != '\0'; o++) { if (o->oletter == c) return (o); if ((o->otype & TRIPLE) && toupper(o->oletter) == c) return (o); } return (NULL); } case NUMBER: /* * Number: set the variable to the given number. */ switch (how_toggle) { case OPT_TOGGLE: num = getnum(&s, '\0', &err); if (!err) *(o->ovar) = num; break; case OPT_UNSET: *(o->ovar) = o->odeless-252/os.c 444 2320 12 11475 5647700740 6217 /* * Copyright (c) 1984,1985,1989,1994 Mark Nudelman * All rights reserved. * * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions * are met: * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright * notice in the documentation and/or other materials provided with * the distribution. * * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT * OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR * BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, * WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE * OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN * IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. */ /* * Operating system dependent routines. * * Most of the stuff in here is based on Unix, but an attempt * has been made to make things work on other operating systems. * This will sometimes result in a loss of functionality, unless * someone rewrites code specifically for the new operating system. * * The makefile provides defines to decide whether various * Unix features are present. */ #include "less.h" #include #include #if HAVE_TIME_H #include #endif #if HAVE_ERRNO_H #include #endif #if HAVE_VALUES_H #include #endif #if HAVE_TIME_T #define time_type time_t #else #define time_type long #endif /* * BSD setjmp() saves (and longjmp() restores) the signal mask. * This costs a system call or two per setjmp(), so if possible we clear the * signal mask with sigsetmask(), and use _setjmp()/_longjmp() instead. * On other systems, setjmp() doesn't affect the signal mask and so * _setjmp() does not exist; we just use setjmp(). */ #if HAVE__SETJMP && HAVE_SIGSETMASK #define SET_JUMP _setjmp #define LONG_JUMP _longjmp #else #define SET_JUMP setjmp #define LONG_JUMP longjmp #endif public int reading; static jmp_buf read_label; /* * Like read() system call, but is deliberately interruptible. * A call to intread() from a signal handler will interrupt * any pending iread(). */ public int iread(fd, buf, len) int fd; char *buf; unsigned int len; { register int n; #if MSOFTC if (kbhit()) { int c; c = getch(); if (c == '\003') return (READ_INTR); ungetch(c); } #endif if (SET_JUMP(read_label)) { /* * We jumped here from intread. */ reading = 0; #if HAVE_SIGSETMASK sigsetmask(0); #endif return (READ_INTR); } flush(); reading = 1; n = read(fd, buf, len); reading = 0; if (n < 0) return (-1); return (n); } /* * Interrupt a pending iread(). */ public void intread() { LONG_JUMP(read_label, 1); } /* * Return the current time. */ #if HAVE_TIME public long get_time() { time_type t; time(&t); return (t); } #endif #if !HAVE_STRERROR /* * Local version of strerror, if not available from the system. */ static char * strerror(err) int err; { #if HAVE_SYS_ERRLIST static char buf[16]; extern char *sys_errlist[]; extern int sys_nerr; if (err < sys_nerr) return sys_errlist[err]; sprintf(buf, "Error %d", err); return buf; #else return ("cannot open"); #endif } #endif /* * errno_message: Return an error message based on the value of "errno". */ public char * errno_message(filename) char *filename; { register char *p; register char *m; #if HAVE_ERRNO extern int errno; p = strerror(errno); #else p = "cannot open"; #endif m = (char *) ecalloc(strlen(filename) + strlen(p) + 3, sizeof(char)); sprintf(m, "%s: %s", filename, p); return (m); } /* * Return the largest possible number that can fit in a long. */ #ifdef MAXLONG static long get_maxlong() { return (MAXLONG); } #else static long get_maxlong() { long n, n2; /* * Keep doubling n until we overflow. * {{ This actually only returns the largest power of two that * can fit in a long, but percentage() doesn't really need * it any more accurate than that. }} */ n2 = 128; /* Hopefully no maxlong is less than 128! */ do { n = n2; n2 *= 2; } while (n2 / 2 == n); return (n); } #endif /* * Return the ratio of two longs, as a percentage. */ public int percentage(num, den) long num, den; { static long maxlong100 = 0; if (maxlong100 == 0) maxlong100 = get_maxlong() / 100; if (num > maxlong100) return (num / (den/100)); else return (100*num / den); } Most of the stuff in here is based on Unix, but an attempt * has been made to make things work on other operating systems. * This will sometimes result in a loss of functionality, unless * soless-252/output.c 444 2320 12 15136 5647700740 7134 /* * Copyright (c) 1984,1985,1989,1994 Mark Nudelman * All rights reserved. * * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions * are met: * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright * notice in the documentation and/or other materials provided with * the distribution. * * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT * OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR * BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, * WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE * OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN * IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. */ /* * High level routines dealing with the output to the screen. */ #include "less.h" public int errmsgs; /* Count of messages displayed by error() */ public int need_clr; extern int sigs; extern int sc_width; extern int so_s_width, so_e_width; extern int screen_trashed; extern int any_display; /* * Display the line which is in the line buffer. */ public void put_line() { register int c; register int i; int a; int curr_attr; if (ABORT_SIGS()) { /* * Don't output if a signal is pending. */ screen_trashed = 1; return; } curr_attr = AT_NORMAL; for (i = 0; (c = gline(i, &a)) != '\0'; i++) { if (a != curr_attr) { /* * Changing attributes. * Display the exit sequence for the old attribute * and the enter sequence for the new one. */ switch (curr_attr) { case AT_UNDERLINE: ul_exit(); break; case AT_BOLD: bo_exit(); break; case AT_BLINK: bl_exit(); break; case AT_STANDOUT: so_exit(); break; } switch (a) { case AT_UNDERLINE: ul_enter(); break; case AT_BOLD: bo_enter(); break; case AT_BLINK: bl_enter(); break; case AT_STANDOUT: so_enter(); break; } curr_attr = a; } if (curr_attr == AT_INVIS) continue; if (c == '\b') putbs(); else putchr(c); } switch (curr_attr) { case AT_UNDERLINE: ul_exit(); break; case AT_BOLD: bo_exit(); break; case AT_BLINK: bl_exit(); break; case AT_STANDOUT: so_exit(); break; } } static char obuf[1024]; static char *ob = obuf; /* * Flush buffered output. * * If we haven't displayed any file data yet, * output messages on error output (file descriptor 2), * otherwise output on standard output (file descriptor 1). * * This has the desirable effect of producing all * error messages on error output if standard output * is directed to a file. It also does the same if * we never produce any real output; for example, if * the input file(s) cannot be opened. If we do * eventually produce output, code in edit() makes * sure these messages can be seen before they are * overwritten or scrolled away. */ public void flush() { register int n; register int fd; #if MSOFTC *ob = '\0'; _outtext(obuf); ob = obuf; #else n = ob - obuf; if (n == 0) return; fd = (any_display) ? 1 : 2; if (write(fd, obuf, n) != n) screen_trashed = 1; ob = obuf; #endif } /* * Output a character. */ public int putchr(c) int c; { if (ob >= &obuf[sizeof(obuf)]) flush(); if (need_clr) { need_clr = 0; clear_bot(); } #if MSOFTC if (c == '\n') putchr('\r'); #endif *ob++ = c; return (c); } /* * Output a string. */ public void putstr(s) register char *s; { while (*s != '\0') putchr(*s++); } /* * Output an integer in a given radix. */ static int iprintnum(num, radix) int num; int radix; { register char *s; int r; int neg; char buf[10]; if (neg = (num < 0)) num = -num; s = buf; do { *s++ = (num % radix) + '0'; } while ((num /= radix) != 0); if (neg) *s++ = '-'; r = s - buf; while (s > buf) putchr(*--s); return (r); } /* * This function implements printf-like functionality * using a more portable argument list mechanism than printf's. */ static int iprintf(fmt, parg) register char *fmt; PARG *parg; { register char *s; register int n; register int col; col = 0; while (*fmt != '\0') { if (*fmt != '%') { putchr(*fmt++); col++; } else { ++fmt; switch (*fmt++) { case 's': s = parg->p_string; parg++; while (*s != '\0') { putchr(*s++); col++; } break; case 'd': n = parg->p_int; parg++; col += iprintnum(n, 10); break; } } } return (col); } /* * Output a message in the lower left corner of the screen * and wait for carriage return. */ public void error(fmt, parg) char *fmt; PARG *parg; { int c; int col = 0; static char return_to_continue[] = " (press RETURN)"; errmsgs++; if (any_display) { clear_bot(); so_enter(); col += so_s_width; } col += iprintf(fmt, parg); if (!any_display) { putchr('\n'); return; } putstr(return_to_continue); so_exit(); col += sizeof(return_to_continue) + so_e_width; #if ONLY_RETURN while ((c = getchr()) != '\n' && c != '\r') bell(); #else c = getchr(); if (c != '\n' && c != '\r' && c != ' ' && c != READ_INTR) ungetcc(c); #endif lower_left(); if (col >= sc_width) /* * Printing the message has probably scrolled the screen. * {{ Unless the terminal doesn't have auto margins, * in which case we just hammered on the right margin. }} */ screen_trashed = 1; flush(); } static char intr_to_abort[] = "... (interrupt to abort)"; /* * Output a message in the lower left corner of the screen * and don't wait for carriage return. * Usually used to warn that we are beginning a potentially * time-consuming operation. */ public void ierror(fmt, parg) char *fmt; PARG *parg; { clear_bot(); so_enter(); (void) iprintf(fmt, parg); putstr(intr_to_abort); so_exit(); flush(); need_clr = 1; } /* * Output a message in the lower left corner of the screen * and return a single-character response. */ public int query(fmt, parg) char *fmt; PARG *parg; { register int c; int col = 0; if (any_display) clear_bot(); (void) iprintf(fmt, parg); c = getchr(); if (!any_display) { putchr('\n'); return (c); } lower_left(); if (col >= sc_width) screen_trashed = 1; flush(); return (c); } (); break; case AT_BLINK: bl_exit(); break; case AT_STANDOUT: so_exit(); break; } } static char obuf[1024]; static char *ob = obuf; /* * Flush buffered output. * * If we haven't displayed any file data yet, * output messages on error output (file descriptor 2), * otherwise output on standard output (file descriptor 1). * * This has the desirable effect of producing all * error messages on error outputless-252/position.c 444 2320 12 13404 5647700740 7434 /* * Copyright (c) 1984,1985,1989,1994 Mark Nudelman * All rights reserved. * * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions * are met: * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright * notice in the documentation and/or other materials provided with * the distribution. * * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT * OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR * BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, * WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE * OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN * IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. */ /* * Routines dealing with the "position" table. * This is a table which tells the position (in the input file) of the * first char on each currently displayed line. * * {{ The position table is scrolled by moving all the entries. * Would be better to have a circular table * and just change a couple of pointers. }} */ #include "less.h" #include "position.h" static POSITION *table = NULL; /* The position table */ static int table_size; extern int sc_width, sc_height; /* * Return the starting file position of a line displayed on the screen. * The line may be specified as a line number relative to the top * of the screen, but is usually one of these special cases: * the top (first) line on the screen * the second line on the screen * the bottom line on the screen * the line after the bottom line on the screen */ public POSITION position(where) int where; { switch (where) { case BOTTOM: where = sc_height - 2; break; case BOTTOM_PLUS_ONE: where = sc_height - 1; break; case MIDDLE: where = (sc_height - 1) / 2; } return (table[where]); } /* * Add a new file position to the bottom of the position table. */ public void add_forw_pos(pos) POSITION pos; { register int i; /* * Scroll the position table up. */ for (i = 1; i < sc_height; i++) table[i-1] = table[i]; table[sc_height - 1] = pos; } /* * Add a new file position to the top of the position table. */ public void add_back_pos(pos) POSITION pos; { register int i; /* * Scroll the position table down. */ for (i = sc_height - 1; i > 0; i--) table[i] = table[i-1]; table[0] = pos; } /* * Initialize the position table, done whenever we clear the screen. */ public void pos_clear() { register int i; for (i = 0; i < sc_height; i++) table[i] = NULL_POSITION; } /* * Allocate or reallocate the position table. */ public void pos_init() { struct scrpos scrpos; if (sc_height <= table_size) return; /* * If we already have a table, remember the first line in it * before we free it, so we can copy that line to the new table. */ if (table != NULL) { get_scrpos(&scrpos); free((char*)table); } else scrpos.pos = NULL_POSITION; table = (POSITION *) ecalloc(sc_height, sizeof(POSITION)); table_size = sc_height; pos_clear(); if (scrpos.pos != NULL_POSITION) table[scrpos.ln-1] = scrpos.pos; } /* * See if the byte at a specified position is currently on the screen. * Check the position table to see if the position falls within its range. * Return the position table entry if found, -1 if not. */ public int onscreen(pos) POSITION pos; { register int i; if (pos < table[0]) return (-1); for (i = 1; i < sc_height; i++) if (pos < table[i]) return (i-1); return (-1); } /* * See if the entire screen is empty. */ public int empty_screen() { return (empty_lines(0, sc_height-1)); } public int empty_lines(s, e) int s; int e; { register int i; for (i = s; i <= e; i++) if (table[i] != NULL_POSITION) return (0); return (1); } /* * Get the current screen position. * The screen position consists of both a file position and * a screen line number where the file position is placed on the screen. * Normally the screen line number is 0, but if we are positioned * such that the top few lines are empty, we may have to set * the screen line to a number > 0. */ public void get_scrpos(scrpos) struct scrpos *scrpos; { register int i; /* * Find the first line on the screen which has something on it, * and return the screen line number and the file position. */ for (i = 0; i < sc_height; i++) if (table[i] != NULL_POSITION) { scrpos->ln = i+1; scrpos->pos = table[i]; return; } /* * The screen is empty. */ scrpos->pos = NULL_POSITION; } /* * Adjust a screen line number to be a simple positive integer * in the range { 0 .. sc_height-2 }. * (The bottom line, sc_height-1, is reserved for prompts, etc.) * The given "sline" may be in the range { 1 .. sc_height-1 } * to refer to lines relative to the top of the screen (starting from 1), * or it may be in { -1 .. -(sc_height-1) } to refer to lines * relative to the bottom of the screen. */ public int adjsline(sline) int sline; { /* * Negative screen line number means * relative to the bottom of the screen. */ if (sline < 0) sline += sc_height; /* * Can't be less than 1 or greater than sc_height-1. */ if (sline <= 0) sline = 1; if (sline >= sc_height) sline = sc_height - 1; /* * Return zero-based line number, not one-based. */ return (sline-1); } utstr(return_to_continue); so_exit(); col += sizeof(return_to_continue) + so_e_width; #if ONLY_RETURN while ((c = getchr()) != '\n' && c != '\r') bell(); #else c = getchr(); if (c != '\n' && c != '\r' && c != ' ' && c != READ_INTR) ungetcc(c)less-252/prompt.c 444 2320 12 23031 5647700740 7106 /* * Copyright (c) 1984,1985,1989,1994 Mark Nudelman * All rights reserved. * * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions * are met: * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright * notice in the documentation and/or other materials provided with * the distribution. * * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT * OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR * BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, * WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE * OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN * IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. */ /* * Prompting and other messages. * There are three flavors of prompts, SHORT, MEDIUM and LONG, * selected by the -m/-M options. * There is also the "equals message", printed by the = command. * A prompt is a message composed of various pieces, such as the * name of the file being viewed, the percentage into the file, etc. */ #include "less.h" #include "position.h" extern int pr_type; extern int hit_eof; extern int new_file; extern int sc_width; extern int so_s_width, so_e_width; extern int linenums; extern int sc_height; extern int jump_sline; extern IFILE curr_ifile; #if EDITOR extern char *editor; #endif /* * Prototypes for the three flavors of prompts. * These strings are expanded by pr_expand(). */ static char s_proto[] = "?n?f%f .?m(file %i of %m) ..?e(END) ?x- Next\\: %x..%t"; static char m_proto[] = "?n?f%f .?m(file %i of %m) ..?e(END) ?x- Next\\: %x.:?pB%pB\\%:byte %bB?s/%s...%t"; static char M_proto[] = "?f%f .?n?m(file %i of %m) ..?ltline %lt?L/%L. :byte %bB?s/%s. .?e(END) ?x- Next\\: %x.:?pB%pB\\%..%t"; static char e_proto[] = "?f%f .?m(file %i of %m) .?ltline %lt?L/%L. .byte %bB?s/%s. ?e(END) :?pB%pB\\%..%t"; public char *prproto[3]; public char *eqproto = e_proto; static char message[250]; static char *mp; /* * Initialize the prompt prototype strings. */ public void init_prompt() { prproto[0] = save(s_proto); prproto[1] = save(m_proto); prproto[2] = save(M_proto); eqproto = save(e_proto); } /* * Set the message pointer to the end of the message string. */ static void setmp() { while (*mp != '\0') mp++; } /* * Append a POSITION (as a decimal integer) to the end of the message. */ static void ap_pos(pos) POSITION pos; { sprintf(mp, "%ld", (long)pos); setmp(); } /* * Append an integer to the end of the message. */ static void ap_int(n) int n; { sprintf(mp, "%d", n); setmp(); } /* * Append a string to the end of the message. */ static void ap_str(s) char *s; { strtcpy(mp, s, (unsigned int)(&message[sizeof(message)] - mp)); setmp(); } /* * Append a question mark to the end of the message. */ static void ap_quest() { *mp++ = '?'; } /* * Return the "current" byte offset in the file. */ static POSITION curr_byte(where) int where; { POSITION pos; pos = position(where); while (pos == NULL_POSITION && where >= 0 && where < sc_height) pos = position(++where); if (pos == NULL_POSITION) pos = ch_length(); return (pos); } /* * Return the value of a prototype conditional. * A prototype string may include conditionals which consist of a * question mark followed by a single letter. * Here we decode that letter and return the appropriate boolean value. */ static int cond(c, where) char c; int where; { switch (c) { case 'a': /* Anything in the message yet? */ return (mp > message); case 'b': /* Current byte offset known? */ return (curr_byte(where) != NULL_POSITION); case 'e': /* At end of file? */ return (hit_eof); case 'f': /* Filename known? */ return (strcmp(get_filename(curr_ifile), "-") != 0); case 'l': /* Line number known? */ return (linenums); case 'L': /* Final line number known? */ return (linenums && ch_length() != NULL_POSITION); case 'm': /* More than one file? */ return (nifile() > 1); case 'n': /* First prompt in a new file? */ return (new_file); case 'p': /* Percent into file known? */ return (curr_byte(where) != NULL_POSITION && ch_length() > 0); case 's': /* Size of file known? */ case 'B': return (ch_length() != NULL_POSITION); case 'x': /* Is there a "next" file? */ return (next_ifile(curr_ifile) != NULL_IFILE); } return (0); } /* * Decode a "percent" prototype character. * A prototype string may include various "percent" escapes; * that is, a percent sign followed by a single letter. * Here we decode that letter and take the appropriate action, * usually by appending something to the message being built. */ static void protochar(c, where) int c; int where; { POSITION pos; POSITION len; int n; IFILE h; switch (c) { case 'b': /* Current byte offset */ pos = curr_byte(where); if (pos != NULL_POSITION) ap_pos(pos); else ap_quest(); break; #if EDITOR case 'E': /* Editor name */ ap_str(editor); break; #endif case 'f': /* File name */ ap_str(get_filename(curr_ifile)); break; case 'i': /* Index into list of files */ ap_int(get_index(curr_ifile)); break; case 'l': /* Current line number */ n = currline(where); if (n != 0) ap_int(n); else ap_quest(); break; case 'L': /* Final line number */ len = ch_length(); if (len == NULL_POSITION || len == ch_zero() || (n = find_linenum(len)) <= 0) ap_quest(); else ap_int(n-1); break; case 'm': /* Number of files */ ap_int(nifile()); break; case 'p': /* Percent into file */ pos = curr_byte(where); len = ch_length(); if (pos != NULL_POSITION && len > 0) ap_int(percentage(pos,len)); else ap_quest(); break; case 's': /* Size of file */ case 'B': len = ch_length(); if (len != NULL_POSITION) ap_pos(len); else ap_quest(); break; case 't': /* Truncate trailing spaces in the message */ while (mp > message && mp[-1] == ' ') mp--; break; case 'x': /* Name of next file */ h = next_ifile(curr_ifile); if (h != NULL_IFILE) ap_str(get_filename(h)); else ap_quest(); break; } } /* * Skip a false conditional. * When a false condition is found (either a false IF or the ELSE part * of a true IF), this routine scans the prototype string to decide * where to resume parsing the string. * We must keep track of nested IFs and skip them properly. */ static char * skipcond(p) register char *p; { register int iflevel; /* * We came in here after processing a ? or :, * so we start nested one level deep. */ iflevel = 1; for (;;) switch (*++p) { case '?': /* * Start of a nested IF. */ iflevel++; break; case ':': /* * Else. * If this matches the IF we came in here with, * then we're done. */ if (iflevel == 1) return (p); break; case '.': /* * Endif. * If this matches the IF we came in here with, * then we're done. */ if (--iflevel == 0) return (p); break; case '\\': /* * Backslash escapes the next character. */ ++p; break; case '\0': /* * Whoops. Hit end of string. * This is a malformed conditional, but just treat it * as if all active conditionals ends here. */ return (p-1); } /*NOTREACHED*/ } static char * wherechar(p, wp) char *p; int *wp; { switch (*p) { case 'b': case 'l': case 'p': switch (*++p) { case 't': *wp = TOP; break; case 'm': *wp = MIDDLE; break; case 'b': *wp = BOTTOM; break; case 'B': *wp = BOTTOM_PLUS_ONE; break; case 'j': *wp = adjsline(jump_sline); break; default: *wp = TOP; p--; break; } } return (p); } /* * Construct a message based on a prototype string. */ public char * pr_expand(proto, maxwidth) char *proto; int maxwidth; { register char *p; register int c; int where; mp = message; if (*proto == '\0') return (""); for (p = proto; *p != '\0'; p++) { switch (*p) { default: /* Just put the character in the message */ *mp++ = *p; break; case '\\': /* Backslash escapes the next character */ p++; *mp++ = *p; break; case '?': /* Conditional (IF) */ if ((c = *++p) == '\0') --p; else { p = wherechar(p, &where); if (!cond(c, where)) p = skipcond(p); } break; case ':': /* ELSE */ p = skipcond(p); break; case '.': /* ENDIF */ break; case '%': /* Percent escape */ if ((c = *++p) == '\0') --p; else { p = wherechar(p, &where); protochar(c, where); } break; } } new_file = 0; if (mp == message) return (NULL); *mp = '\0'; if (maxwidth > 0 && mp >= message + maxwidth) { /* * Message is too long. * Return just the final portion of it. */ return (mp - maxwidth); } return (message); } /* * Return a message suitable for printing by the "=" command. */ public char * eq_message() { return (pr_expand(eqproto, 0)); } /* * Return a prompt. * This depends on the prompt type (SHORT, MEDIUM, LONG), etc. * If we can't come up with an appropriate prompt, return NULL * and the caller will prompt with a colon. */ public char * pr_string() { return (pr_expand(prproto[pr_type], sc_width-so_s_width-so_e_width-2)); } st of files */ ap_int(get_index(curr_ifile)); break; case 'l': /* Current line number */ n = currline(where); if (n != 0) ap_int(n); else ap_quest(); break; case 'L': /* Final line number */ len = ch_length(); if (len == NULL_POSITION || len == ch_zero() || (n = find_linenum(len)) <= 0) ap_quest(); else ap_int(n-1); break; case 'm': /* Number of files */ ap_int(nifile()); break; case 'p': /* Percent into file */ pos = curr_byte(where);less-252/search.c 444 2320 12 32130 5647700741 7033 /* * Copyright (c) 1984,1985,1989,1994 Mark Nudelman * All rights reserved. * * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions * are met: * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright * notice in the documentation and/or other materials provided with * the distribution. * * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT * OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR * BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, * WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE * OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN * IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. */ /* * Routines to search a file for a pattern. */ #include "less.h" #include "position.h" #if HAVE_POSIX_REGCOMP #include #endif #if HAVE_RE_COMP char *re_comp(); int re_exec(); #endif #if HAVE_REGCMP char *regcmp(); char *regex(); extern char *__loc1; #endif #if HAVE_V8_REGCOMP #include "regexp.h" #endif #if NO_REGEX static int match(); #endif extern int sigs; extern int how_search; extern int caseless; extern int linenums; extern int jump_sline; extern int bs_mode; #if HILITE_SEARCH extern int hilite_search; extern int screen_trashed; #endif /* * These are the static variables that represent the "remembered" * search pattern. */ #if HAVE_POSIX_REGCOMP static regex_t *regpattern = NULL; #endif #if HAVE_RE_COMP int re_pattern = 0; #endif #if HAVE_REGCMP static char *cpattern = NULL; #endif #if HAVE_V8_REGCOMP static struct regexp *regpattern = NULL; #endif #if NO_REGEX static char *last_pattern = NULL; #endif static int is_caseless; static int is_ucase_pattern; #if HILITE_SEARCH static int no_hilite_search; #endif /* * Convert text. Perform one or more of these transformations: */ #define CVT_TO_LC 01 /* Convert upper-case to lower-case */ #define CVT_BS 02 /* Do backspace processing */ static void cvt_text(odst, osrc, ops) char *odst; char *osrc; int ops; { register char *dst; register char *src; for (src = osrc, dst = odst; *src != '\0'; src++, dst++) { if ((ops & CVT_TO_LC) && isupper(*src)) /* Convert uppercase to lowercase. */ *dst = tolower(*src); else if ((ops & CVT_BS) && *src == '\b' && dst > odst) /* Delete BS and preceding char. */ dst -= 2; else /* Just copy. */ *dst = *src; } *dst = '\0'; } /* * Are there any uppercase letters in this string? */ static int is_ucase(s) char *s; { register char *p; for (p = s; *p != '\0'; p++) if (isupper(*p)) return (1); return (0); } /* * Is there a previous (remembered) search pattern? */ static int prev_pattern() { #if HAVE_POSIX_REGCOMP return (regpattern != NULL); #endif #if HAVE_RE_COMP return (re_pattern != 0); #endif #if HAVE_REGCMP return (cpattern != NULL); #endif #if HAVE_V8_REGCOMP return (regpattern != NULL); #endif #if NO_REGEX return (last_pattern != NULL); #endif } /* * Undo search string highlighting. */ public void undo_search() { if (!prev_pattern()) { error("No previous regular expression", NULL_PARG); return; } #if HILITE_SEARCH no_hilite_search = !no_hilite_search; screen_trashed = 1; #endif } /* * Compile a pattern in preparation for a pattern match. */ static int compile_pattern(pattern) char *pattern; { #if HAVE_POSIX_REGCOMP regex_t *s = (regex_t *) ecalloc(1, sizeof(regex_t)); if (regcomp(s, pattern, 0)) { free(s); error("Invalid pattern", NULL_PARG); return (-1); } if (regpattern != NULL) regfree(regpattern); regpattern = s; #endif #if HAVE_RE_COMP PARG parg; if ((parg.p_string = re_comp(pattern)) != NULL) { error("%s", &parg); return (-1); } re_pattern = 1; #endif #if HAVE_REGCMP char *s; if ((s = regcmp(pattern, 0)) == NULL) { error("Invalid pattern", NULL_PARG); return (-1); } if (cpattern != NULL) free(cpattern); cpattern = s; #endif #if HAVE_V8_REGCOMP struct regexp *s; if ((s = regcomp(pattern)) == NULL) { /* * regcomp has already printed error message via regerror(). */ return (-1); } if (regpattern != NULL) free(regpattern); regpattern = s; #endif #if NO_REGEX static char lpbuf[100]; strcpy(lpbuf, pattern); last_pattern = lpbuf; #endif return (0); } /* * Perform a pattern match with the previously compiled pattern. */ static int match_pattern(line) char *line; { #if HAVE_POSIX_REGCOMP return (!regexec(regpattern, line, 0, NULL, 0)); #endif #if HAVE_RE_COMP return (re_exec(line) == 1); #endif #if HAVE_REGCMP return (regex(cpattern, line) != NULL); #endif #if HAVE_V8_REGCOMP return (regexec(regpattern, line)); #endif #if NO_REGEX return (match(last_pattern, line, (char*)NULL, (char*)NULL)); #endif } /* * Change the caseless-ness of searches. * Updates the internal search state to reflect a change in the -i flag. */ public void chg_caseless() { if (!is_ucase_pattern) is_caseless = caseless; } /* * Figure out where to start a search. */ static POSITION search_pos(goforw) int goforw; { POSITION pos; int linenum; if (empty_screen()) { /* * Start at the beginning (or end) of the file. * (The empty_screen() case is mainly for * command line initiated searches; * for example, "+/xyz" on the command line.) */ if (goforw) { return (ch_zero()); } else { pos = ch_length(); if (pos == NULL_POSITION) return (ch_zero()); return (pos); } } if (how_search) { /* * Search does not include current screen. */ if (goforw) linenum = BOTTOM_PLUS_ONE; else linenum = TOP; pos = position(linenum); } else { /* * Search includes current screen. * It starts at the jump target (if searching backwards), * or at the jump target plus one (if forwards). */ linenum = adjsline(jump_sline); pos = position(linenum); if (goforw) pos = forw_raw_line(pos, (char **)NULL); } return (pos); } /* * Search for the n-th occurrence of a specified pattern, * either forward or backward. * Return the number of matches not yet found in this file * (that is, n minus the number of matches found). * Return -1 if the search should be aborted. * Caller may continue the search in another file * if less than n matches are found in this file. */ public int search(search_type, pattern, n) int search_type; char *pattern; int n; { POSITION pos, linepos, oldpos; register int goforw; register int want_match; char *line; int linenum; int line_match; /* * Extract flags and type of search. */ goforw = (SRCH_DIR(search_type) == SRCH_FORW); want_match = !(search_type & SRCH_NOMATCH); if (pattern == NULL || *pattern == '\0') { /* * A null pattern means use the previously compiled pattern. */ if (!prev_pattern()) { error("No previous regular expression", NULL_PARG); return (-1); } } else { /* * Ignore case if -i is set AND * the pattern is all lowercase. */ is_ucase_pattern = is_ucase(pattern); if (is_ucase_pattern) is_caseless = 0; else is_caseless = caseless; /* * Compile the pattern. */ if (compile_pattern(pattern) < 0) return (-1); #if HILITE_SEARCH /* * If our current screen *might be* displaying highlighted * search targets, we need to repaint. */ if (hilite_search) screen_trashed = 1; #endif } /* * Figure out where to start the search. */ pos = search_pos(goforw); if (pos == NULL_POSITION) { /* * Can't find anyplace to start searching from. */ if (search_type & SRCH_PAST_EOF) return (n); error("Nothing to search", NULL_PARG); return (-1); } #if HILITE_SEARCH if (no_hilite_search) screen_trashed = 1; no_hilite_search = 0; #endif linenum = find_linenum(pos); oldpos = pos; for (;;) { /* * Get lines until we find a matching one or * until we hit end-of-file (or beginning-of-file * if we're going backwards). */ if (ABORT_SIGS()) /* * A signal aborts the search. */ return (-1); if (goforw) { /* * Read the next line, and save the * starting position of that line in linepos. */ linepos = pos; pos = forw_raw_line(pos, &line); if (linenum != 0) linenum++; } else { /* * Read the previous line and save the * starting position of that line in linepos. */ pos = back_raw_line(pos, &line); linepos = pos; if (linenum != 0) linenum--; } if (pos == NULL_POSITION) { /* * We hit EOF/BOF without a match. */ return (n); } /* * If we're using line numbers, we might as well * remember the information we have now (the position * and line number of the current line). * Don't do it for every line because it slows down * the search. Remember the line number only if * we're "far" from the last place we remembered it. */ if (linenums && abs((int)(pos - oldpos)) > 1024) { add_lnum(linenum, pos); oldpos = pos; } if (is_caseless || bs_mode == BS_SPECIAL) { int ops = 0; if (is_caseless) ops |= CVT_TO_LC; if (bs_mode == BS_SPECIAL) ops |= CVT_BS; cvt_text(line, line, ops); } /* * Test the next line to see if we have a match. * We are successful if want_match and line_match are * both true (want a match and got it), * or both false (want a non-match and got it). */ line_match = match_pattern(line); if (((want_match && line_match) || (!want_match && !line_match)) && --n <= 0) /* * Found the line. */ break; } jump_loc(linepos, jump_sline); return (0); } #if HILITE_SEARCH /* * Search for all occurrences of the previous pattern * within a line. Mark all matches found. * "Marking" a match is done by copying "marker" into the chars whose * positions in the "found" string are equal to the positions of * the matching string in the "line" string. */ public void hlsearch(line, found, marker) char *line; char *found; int marker; { char *buf; register char *p; if (!prev_pattern()) return; if (no_hilite_search) return; /* * If the last search was caseless, convert * uppercase from the input line to lowercase * in a temporary buffer. */ buf = line; if (is_caseless) { /* * {{ Yikes, a calloc for every line displayed (with -i)! * Is this worth optimizing? }} */ buf = save(line); cvt_text(buf, line, CVT_TO_LC); } { /* * Now depending on what type of pattern matching function * we have, define the macro NEXT_MATCH(p). * This will look for the first match in "p"; * if it finds one it sets sp and ep to the start and * end of the matching string and returns 1. * If there is no match, it returns 0. */ #if HAVE_POSIX_REGCOMP regmatch_t rm; #define NEXT_MATCH(p) (!regexec(regpattern,p,1,&rm,0)) #define sp (p+rm.rm_so) #define ep (p+rm.rm_eo) #endif #if HAVE_RE_COMP @@@ Sorry, re_comp does not support HILITE_SEARCH. @@@ Either undefine HILITE_SEARCH, or use the regexp.c that is @@@ distributed with "less" (and set HAVE_V8_REGCOMP). #endif #if HAVE_REGCMP #define sp __loc1 char *ep; #define NEXT_MATCH(p) (ep = regex(cpattern, p)) #endif #if HAVE_V8_REGCOMP #define sp (regpattern->startp[0]) #define ep (regpattern->endp[0]) #define NEXT_MATCH(p) (regexec(regpattern, p)) #endif #if NO_REGEX char *sp, *ep; #define NEXT_MATCH(p) (match(last_pattern,p,&sp,&ep)) #endif for (p = buf; NEXT_MATCH(p); ) { register char *fsp = &found[sp-buf]; register char *fep = &found[ep-buf]; while (fsp < fep) *fsp++ = marker; /* * Move past current match to see if there * are any more matches. (But don't loop * forever if we matched zero characters.) */ if (ep > p) p = ep; else if (*p != '\0') p++; else break; } } if (buf != line) free(buf); } #endif /* HILITE_SEARCH */ #if NO_REGEX /* * We have no pattern matching function from the library. * We use this function to do simple pattern matching. * It supports no metacharacters like *, etc. */ static int match(pattern, buf, pfound, pend) char *pattern, *buf; char **pfound, **pend; { register char *pp, *lp; for ( ; *buf != '\0'; buf++) { for (pp = pattern, lp = buf; *pp == *lp; pp++, lp++) if (*pp == '\0' || *lp == '\0') break; if (*pp == '\0') { if (pfound != NULL) *pfound = buf; if (pend != NULL) *pend = lp; return (1); } } return (0); } #endif #if HAVE_V8_REGCOMP /* * This function is called by the V8 regcomp to report * errors in regular expressions. */ void regerror(s) char *s; { error(s, NULL_PARG); } #endif #if !HAVE_STRCHR /* * strchr is used by regexp.c. */ char * strchr(s, c) char *s; int c; { for ( ; *s != '\0'; s++) if (*s == c) return (s); if (c == '\0') return (s); return (NULL); } #endif down * the search. Remember the line number only if * we're "far" from the last place we remembered it. */ if (linenums && abs((int)(pos - oldpos)) > 1024) { add_lnum(linenum, pos); oldpos = pos; } if (is_caseless || bs_mode == BS_SPECIAL) { int ops = 0; if (is_caseless) ops |= CVT_TO_LC; if (bs_mode == BS_SPECIAL) ops |= CVT_BS; cvt_text(line, line, ops); } /* * Tless-252/signal.c 444 2320 12 11434 5647700741 7047 /* * Copyright (c) 1984,1985,1989,1994 Mark Nudelman * All rights reserved. * * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions * are met: * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright * notice in the documentation and/or other materials provided with * the distribution. * * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT * OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR * BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, * WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE * OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN * IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. */ /* * Routines dealing with signals. * * A signal usually merely causes a bit to be set in the "signals" word. * At some convenient time, the mainline code checks to see if any * signals need processing by calling psignal(). * If we happen to be reading from a file [in iread()] at the time * the signal is received, we call intread to interrupt the iread. */ #include "less.h" #include /* * "sigs" contains bits indicating signals which need to be processed. */ public int sigs; extern int sc_width, sc_height; extern int screen_trashed; extern int lnloop; extern int linenums; extern int wscroll; extern int reading; /* * Interrupt signal handler. */ /* ARGSUSED*/ static RETSIGTYPE u_interrupt(type) int type; { SIGNAL(SIGINT, u_interrupt); sigs |= S_INTERRUPT; if (reading) intread(); } public void fake_interrupt() { sigs |= S_INTERRUPT; } #ifdef SIGTSTP /* * "Stop" (^Z) signal handler. */ /* ARGSUSED*/ static RETSIGTYPE stop(type) int type; { SIGNAL(SIGTSTP, stop); sigs |= S_STOP; if (reading) intread(); } #endif #ifdef SIGWINCH /* * "Window" change handler */ /* ARGSUSED*/ public RETSIGTYPE winch(type) int type; { SIGNAL(SIGWINCH, winch); sigs |= S_WINCH; if (reading) intread(); } #else #ifdef SIGWIND /* * "Window" change handler */ /* ARGSUSED*/ public RETSIGTYPE winch(type) int type; { SIGNAL(SIGWIND, winch); sigs |= S_WINCH; if (reading) intread(); } #endif #endif /* * Set up the signal handlers. */ public void init_signals(on) int on; { if (on) { /* * Set signal handlers. */ (void) SIGNAL(SIGINT, u_interrupt); #ifdef SIGTSTP (void) SIGNAL(SIGTSTP, stop); #endif #ifdef SIGWINCH (void) SIGNAL(SIGWINCH, winch); #else #ifdef SIGWIND (void) SIGNAL(SIGWIND, winch); #endif #endif } else { /* * Restore signals to defaults. */ (void) SIGNAL(SIGINT, SIG_DFL); #ifdef SIGTSTP (void) SIGNAL(SIGTSTP, SIG_DFL); #endif #ifdef SIGWINCH (void) SIGNAL(SIGWINCH, SIG_IGN); #endif #ifdef SIGWIND (void) SIGNAL(SIGWIND, SIG_IGN); #endif } } /* * Process any signals we have received. * A received signal cause a bit to be set in "sigs". */ public void psignals() { register int tsignals; if ((tsignals = sigs) == 0) return; sigs = 0; #ifdef SIGTSTP if (tsignals & S_STOP) { /* * Clean up the terminal. */ #ifdef SIGTTOU SIGNAL(SIGTTOU, SIG_IGN); #endif clear_bot(); deinit(); flush(); raw_mode(0); #ifdef SIGTTOU SIGNAL(SIGTTOU, SIG_DFL); #endif SIGNAL(SIGTSTP, SIG_DFL); kill(getpid(), SIGTSTP); /* * ... Bye bye. ... * Hopefully we'll be back later and resume here... * Reset the terminal and arrange to repaint the * screen when we get back to the main command loop. */ SIGNAL(SIGTSTP, stop); raw_mode(1); init(); screen_trashed = 1; tsignals |= S_WINCH; } #endif #ifdef S_WINCH if (tsignals & S_WINCH) { int old_width, old_height; /* * Re-execute scrsize() to read the new window size. */ old_width = sc_width; old_height = sc_height; get_term(); if (sc_width != old_width || sc_height != old_height) { wscroll = (sc_height + 1) / 2; screen_trashed = 1; } } #endif if (tsignals & S_INTERRUPT) { bell(); /* * {{ You may wish to replace the bell() with * error("Interrupt", NULL_PARG); }} */ /* * If we were interrupted while in the "calculating * line numbers" loop, turn off line numbers. */ if (lnloop) { lnloop = 0; if (linenums == 2) screen_trashed = 1; linenums = 0; error("Line numbers turned off", NULL_PARG); } } } dealing with signals. * * A signal usually merely causes a bit to be set in the "signals" word. * At some convenient time, the mainline code checks to see if any * signals need processing by calling psignal(). * If we happeless-252/tags.c 444 2320 12 11700 5647700741 6524 /* * Copyright (c) 1984,1985,1989,1994 Mark Nudelman * All rights reserved. * * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions * are met: * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright * notice in the documentation and/or other materials provided with * the distribution. * * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT * OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR * BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, * WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE * OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN * IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. */ #include "less.h" #define WHITESP(c) ((c)==' ' || (c)=='\t') #if TAGS public char *tagfile; public char *tags = "tags"; static char *tagpattern; static int taglinenum; extern int linenums; extern int sigs; extern int jump_sline; /* * Find a tag in the "tags" file. * Sets "tagfile" to the name of the file containing the tag, * and "tagpattern" to the search pattern which should be used * to find the tag. */ public void findtag(tag) register char *tag; { char *p; register FILE *f; register int taglen; int search_char; int err; static char tline[200]; if ((f = fopen(tags, "r")) == NULL) { error("No tags file", NULL_PARG); tagfile = NULL; return; } taglen = strlen(tag); /* * Search the tags file for the desired tag. */ while (fgets(tline, sizeof(tline), f) != NULL) { if (strncmp(tag, tline, taglen) != 0 || !WHITESP(tline[taglen])) continue; /* * Found it. * The line contains the tag, the filename and the * location in the file, separated by white space. * The location is either a decimal line number, * or a search pattern surrounded by a pair of delimiters. * Parse the line and extract these parts. */ tagfile = tagpattern = NULL; taglinenum = 0; /* * Skip over the whitespace after the tag name. */ p = skipsp(tline+taglen); if (*p == '\0') /* File name is missing! */ continue; /* * Save the file name. * Skip over the whitespace after the file name. */ tagfile = p; while (!WHITESP(*p) && *p != '\0') p++; *p++ = '\0'; p = skipsp(p); if (*p == '\0') /* Pattern is missing! */ continue; /* * First see if it is a line number. */ taglinenum = getnum(&p, 0, &err); if (err) { /* * No, it must be a pattern. * Delete the initial "^" (if present) and * the final "$" from the pattern. */ taglinenum = 0; search_char = *p++; if (*p == '^') p++; tagpattern = p; while (*p != search_char && *p != '\0') p++; if (p[-1] == '$') p--; *p = '\0'; } fclose(f); return; } fclose(f); error("No such tag in tags file", NULL_PARG); tagfile = NULL; } /* * Search for a tag. * This is a stripped-down version of search(). * We don't use search() for several reasons: * - We don't want to blow away any search string we may have saved. * - The various regular-expression functions (from different systems: * regcmp vs. re_comp) behave differently in the presence of * parentheses (which are almost always found in a tag). */ public POSITION tagsearch() { POSITION pos, linepos; int linenum; char *line; /* * If we have the line number of the tag instead of the pattern, * just use find_pos. */ if (taglinenum) return (find_pos(taglinenum)); pos = ch_zero(); linenum = find_linenum(pos); for (;;) { /* * Get lines until we find a matching one or * until we hit end-of-file. */ if (ABORT_SIGS()) return (NULL_POSITION); /* * Read the next line, and save the * starting position of that line in linepos. */ linepos = pos; pos = forw_raw_line(pos, &line); if (linenum != 0) linenum++; if (pos == NULL_POSITION) { /* * We hit EOF without a match. */ error("Tag not found", NULL_PARG); return (NULL_POSITION); } /* * If we're using line numbers, we might as well * remember the information we have now (the position * and line number of the current line). */ if (linenums) add_lnum(linenum, pos); /* * Test the line to see if we have a match. * Use strncmp because the pattern may be * truncated (in the tags file) if it is too long. */ if (strncmp(tagpattern, line, strlen(tagpattern)) == 0) break; } return (linepos); } #endif , winch); #else #ifdef SIGWIND (void) SIGNAL(SIGWIND, winch); less-252/ttyin.c 444 2320 12 5156 5647700741 6725 /* * Copyright (c) 1984,1985,1989,1994 Mark Nudelman * All rights reserved. * * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions * are met: * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright * notice in the documentation and/or other materials provided with * the distribution. * * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT * OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR * BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, * WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE * OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN * IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. */ /* * Routines dealing with getting input from the keyboard (i.e. from the user). */ #include "less.h" #if HAVE_FCNTL_H #include #endif static int tty; /* * Open keyboard for input. */ public void open_getchr() { #if MSOFTC extern int fd0; /* * Open a new handle to CON: in binary mode * for unbuffered keyboard read. */ fd0 = dup(0); close(0); tty = open("CON", O_RDONLY|O_BINARY); #else /* * Try /dev/tty. * If that doesn't work, use file descriptor 2, * which in Unix is usually attached to the screen, * but also usually lets you read from the keyboard. */ tty = open("/dev/tty", 0); if (tty < 0) tty = 2; #endif } /* * Get a character from the keyboard. */ public int getchr() { char c; int result; do { #if MSOFTC /* * In raw read, we don't see ^C so look here for it. */ flush(); c = getch(); result = 1; if (c == '\003') return (READ_INTR); #else result = iread(tty, &c, sizeof(char)); if (result == READ_INTR) return (READ_INTR); if (result < 0) { /* * Don't call error() here, * because error calls getchr! */ quit(1); } #endif /* * Various parts of the program cannot handle * an input character of '\0'. * If a '\0' was actually typed, convert it to '\340' here. */ if (c == '\0') c = '\340'; } while (result != 1); return (c & 0377); } . */ if (ABORT_SIGS()) return (NULL_POSITION); /* * Read the next line, and save the * starting position of that line in linepos. */ linepos = pos; pos = forw_raw_line(pos, &line); if (linenum != 0) linenum++; if (pos == NULL_POSITION) { /* * We hit EOF without a match. */ error("Tag not found", NULL_PARG); return (NULL_POSITION); } /* * Ifless-252/version.c 444 2320 12 54541 5662456060 7264 /* * Copyright (c) 1984,1985,1989,1994 Mark Nudelman * All rights reserved. * * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions * are met: * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright * notice in the documentation and/or other materials provided with * the distribution. * * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT * OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR * BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, * WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE * OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN * IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. */ /* * ----------------------- CHANGE HISTORY -------------------------- * * Allowed use on standard input 1/29/84 markn * Added E, N, P commands 2/1/84 markn * Added '=' command, 'stop' signal handling 4/17/84 markn * Added line folding 4/20/84 markn * v2: Fixed '=' command to use BOTTOM_PLUS_ONE, * instead of TOP, added 'p' & 'v' commands 4/27/84 markn * v3: Added -m and -t options, '-' command 5/3/84 markn * v4: Added LESS environment variable 5/3/84 markn * v5: New comments, fixed '-' command slightly 5/3/84 markn * v6: Added -Q, visual bell 5/15/84 markn * v7: Fixed jump_back(n) bug: n should count real * lines, not folded lines. Also allow number * on G command. 5/24/84 markn * v8: Re-do -q and -Q commands 5/30/84 markn * v9: Added "+" argument 9/25/84 markn * v10: Fixed bug in -b argument processing 10/10/84 markn * v11: Made error() ring bell if \n not entered. 10/18/84 markn * ----------------------------------------------------------------- * v12: Reorganized signal handling and made * portable to 4.2bsd. 2/13/85 mark * v13: Reword error message for '-' command. 2/16/85 mark * v14: Added -bf and -bp variants of -b. 2/22/85 mark * v15: Miscellaneous changes. 2/25/85 mark * v16: Added -u flag for backspace processing. 3/13/85 mark * v17: Added j and k commands, * changed -t default. 4/13/85 mark * v18: Rewrote signal handling code. 4/20/85 mark * v19: Got rid of "verbose" eq_message(). 5/2/85 mark * Made search() scroll in some cases. * v20: Fixed screen.c ioctls for System V. 5/21/85 mark * v21: Fixed some first_cmd bugs. 5/23/85 mark * v22: Added support for no RECOMP nor REGCMP. 5/24/85 mark * v23: Miscellanous changes and prettying up. 5/25/85 mark * Posted to USENET. * ----------------------------------------------------------------- * v24: Added ti,te terminal init & de-init 6/3/85 Mike Kersenbrock * v25: Added -U flag, standout mode underlining. 6/8/85 mark * v26: Added -M flag. 6/9/85 mark * Use underline termcap (us) if it exists. * v27: Renamed some variables to make unique in 6/15/85 mark * 6 chars. Minor fix to -m. * v28: Fixed right margin bug. 6/28/85 mark * v29: Incorporated M.Rose's changes to signal.c 6/28/85 mark * v30: Fixed stupid bug in argument processing. 6/29/85 mark * v31: Added -p flag, changed repaint algorithm. 7/15/85 mark * Added kludge for magic cookie terminals. * v32: Added cat_file if output not a tty. 7/16/85 mark * v33: Added -e flag and EDITOR. 7/23/85 mark * v34: Added -s flag. 7/26/85 mark * v35: Rewrote option handling; added option.c. 7/27/85 mark * v36: Fixed -e flag to work if not last file. 7/29/85 mark * v37: Added -x flag. 8/10/85 mark * v38: Changed prompting; created prompt.c. 8/19/85 mark * v39: (Not -p) does not initially clear screen. 8/24/85 mark * v40: Added "skipping" indicator in forw(). 8/26/85 mark * Posted to USENET. * ----------------------------------------------------------------- * v41: ONLY_RETURN, control char commands, 9/17/85 mark * faster search, other minor fixes. * v42: Added ++ command line syntax; 9/25/85 mark * ch_fsize for pipes. * v43: Added -h flag, changed prim.c algorithms. 10/15/85 mark * v44: Made END print in all cases of eof; 10/16/85 mark * ignore SIGTTOU after receiving SIGTSTP. * v45: Never print backspaces unless -u. 10/16/85 mark * v46: Backwards scroll in jump_loc. 10/24/85 mark * v47: Fixed bug in edit(): *first_cmd==0 10/30/85 mark * v48: Use TIOCSETN instead of TIOCSETP. 11/16/85 mark * Added marks (m and ' commands). * Posted to USENET. * ----------------------------------------------------------------- * v49: Fixed bug: signal didn't clear mcc. 1/9/86 mark * v50: Added ' (quote) to gomark. 1/15/86 mark * v51: Added + cmd, fixed problem if first_cmd * fails, made g cmd sort of "work" on pipes * even if bof is no longer buffered. 1/16/86 mark * v52: Made short files work better. 1/17/86 mark * v53: Added -P option. 1/20/86 mark * v54: Changed help to use HELPFILE. 1/20/86 mark * v55: Messages work better if not tty output. 1/23/86 mark * v56: Added -l option. 1/24/86 mark * v57: Fixed -l to get confirmation before * overwriting an existing file. 1/31/86 mark * v58: Added filename globbing. 8/28/86 mark * v59: Fixed some bugs with very long filenames. 9/15/86 mark * v60: Incorporated changes from Leith (Casey) * Leedom for boldface and -z option. 9/26/86 mark * v61: Got rid of annoying repaints after ! cmd. 9/26/86 mark * Posted to USENET. * ----------------------------------------------------------------- * v62: Added is_directory(); change -z default to * -1 instead of 24; cat-and-exit if -e and * file is less than a screenful. 12/23/86 mark * v63: Fixed bug in cat-and-exit if > 1 file. 1/8/87 mark * v64: Changed puts/putstr, putc/putchr, * getc/getchr to avoid name conflict with * stdio functions. 1/12/87 mark * v65: Allowed '-' command to change NUMBER * valued options (thanks to Gary Puckering) 1/26/87 mark * v66: Fixed bug: prepaint should use force=1. 2/13/87 mark * v67: Added !! and % expansion to ! command. 2/24/87 mark * v68: Added SIGWINCH and TIOCGWINSZ support; * changed is_directory to bad_file. * (thanks to J. Robert Ward) 2/25/87 mark * v69: Added SIGWIND and WIOCGETD (for Unix PC). 2/25/87 mark * v70: Changed help cmd from 'h' to 'H'; better * error msgs in bad_file, errno_message. 3/13/87 mark * v71: Changed -p to -c, made triple -c/-C * for clear-eol like more's -c. 5/11/87 mark * v72: Added -E, -L, use $SHELL in lsystem(). 6/26/87 mark * (thanks to Steve Spearman) * v73: Allow Examine "#" for previous file. 6/26/87 mark * Posted to USENET 8/25/87. * ----------------------------------------------------------------- * v74: Fix conflict in EOF symbol with stdio.h, 9/18/87 mark * Make os.c more portable to BSD. * v75: Fix problems in get_term (thanks to 9/23/87 mark * Paul Eggert); new backwards scrolling in * jump_loc (thanks to Marion Hakanson). * v76: Added -i flag; allow single "!" to 9/23/87 mark * invoke a shell (thanks to Franco Barber). * v77: Added -n flag and line number support. 9/24/87 mark * v78: Fixed problem with prompts longer than 9/25/87 mark * the screen width. * v79: Added the _ command. 9/29/87 mark * v80: Allow signal to break out of linenum scan. 10/6/87 mark * v81: Allow -b to be changed from within less. 10/6/87 mark * v82: Add cmd_decode to use a table for key 10/7/87 mark * binding (thanks to David Nason). * v83: Allow .less file for user-defined keys. 10/9/87 mark * v84: Fix -e/-E problems (thanks to Felix Lee). 10/11/87 mark * v85: Search now keeps track of line numbers. 10/15/87 mark * v86: Added -B option and autobuf; fixed 10/20/87 mark * "pipe error" bug. * v87: Fix bug re BSD signals while reading file. 3/1/88 mark * v88: Use new format for -P option (thanks to 3/12/88 mark * der Mouse), allow "+-c" without message, * fix bug re BSD hangup. * v89: Turn off line numbers if linenum scan 3/18/88 mark * is interrupted. * v90: Allow -P from within less. 3/30/88 mark * v91: Added tags file support (new -t option) 3/30/88 mark * (thanks to Brian Campbell). * v92: Added -+option syntax. 4/4/88 mark * v93: Add support for slow input (thanks to 4/11/88 mark * Joe Orost & apologies for taking almost * 3 years to get this in!) * v94: Redo reading/signal stuff. 4/11/88 mark * v95: Repaint screen better after signal. 4/20/88 mark * v96: Add /! and ?! commands. 4/21/88 mark * v97: Allow -l/-L from within less. 5/17/88 mark * Eliminate some static arrays (use calloc). * Posted to USENET. * ----------------------------------------------------------------- * v98: Fix incorrect calloc call; uninitialized 10/14/88 mark * var in exec_mca; core dump on unknown TERM. * Make v cmd work if past last line of file. * Fix some signal bugs. * v99: Allow space between -X and string, 10/29/88 mark * when X is a string-valued option. * v100: Fix globbing bug when $SHELL not set; 1/5/89 mark * allow spaces after -t command. * v101: Fix problem with long (truncated) lines 1/6/89 mark * in tags file (thanks to Neil Dixon). * v102: Fix bug with E# when no prev file; 1/6/89 mark * allow spaces after -l command. * v103: Add -N, -f and -? options. Add z and w 3/14/89 mark * commands. Add %L for prompt strings. * v104: Added EDITPROTO. 3/16/89 mark * v105: Fix bug in find_linenum which cached 3/20/89 mark * incorrectly on long lines. * v106: Added -k option and multiple lesskey 3/31/89 mark * files. * v107: Add 8-bit char support and -g option. 4/27/89 mark * Split option code into 3 files. * v108: Allocate position table dynamically 5/5/89 mark * (thanks to Paul Eggert); change % command * from "percent" to vi-style brace finder. * v109: Added ESC-% command, split prim.c. 5/10/89 mark * v110: Fixed bug in + option; fixed repaint bug 5/24/89 mark * under Sun windows (thanks to Paul Eggert). * v111: Generalized # and % expansion; use 5/25/89 mark * calloc for some error messages. * v112: Get rid of ESC-%, add {}()[] commands. 5/30/89 mark * v113: Optimize lseeks (thanks to Paul Eggert). 5/31/89 mark * v114: Added ESC-/ and ESC-/! commands. 7/25/89 mark * v115: Added ESC-n command. 7/26/89 mark * v116: Added find_pos to optimize g command. 7/31/89 mark * v117: Change -f option to -r. 8/1/89 mark * v118: Save positions for all previous files, 8/2/89 mark * not just the immediately previous one. * v119: Save marks across file boundaries. 8/7/89 mark * Add file handle stuff. * v120: Add :ta command. 8/11/89 mark * v121: Add -f option. 8/16/89 mark * v122: Fix performance with many buffers. 8/30/89 mark * v123: Verbose prompts for string options. 8/31/89 mark * Posted beta to USENET. * ----------------------------------------------------------------- * v124: Reorganize search commands, 9/18/89 mark * N = rev, ESC-n = span, add ESC-N. * v125: Fix tab bug (thanks to Alex Liu). 9/18/89 mark * Fix EOF bug when both -w and -c. * v126: Add -j option. 10/25/89 mark * v127: Fix problems with blank lines before BOF. 10/27/89 mark * v128: Add %bj, etc. to prompt strings. 10/27/89 mark * v129: Add -+,-- commands; add set-option and 11/3/89 mark * unset-option to lesskey. * v130: Generalize A_EXTRA to string, remove 11/6/89 mark * set-option, unset-option from lesskey. * v131: Changed name of EDITPROTO to LESSEDIT. 11/7/89 mark * v132: Allow editing of command prefix. 11/8/89 mark * v133: Add -y option (thanks to Jeff Sullivan). 11/16/89 mark * v134: Glob filenames in the -l command. 12/1/89 mark * v135: Combined {}()[] commands into one, and 12/5/89 mark * added ESC-^F and ESC-^B commands. * v136: Added -S, -R flags. Added | command. 1/20/90 mark * Added warning for binary files. (thanks * to Richard Brittain and J. Sullivan). * v137: Rewrote horrible pappend code. 1/21/90 mark * Added * notation for hi-bit chars. * v138: Fix magic cookie terminal handling. 1/24/90 mark * Get rid of "cleanup" loop in ch_get. * v139: Added MSDOS support. (many thanks 1/27/90 mark * to Richard Brittain). * v140: Editing a new file adds it to the 2/7/90 mark * command line list. * v141: Add edit_list for editing >1 file. 2/8/90 mark * v142: Add :x command. 2/10/90 mark * v143: Add * and @ modifies to search cmds. 2/11/90 mark * Change ESC-/ cmd from /@* to / *. * v144: Messed around with ch_zero; 3/1/90 mark * no real change. * v145: Added -R and -v/-V for MSDOS; 3/2/90 mark * renamed FILENAME to avoid conflict. * v146: Pull cmdbuf functions out of command.c 3/5/90 mark * v147: Implement ?@; fix multi-file edit bugs. 3/7/90 mark * v148: Fixed bug in :e then :e#. 3/29/90 mark * v149: Change error,ierror,query to use PARG. 4/3/90 mark * v150: Add LESS_CHARSET, LESS_CHARDEF. 4/6/90 mark * v151: Remove -g option; clean up ispipe. 4/13/90 mark * v152: lsystem() closes input file, for 4/14/90 mark * editors which require exclusive open. * v153: Fix bug if SHELL unset; 4/18/90 mark * fix bug in overstrike control char. * v154: Output to fd 2 via buffer. 4/25/90 mark * v155: Ignore -i if uppercase in pattern 4/30/90 mark * (thanks to Michael Rendell.) * v156: Remove scroll limits in forw() & back(); 5/3/90 mark * causes problems with -c. * v157: Forward search starts at next real line 5/4/90 mark * (not screen line) after jump target. * v158: Added F command. 6/14/90 mark * v159: Fix bug in exiting: output not flushed. 7/29/90 mark * v160: Clear screen before initial output w/ -c. 7/29/90 mark * v161: Add -T flag. 7/29/90 mark * v162: Fix bug with +F on command line. 8/14/90 mark * v163: Added LESSBINFMT variable. 8/21/90 mark * v164: Added -p, LINES, COLUMNS and 9/5/90 mark * unset mark ' == BOF, for 1003.2 D5. * v165: At EOF with -c set, don't display empty 9/6/90 mark * screen when try to page forward. * v166: Fix G when final line in file wraps. 9/6/90 mark * v167: Translate CR/LF -> LF for 1003.2. 9/11/90 mark * v168: Return to curr file if "tag not found". 9/13/90 mark * v169: G goes to EOF even if file has grown. 12/12/90 mark * v170: Add optimization for BSD _setjmp; 1/17/91 mark * fix #include ioctl.h TERMIO problem. * (thanks to Paul Eggert) * Posted to USENET. * ----------------------------------------------------------------- * v171: Fix -? bug in get_filename. 3/6/91 mark * v172: Fix G bug in empty file. 3/15/91 mark * Fix bug with ?\n and -i and uppercase * pattern at EOF! * (thanks to Paul Eggert) * v173: Change N cmd to not permanently change 3/17/91 mark * direction. (thanks to Brian Matthews) * v174: Fix bug with namelogfile not getting 3/18/91 mark * cleared when change files. * v175: Fix bug with ++cmd on command line. 3/18/91 mark * (thanks to Jim Meyering) * v176: Change | to not force current screen, 4/2/91 mark * include marked line, start/end from * top of screen. Improve search speed. * (thanks to Don Mears) * v177: Add LESSHELP variable. 4/2/91 mark * Fix bug with F command with -e. * Try /dev/tty for input before using fd 2. * Patches posted to USENET 4/2/91. * ----------------------------------------------------------------- * v178: Fixed bug in globbing logfile name. 4/8/91 * (thanks to Jim Meyering) * v179: Allow negative -z for screen-relative. 4/9/91 * v180: Clear to eos rather than eol if "db"; 4/9/91 * don't use "sr" if "da". * (thanks to Tor Lillqvist) * v181: Fixed bug with "negative" chars 80 - FF. 4/18/91 * (thanks to Benny Sander Hofmann) * v182: Fixed bug with attribute at EOL. 5/16/91 * (thanks to Brian Matthews) * v183: Rewrite linstall to do smart config. 6/1/91 * v184: Process \b in searches based on -u 7/11/91 * rather than -i. * v185: -Pxxx sets short prompt; assume SIGWINCH 7/11/91 * after a SIGSTOP. (thanks to Ken Laprade) * ----------------------------------------------------------------- * v186: Port to MS-DOS (Microsoft C). 4/20/92 * v187: Added -D option & TAB_COMPLETE_FILENAME. 4/23/92 * v188: Added command line editing features. 4/28/92 * v189: Fix mem overrun in anscreen.c:init; 12/8/92 * fix edit_list to recover from bin file. * v190: Make TAB enter one filename at a time; 2/13/93 * create ^L with old TAB functionality. * v191: Defer creating "flash" page for MS-DOS. 3/10/93 * v192: Add BACK-TAB. 9/6/93 * v193: Simplify binary_file handling. 9/17/93 * v194: Add rudiments of alt_filename handling. 1/4/94 * v195: Port back to Unix; support keypad. 1/11/94 * ----------------------------------------------------------------- * v196: Fix bug with bad filename; fix IFILE 6/7/94 * type problem. (thanks to David MacKenzie) * v197: Fix bug with .less tables inserted wrong. 6/7/94 * v198: Use autoconf installation technology. 6/23/94 * (thanks to David MacKenzie) * v199: Fix MS-DOS build (thanks to Tim Wiegman). 6/29/94 * v200: Clean up copyright, minor fixes. 7/25/94 * Posted to prep.ai.mit.edu * ----------------------------------------------------------------- * v201: Check for no memcpy; add casts to calloc; 7/27/94 * look for regcmp in libgen.a. * (thanks to Kaveh Ghazi). * v202: Fix bug in edit_next/edit_prev with 7/28/94 * non-existant files. * v203: Fix a variety of configuration bugs on 8/2/94 * various systems. (thanks to Sakai * Kiyotaka, Harald Koenig, Bjorn Brox, * Teemu Rantanen, and Thorsten Lockert) * v204: Use strerror if available. 8/3/94 * (thanks to J.T. Conklin) * v205: Fix bug in finding "me" termcap entry. 8/5/94 * (thanks to Andreas Stolcke) * v205+: Change BUFSIZ to LBUFSIZE to avoid name 8/10/94 * conflict with stdio.h. * Posted to prep.ai.mit.edu * ----------------------------------------------------------------- * v206: Use initial_scrpos for -t to avoid 8/10/94 * displaying first page before init(). * (thanks to Dominique Petitpierre) * v207: Fix bug if stdout is not tty. 8/12/94 * v208: Fix bug in close_altfile if goto err1 8/16/94 * in edit_ifile. (Thanks to M.J. Hewitt) * v209: Change scroll to wscroll to avoid 8/16/94 * conflict with library function. * v210: Fix bug with bold on 8 bit chars. 8/16/94 * (thanks to Vitor Duarte) * v211: Don't quit on EOI in jump_loc / forw. 8/16/94 * v212: Use time_t if available. 8/18/94 * v213: Allow ospeed to be defined in termcap.h. 8/20/94 * v214: Added HILITE_SEARCH, -F, ESC-u cmd. 8/20/94 * (thanks to Paul Lew and Bob Byrnes) * v215: Fix -i toggle behavior. 8/23/94 * v216: Process BS in all searches, not only -u. 8/23/94 * v217: Added -X flag. 8/24/94 * v218: Reimplement undo_search. 8/24/94 * v219: Find tags marked with line number 8/24/94 * instead of pattern. * v220: Stay at same position after SIG_WINCH. 8/24/94 * v221: Fix bug in file percentage in big file. 8/24/94 * v222: Do better if can't reopen current file. 8/25/94 * v223: Support setlocale. 8/27/94 * (thanks to Robert Joop) * v224: Revert v216: process BS in search 8/29/94 * only if -u. * v225: Rewrite undo_search again: toggle. 9/6/94 * v226: Configuration fixes. 9/15/94 * (thanks to David MacKenzie) * v227: Fixed strerror config problem. 9/19/94 * Posted to prep.ai.mit.edu * ----------------------------------------------------------------- * v228: Fix bug in signals: repeated calls to 9/21/94 * get_editkeys overflowed st_edittable. * v229: Fix "Nothing to search" error if -a 9/21/94 * and SRCH_PAST_EOF. * v230: Don't print extra error msg in search 9/21/94 * after regerror(). * v231: Fix hilite bug if search matches 0 chars. 9/22/94 * (thanks to John Polstra) * v232: Deal with weird systems that have 9/23/94 * termios.h but not tcgetattr(). * Posted to prep.ai.mit.edu * ----------------------------------------------------------------- * v233: Use get_term() instead of pos_init() in 9/26/94 * psignals to re-get lower_left termcap. * (Thanks to John Malecki) * v234: Make MIDDLE closer to middle of screen. 9/26/94 * v235: Use local strchr if system doesn't have. 9/27/94 * v236: Don't use libucb; use libterm if 9/28/94 * libtermcap & libcurses doesn't work. * (Fix for Solaris; thanks to Frank Kaefer) * v237: Use system isupper() etc if provided. 9/30/94 * Posted to prep.ai.mit.edu * ----------------------------------------------------------------- * v238: Make binary non-blinking if LESSBINFMT 10/6/94 * is set to a string without a *. * v239: Don't let delimit_word run back past 10/7/94 * beginning of cmdbuf. * v240: Don't write into termcap buffer. 10/10/94 * (Thanks to Benoit Speckel) * v241: New lesskey file format. 10/13/94 * Don't expand filenames in search command. * v242: Allow lesskey specification of "literal". 10/14/94 * v243: Add #stop command to lesskey. 10/14/94 * v244: Add -f flag to lesskey. 10/16/94 * v245: Allow TAB_COMPLETE_FILENAME to be undefd. 10/25/94 * v246: Move help file to /usr/local/share. 10/27/94 * v247: Add -V option. 10/27/94 * v248: Add -V option to lesskey. 11/5/94 * v249: Remove -f flag from lesskey; default 11/5/94 * input file is ~/.lesskey.in, not stdin. * v250: Lesskey input file "-" means stdin. 11/7/94 * v251: Convert cfgetospeed result to ospeed. 11/9/94 * (Thanks to Andrew Chernov) * v252: Change default lesskey input file from 11/16/94 * .lesskey.in to .lesskey. */ char version[] = "252"; lable. 8/3/94 * (thanks to J.T. Conklin) * v205: Fix bug in finding "me" termcap entry. 8/5/94 * (thanks to Andreas Stolcke) * v205+: Change Bless-252/regexp.c 444 2320 12 66521 5647700740 7072 /* * regcomp and regexec -- regsub and regerror are elsewhere * * Copyright (c) 1986 by University of Toronto. * Written by Henry Spencer. Not derived from licensed software. * * Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any * purpose on any computer system, and to redistribute it freely, * subject to the following restrictions: * * 1. The author is not responsible for the consequences of use of * this software, no matter how awful, even if they arise * from defects in it. * * 2. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented, either * by explicit claim or by omission. * * 3. Altered versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not * be misrepresented as being the original software. * * Beware that some of this code is subtly aware of the way operator * precedence is structured in regular expressions. Serious changes in * regular-expression syntax might require a total rethink. * * *** NOTE: this code has been altered slightly for use in Tcl. *** * Slightly modified by David MacKenzie to undo most of the changes for TCL. */ #include #include "regexp.h" char *strchr(); /* * The "internal use only" fields in regexp.h are present to pass info from * compile to execute that permits the execute phase to run lots faster on * simple cases. They are: * * regstart char that must begin a match; '\0' if none obvious * reganch is the match anchored (at beginning-of-line only)? * regmust string (pointer into program) that match must include, or NULL * regmlen length of regmust string * * Regstart and reganch permit very fast decisions on suitable starting points * for a match, cutting down the work a lot. Regmust permits fast rejection * of lines that cannot possibly match. The regmust tests are costly enough * that regcomp() supplies a regmust only if the r.e. contains something * potentially expensive (at present, the only such thing detected is * or + * at the start of the r.e., which can involve a lot of backup). Regmlen is * supplied because the test in regexec() needs it and regcomp() is * computing it anyway. */ /* * Structure for regexp "program". This is essentially a linear encoding * of a nondeterministic finite-state machine (aka syntax charts or * "railroad normal form" in parsing technology). Each node is an opcode * plus a "next" pointer, possibly plus an operand. "Next" pointers of * all nodes except BRANCH implement concatenation; a "next" pointer with * a BRANCH on both ends of it is connecting two alternatives. (Here we * have one of the subtle syntax dependencies: an individual BRANCH (as * opposed to a collection of them) is never concatenated with anything * because of operator precedence.) The operand of some types of node is * a literal string; for others, it is a node leading into a sub-FSM. In * particular, the operand of a BRANCH node is the first node of the branch. * (NB this is *not* a tree structure: the tail of the branch connects * to the thing following the set of BRANCHes.) The opcodes are: */ /* definition number opnd? meaning */ #define END 0 /* no End of program. */ #define BOL 1 /* no Match "" at beginning of line. */ #define EOL 2 /* no Match "" at end of line. */ #define ANY 3 /* no Match any one character. */ #define ANYOF 4 /* str Match any character in this string. */ #define ANYBUT 5 /* str Match any character not in this string. */ #define BRANCH 6 /* node Match this alternative, or the next... */ #define BACK 7 /* no Match "", "next" ptr points backward. */ #define EXACTLY 8 /* str Match this string. */ #define NOTHING 9 /* no Match empty string. */ #define STAR 10 /* node Match this (simple) thing 0 or more times. */ #define PLUS 11 /* node Match this (simple) thing 1 or more times. */ #define OPEN 20 /* no Mark this point in input as start of #n. */ /* OPEN+1 is number 1, etc. */ #define CLOSE 30 /* no Analogous to OPEN. */ /* * Opcode notes: * * BRANCH The set of branches constituting a single choice are hooked * together with their "next" pointers, since precedence prevents * anything being concatenated to any individual branch. The * "next" pointer of the last BRANCH in a choice points to the * thing following the whole choice. This is also where the * final "next" pointer of each individual branch points; each * branch starts with the operand node of a BRANCH node. * * BACK Normal "next" pointers all implicitly point forward; BACK * exists to make loop structures possible. * * STAR,PLUS '?', and complex '*' and '+', are implemented as circular * BRANCH structures using BACK. Simple cases (one character * per match) are implemented with STAR and PLUS for speed * and to minimize recursive plunges. * * OPEN,CLOSE ...are numbered at compile time. */ /* * A node is one char of opcode followed by two chars of "next" pointer. * "Next" pointers are stored as two 8-bit pieces, high order first. The * value is a positive offset from the opcode of the node containing it. * An operand, if any, simply follows the node. (Note that much of the * code generation knows about this implicit relationship.) * * Using two bytes for the "next" pointer is vast overkill for most things, * but allows patterns to get big without disasters. */ #define OP(p) (*(p)) #define NEXT(p) (((*((p)+1)&0377)<<8) + (*((p)+2)&0377)) #define OPERAND(p) ((p) + 3) /* * See regmagic.h for one further detail of program structure. */ /* * Utility definitions. */ #ifndef CHARBITS #define UCHARAT(p) ((int)*(unsigned char *)(p)) #else #define UCHARAT(p) ((int)*(p)&CHARBITS) #endif #define FAIL(m) { regerror(m); return(NULL); } #define ISMULT(c) ((c) == '*' || (c) == '+' || (c) == '?') #define META "^$.[()|?+*\\" /* * Flags to be passed up and down. */ #define HASWIDTH 01 /* Known never to match null string. */ #define SIMPLE 02 /* Simple enough to be STAR/PLUS operand. */ #define SPSTART 04 /* Starts with * or +. */ #define WORST 0 /* Worst case. */ /* * Global work variables for regcomp(). */ static char *regparse; /* Input-scan pointer. */ static int regnpar; /* () count. */ static char regdummy; static char *regcode; /* Code-emit pointer; ®dummy = don't. */ static long regsize; /* Code size. */ /* * The first byte of the regexp internal "program" is actually this magic * number; the start node begins in the second byte. */ #define MAGIC 0234 /* * Forward declarations for regcomp()'s friends. */ #ifndef STATIC #define STATIC static #endif STATIC char *reg(); STATIC char *regbranch(); STATIC char *regpiece(); STATIC char *regatom(); STATIC char *regnode(); STATIC char *regnext(); STATIC void regc(); STATIC void reginsert(); STATIC void regtail(); STATIC void regoptail(); #ifdef STRCSPN STATIC int strcspn(); #endif /* - regcomp - compile a regular expression into internal code * * We can't allocate space until we know how big the compiled form will be, * but we can't compile it (and thus know how big it is) until we've got a * place to put the code. So we cheat: we compile it twice, once with code * generation turned off and size counting turned on, and once "for real". * This also means that we don't allocate space until we are sure that the * thing really will compile successfully, and we never have to move the * code and thus invalidate pointers into it. (Note that it has to be in * one piece because free() must be able to free it all.) * * Beware that the optimization-preparation code in here knows about some * of the structure of the compiled regexp. */ regexp * regcomp(exp) char *exp; { register regexp *r; register char *scan; register char *longest; register int len; int flags; if (exp == NULL) FAIL("NULL argument"); /* First pass: determine size, legality. */ regparse = exp; regnpar = 1; regsize = 0L; regcode = ®dummy; regc(MAGIC); if (reg(0, &flags) == NULL) return(NULL); /* Small enough for pointer-storage convention? */ if (regsize >= 32767L) /* Probably could be 65535L. */ FAIL("regexp too big"); /* Allocate space. */ r = (regexp *)malloc(sizeof(regexp) + (unsigned)regsize); if (r == NULL) FAIL("out of space"); /* Second pass: emit code. */ regparse = exp; regnpar = 1; regcode = r->program; regc(MAGIC); if (reg(0, &flags) == NULL) return(NULL); /* Dig out information for optimizations. */ r->regstart = '\0'; /* Worst-case defaults. */ r->reganch = 0; r->regmust = NULL; r->regmlen = 0; scan = r->program+1; /* First BRANCH. */ if (OP(regnext(scan)) == END) { /* Only one top-level choice. */ scan = OPERAND(scan); /* Starting-point info. */ if (OP(scan) == EXACTLY) r->regstart = *OPERAND(scan); else if (OP(scan) == BOL) r->reganch++; /* * If there's something expensive in the r.e., find the * longest literal string that must appear and make it the * regmust. Resolve ties in favor of later strings, since * the regstart check works with the beginning of the r.e. * and avoiding duplication strengthens checking. Not a * strong reason, but sufficient in the absence of others. */ if (flags&SPSTART) { longest = NULL; len = 0; for (; scan != NULL; scan = regnext(scan)) if (OP(scan) == EXACTLY && ((int) strlen(OPERAND(scan))) >= len) { longest = OPERAND(scan); len = strlen(OPERAND(scan)); } r->regmust = longest; r->regmlen = len; } } return(r); } /* - reg - regular expression, i.e. main body or parenthesized thing * * Caller must absorb opening parenthesis. * * Combining parenthesis handling with the base level of regular expression * is a trifle forced, but the need to tie the tails of the branches to what * follows makes it hard to avoid. */ static char * reg(paren, flagp) int paren; /* Parenthesized? */ int *flagp; { register char *ret; register char *br; register char *ender; register int parno = 0; int flags; *flagp = HASWIDTH; /* Tentatively. */ /* Make an OPEN node, if parenthesized. */ if (paren) { if (regnpar >= NSUBEXP) FAIL("too many ()"); parno = regnpar; regnpar++; ret = regnode(OPEN+parno); } else ret = NULL; /* Pick up the branches, linking them together. */ br = regbranch(&flags); if (br == NULL) return(NULL); if (ret != NULL) regtail(ret, br); /* OPEN -> first. */ else ret = br; if (!(flags&HASWIDTH)) *flagp &= ~HASWIDTH; *flagp |= flags&SPSTART; while (*regparse == '|') { regparse++; br = regbranch(&flags); if (br == NULL) return(NULL); regtail(ret, br); /* BRANCH -> BRANCH. */ if (!(flags&HASWIDTH)) *flagp &= ~HASWIDTH; *flagp |= flags&SPSTART; } /* Make a closing node, and hook it on the end. */ ender = regnode((paren) ? CLOSE+parno : END); regtail(ret, ender); /* Hook the tails of the branches to the closing node. */ for (br = ret; br != NULL; br = regnext(br)) regoptail(br, ender); /* Check for proper termination. */ if (paren && *regparse++ != ')') { FAIL("unmatched ()"); } else if (!paren && *regparse != '\0') { if (*regparse == ')') { FAIL("unmatched ()"); } else FAIL("junk on end"); /* "Can't happen". */ /* NOTREACHED */ } return(ret); } /* - regbranch - one alternative of an | operator * * Implements the concatenation operator. */ static char * regbranch(flagp) int *flagp; { register char *ret; register char *chain; register char *latest; int flags; *flagp = WORST; /* Tentatively. */ ret = regnode(BRANCH); chain = NULL; while (*regparse != '\0' && *regparse != '|' && *regparse != ')') { latest = regpiece(&flags); if (latest == NULL) return(NULL); *flagp |= flags&HASWIDTH; if (chain == NULL) /* First piece. */ *flagp |= flags&SPSTART; else regtail(chain, latest); chain = latest; } if (chain == NULL) /* Loop ran zero times. */ (void) regnode(NOTHING); return(ret); } /* - regpiece - something followed by possible [*+?] * * Note that the branching code sequences used for ? and the general cases * of * and + are somewhat optimized: they use the same NOTHING node as * both the endmarker for their branch list and the body of the last branch. * It might seem that this node could be dispensed with entirely, but the * endmarker role is not redundant. */ static char * regpiece(flagp) int *flagp; { register char *ret; register char op; register char *next; int flags; ret = regatom(&flags); if (ret == NULL) return(NULL); op = *regparse; if (!ISMULT(op)) { *flagp = flags; return(ret); } if (!(flags&HASWIDTH) && op != '?') FAIL("*+ operand could be empty"); *flagp = (op != '+') ? (WORST|SPSTART) : (WORST|HASWIDTH); if (op == '*' && (flags&SIMPLE)) reginsert(STAR, ret); else if (op == '*') { /* Emit x* as (x&|), where & means "self". */ reginsert(BRANCH, ret); /* Either x */ regoptail(ret, regnode(BACK)); /* and loop */ regoptail(ret, ret); /* back */ regtail(ret, regnode(BRANCH)); /* or */ regtail(ret, regnode(NOTHING)); /* null. */ } else if (op == '+' && (flags&SIMPLE)) reginsert(PLUS, ret); else if (op == '+') { /* Emit x+ as x(&|), where & means "self". */ next = regnode(BRANCH); /* Either */ regtail(ret, next); regtail(regnode(BACK), ret); /* loop back */ regtail(next, regnode(BRANCH)); /* or */ regtail(ret, regnode(NOTHING)); /* null. */ } else if (op == '?') { /* Emit x? as (x|) */ reginsert(BRANCH, ret); /* Either x */ regtail(ret, regnode(BRANCH)); /* or */ next = regnode(NOTHING); /* null. */ regtail(ret, next); regoptail(ret, next); } regparse++; if (ISMULT(*regparse)) FAIL("nested *?+"); return(ret); } /* - regatom - the lowest level * * Optimization: gobbles an entire sequence of ordinary characters so that * it can turn them into a single node, which is smaller to store and * faster to run. Backslashed characters are exceptions, each becoming a * separate node; the code is simpler that way and it's not worth fixing. */ static char * regatom(flagp) int *flagp; { register char *ret; int flags; *flagp = WORST; /* Tentatively. */ switch (*regparse++) { case '^': ret = regnode(BOL); break; case '$': ret = regnode(EOL); break; case '.': ret = regnode(ANY); *flagp |= HASWIDTH|SIMPLE; break; case '[': { register int clss; register int classend; if (*regparse == '^') { /* Complement of range. */ ret = regnode(ANYBUT); regparse++; } else ret = regnode(ANYOF); if (*regparse == ']' || *regparse == '-') regc(*regparse++); while (*regparse != '\0' && *regparse != ']') { if (*regparse == '-') { regparse++; if (*regparse == ']' || *regparse == '\0') regc('-'); else { clss = UCHARAT(regparse-2)+1; classend = UCHARAT(regparse); if (clss > classend+1) FAIL("invalid [] range"); for (; clss <= classend; clss++) regc(clss); regparse++; } } else regc(*regparse++); } regc('\0'); if (*regparse != ']') FAIL("unmatched []"); regparse++; *flagp |= HASWIDTH|SIMPLE; } break; case '(': ret = reg(1, &flags); if (ret == NULL) return(NULL); *flagp |= flags&(HASWIDTH|SPSTART); break; case '\0': case '|': case ')': FAIL("internal urp"); /* Supposed to be caught earlier. */ /* NOTREACHED */ break; case '?': case '+': case '*': FAIL("?+* follows nothing"); /* NOTREACHED */ break; case '\\': if (*regparse == '\0') FAIL("trailing \\"); ret = regnode(EXACTLY); regc(*regparse++); regc('\0'); *flagp |= HASWIDTH|SIMPLE; break; default: { register int len; register char ender; regparse--; len = strcspn(regparse, META); if (len <= 0) FAIL("internal disaster"); ender = *(regparse+len); if (len > 1 && ISMULT(ender)) len--; /* Back off clear of ?+* operand. */ *flagp |= HASWIDTH; if (len == 1) *flagp |= SIMPLE; ret = regnode(EXACTLY); while (len > 0) { regc(*regparse++); len--; } regc('\0'); } break; } return(ret); } /* - regnode - emit a node */ static char * /* Location. */ regnode(op) char op; { register char *ret; register char *ptr; ret = regcode; if (ret == ®dummy) { regsize += 3; return(ret); } ptr = ret; *ptr++ = op; *ptr++ = '\0'; /* Null "next" pointer. */ *ptr++ = '\0'; regcode = ptr; return(ret); } /* - regc - emit (if appropriate) a byte of code */ static void regc(b) char b; { if (regcode != ®dummy) *regcode++ = b; else regsize++; } /* - reginsert - insert an operator in front of already-emitted operand * * Means relocating the operand. */ static void reginsert(op, opnd) char op; char *opnd; { register char *src; register char *dst; register char *place; if (regcode == ®dummy) { regsize += 3; return; } src = regcode; regcode += 3; dst = regcode; while (src > opnd) *--dst = *--src; place = opnd; /* Op node, where operand used to be. */ *place++ = op; *place++ = '\0'; *place++ = '\0'; } /* - regtail - set the next-pointer at the end of a node chain */ static void regtail(p, val) char *p; char *val; { register char *scan; register char *temp; register int offset; if (p == ®dummy) return; /* Find last node. */ scan = p; for (;;) { temp = regnext(scan); if (temp == NULL) break; scan = temp; } if (OP(scan) == BACK) offset = scan - val; else offset = val - scan; *(scan+1) = (offset>>8)&0377; *(scan+2) = offset&0377; } /* - regoptail - regtail on operand of first argument; nop if operandless */ static void regoptail(p, val) char *p; char *val; { /* "Operandless" and "op != BRANCH" are synonymous in practice. */ if (p == NULL || p == ®dummy || OP(p) != BRANCH) return; regtail(OPERAND(p), val); } /* * regexec and friends */ /* * Global work variables for regexec(). */ static char *reginput; /* String-input pointer. */ static char *regbol; /* Beginning of input, for ^ check. */ static char **regstartp; /* Pointer to startp array. */ static char **regendp; /* Ditto for endp. */ /* * Forwards. */ STATIC int regtry(); STATIC int regmatch(); STATIC int regrepeat(); #ifdef DEBUG int regnarrate = 0; void regdump(); STATIC char *regprop(); #endif /* - regexec - match a regexp against a string */ int regexec(prog, string) register regexp *prog; register char *string; { register char *s; /* Be paranoid... */ if (prog == NULL || string == NULL) { regerror("NULL parameter"); return(0); } /* Check validity of program. */ if (UCHARAT(prog->program) != MAGIC) { regerror("corrupted program"); return(0); } /* If there is a "must appear" string, look for it. */ if (prog->regmust != NULL) { s = string; while ((s = strchr(s, prog->regmust[0])) != NULL) { if (strncmp(s, prog->regmust, prog->regmlen) == 0) break; /* Found it. */ s++; } if (s == NULL) /* Not present. */ return(0); } /* Mark beginning of line for ^ . */ regbol = string; /* Simplest case: anchored match need be tried only once. */ if (prog->reganch) return(regtry(prog, string)); /* Messy cases: unanchored match. */ s = string; if (prog->regstart != '\0') /* We know what char it must start with. */ while ((s = strchr(s, prog->regstart)) != NULL) { if (regtry(prog, s)) return(1); s++; } else /* We don't -- general case. */ do { if (regtry(prog, s)) return(1); } while (*s++ != '\0'); /* Failure. */ return(0); } /* - regtry - try match at specific point */ static int /* 0 failure, 1 success */ regtry(prog, string) regexp *prog; char *string; { register int i; register char **sp; register char **ep; reginput = string; regstartp = prog->startp; regendp = prog->endp; sp = prog->startp; ep = prog->endp; for (i = NSUBEXP; i > 0; i--) { *sp++ = NULL; *ep++ = NULL; } if (regmatch(prog->program + 1)) { prog->startp[0] = string; prog->endp[0] = reginput; return(1); } else return(0); } /* - regmatch - main matching routine * * Conceptually the strategy is simple: check to see whether the current * node matches, call self recursively to see whether the rest matches, * and then act accordingly. In practice we make some effort to avoid * recursion, in particular by going through "ordinary" nodes (that don't * need to know whether the rest of the match failed) by a loop instead of * by recursion. */ static int /* 0 failure, 1 success */ regmatch(prog) char *prog; { register char *scan; /* Current node. */ char *next; /* Next node. */ scan = prog; #ifdef DEBUG if (scan != NULL && regnarrate) fprintf(stderr, "%s(\n", regprop(scan)); #endif while (scan != NULL) { #ifdef DEBUG if (regnarrate) fprintf(stderr, "%s...\n", regprop(scan)); #endif next = regnext(scan); switch (OP(scan)) { case BOL: if (reginput != regbol) return(0); break; case EOL: if (*reginput != '\0') return(0); break; case ANY: if (*reginput == '\0') return(0); reginput++; break; case EXACTLY: { register int len; register char *opnd; opnd = OPERAND(scan); /* Inline the first character, for speed. */ if (*opnd != *reginput) return(0); len = strlen(opnd); if (len > 1 && strncmp(opnd, reginput, len) != 0) return(0); reginput += len; } break; case ANYOF: if (*reginput == '\0' || strchr(OPERAND(scan), *reginput) == NULL) return(0); reginput++; break; case ANYBUT: if (*reginput == '\0' || strchr(OPERAND(scan), *reginput) != NULL) return(0); reginput++; break; case NOTHING: break; case BACK: break; case OPEN+1: case OPEN+2: case OPEN+3: case OPEN+4: case OPEN+5: case OPEN+6: case OPEN+7: case OPEN+8: case OPEN+9: { register int no; register char *save; no = OP(scan) - OPEN; save = reginput; if (regmatch(next)) { /* * Don't set startp if some later * invocation of the same parentheses * already has. */ if (regstartp[no] == NULL) regstartp[no] = save; return(1); } else return(0); } /* NOTREACHED */ break; case CLOSE+1: case CLOSE+2: case CLOSE+3: case CLOSE+4: case CLOSE+5: case CLOSE+6: case CLOSE+7: case CLOSE+8: case CLOSE+9: { register int no; register char *save; no = OP(scan) - CLOSE; save = reginput; if (regmatch(next)) { /* * Don't set endp if some later * invocation of the same parentheses * already has. */ if (regendp[no] == NULL) regendp[no] = save; return(1); } else return(0); } /* NOTREACHED */ break; case BRANCH: { register char *save; if (OP(next) != BRANCH) /* No choice. */ next = OPERAND(scan); /* Avoid recursion. */ else { do { save = reginput; if (regmatch(OPERAND(scan))) return(1); reginput = save; scan = regnext(scan); } while (scan != NULL && OP(scan) == BRANCH); return(0); /* NOTREACHED */ } } /* NOTREACHED */ break; case STAR: case PLUS: { register char nextch; register int no; register char *save; register int min; /* * Lookahead to avoid useless match attempts * when we know what character comes next. */ nextch = '\0'; if (OP(next) == EXACTLY) nextch = *OPERAND(next); min = (OP(scan) == STAR) ? 0 : 1; save = reginput; no = regrepeat(OPERAND(scan)); while (no >= min) { /* If it could work, try it. */ if (nextch == '\0' || *reginput == nextch) if (regmatch(next)) return(1); /* Couldn't or didn't -- back up. */ no--; reginput = save + no; } return(0); } /* NOTREACHED */ break; case END: return(1); /* Success! */ /* NOTREACHED */ break; default: regerror("memory corruption"); return(0); /* NOTREACHED */ break; } scan = next; } /* * We get here only if there's trouble -- normally "case END" is * the terminating point. */ regerror("corrupted pointers"); return(0); } /* - regrepeat - repeatedly match something simple, report how many */ static int regrepeat(p) char *p; { register int count = 0; register char *scan; register char *opnd; scan = reginput; opnd = OPERAND(p); switch (OP(p)) { case ANY: count = strlen(scan); scan += count; break; case EXACTLY: while (*opnd == *scan) { count++; scan++; } break; case ANYOF: while (*scan != '\0' && strchr(opnd, *scan) != NULL) { count++; scan++; } break; case ANYBUT: while (*scan != '\0' && strchr(opnd, *scan) == NULL) { count++; scan++; } break; default: /* Oh dear. Called inappropriately. */ regerror("internal foulup"); count = 0; /* Best compromise. */ break; } reginput = scan; return(count); } /* - regnext - dig the "next" pointer out of a node */ static char * regnext(p) register char *p; { register int offset; if (p == ®dummy) return(NULL); offset = NEXT(p); if (offset == 0) return(NULL); if (OP(p) == BACK) return(p-offset); else return(p+offset); } #ifdef DEBUG STATIC char *regprop(); /* - regdump - dump a regexp onto stdout in vaguely comprehensible form */ void regdump(r) regexp *r; { register char *s; register char op = EXACTLY; /* Arbitrary non-END op. */ register char *next; s = r->program + 1; while (op != END) { /* While that wasn't END last time... */ op = OP(s); printf("%2d%s", s-r->program, regprop(s)); /* Where, what. */ next = regnext(s); if (next == NULL) /* Next ptr. */ printf("(0)"); else printf("(%d)", (s-r->program)+(next-s)); s += 3; if (op == ANYOF || op == ANYBUT || op == EXACTLY) { /* Literal string, where present. */ while (*s != '\0') { putchar(*s); s++; } s++; } putchar('\n'); } /* Header fields of interest. */ if (r->regstart != '\0') printf("start `%c' ", r->regstart); if (r->reganch) printf("anchored "); if (r->regmust != NULL) printf("must have \"%s\"", r->regmust); printf("\n"); } /* - regprop - printable representation of opcode */ static char * regprop(op) char *op; { register char *p; static char buf[50]; (void) strcpy(buf, ":"); switch (OP(op)) { case BOL: p = "BOL"; break; case EOL: p = "EOL"; break; case ANY: p = "ANY"; break; case ANYOF: p = "ANYOF"; break; case ANYBUT: p = "ANYBUT"; break; case BRANCH: p = "BRANCH"; break; case EXACTLY: p = "EXACTLY"; break; case NOTHING: p = "NOTHING"; break; case BACK: p = "BACK"; break; case END: p = "END"; break; case OPEN+1: case OPEN+2: case OPEN+3: case OPEN+4: case OPEN+5: case OPEN+6: case OPEN+7: case OPEN+8: case OPEN+9: sprintf(buf+strlen(buf), "OPEN%d", OP(op)-OPEN); p = NULL; break; case CLOSE+1: case CLOSE+2: case CLOSE+3: case CLOSE+4: case CLOSE+5: case CLOSE+6: case CLOSE+7: case CLOSE+8: case CLOSE+9: sprintf(buf+strlen(buf), "CLOSE%d", OP(op)-CLOSE); p = NULL; break; case STAR: p = "STAR"; break; case PLUS: p = "PLUS"; break; default: regerror("corrupted opcode"); break; } if (p != NULL) (void) strcat(buf, p); return(buf); } #endif /* * The following is provided for those people who do not have strcspn() in * their C libraries. They should get off their butts and do something * about it; at least one public-domain implementation of those (highly * useful) string routines has been published on Usenet. */ #ifdef STRCSPN /* * strcspn - find length of initial segment of s1 consisting entirely * of characters not from s2 */ static int strcspn(s1, s2) char *s1; char *s2; { register char *scan1; register char *scan2; register int count; count = 0; for (scan1 = s1; *scan1 != '\0'; scan1++) { for (scan2 = s2; *scan2 != '\0';) /* ++ moved down. */ if (*scan1 == *scan2++) return(count); count++; } return(count); } #endif rror("memory corruption"); return(0); /* NOTREACHED */ break; } scan = next; } /* * We get here only if there's trouble -- normally "case END" is * the teless-252/regexp.h 444 2320 12 1602 5647700740 7044 /* * Definitions etc. for regexp(3) routines. * * Caveat: this is V8 regexp(3) [actually, a reimplementation thereof], * not the System V one. */ #ifndef _REGEXP #define _REGEXP 1 #define NSUBEXP 10 typedef struct regexp { char *startp[NSUBEXP]; char *endp[NSUBEXP]; char regstart; /* Internal use only. */ char reganch; /* Internal use only. */ char *regmust; /* Internal use only. */ int regmlen; /* Internal use only. */ char program[1]; /* Unwarranted chumminess with compiler. */ } regexp; #if defined(__STDC__) || defined(__cplusplus) # define _ANSI_ARGS_(x) x #else # define _ANSI_ARGS_(x) () #endif extern regexp *regcomp _ANSI_ARGS_((char *exp)); extern int regexec _ANSI_ARGS_((regexp *prog, char *string)); extern void regsub _ANSI_ARGS_((regexp *prog, char *source, char *dest)); extern void regerror _ANSI_ARGS_((char *msg)); #endif /* REGEXP */ less-252/INSTALL 444 2320 12 13655 5647700734 6470 This is a generic INSTALL file for utilities distributions. If this package does not come with, e.g., installable documentation or data files, please ignore the references to them below. The `configure' shell script attempts to guess correct values for various system-dependent variables used during compilation, and creates the Makefile(s) (one in each subdirectory of the source directory). In some packages it creates a C header file containing system-dependent definitions. It also creates a file `config.status' that you can run in the future to recreate the current configuration. To compile this package: 1. Configure the package for your system. Normally, you just `cd' to the directory containing the package's source code and type `./configure'. If you're using `csh' on an old version of System V, you might need to type `sh configure' instead to prevent `csh' from trying to execute `configure' itself. Running `configure' takes awhile. While it is running, it prints some messages that tell what it is doing. If you don't want to see any messages, run `configure' with its standard output redirected to `/dev/null'; for example, `./configure >/dev/null'. To compile the package in a different directory from the one containing the source code, you must use a version of `make' that supports the `VPATH' variable, such as GNU `make'. `cd' to the directory where you want the object files and executables to go and run the `configure' script. `configure' automatically checks for the source code in the directory that `configure' is in and in `..'. If for some reason `configure' is not in the source code directory that you are configuring, then it will report that it can't find the source code. In that case, run `configure' with the option `--srcdir=DIR', where DIR is the directory that contains the source code. By default, `make install' will install the package's files in `/usr/local/bin', `/usr/local/man', etc. You can specify an installation prefix other than `/usr/local' by giving `configure' the option `--prefix=PATH'. Alternately, you can do so by consistently giving a value for the `prefix' variable when you run `make', e.g., make prefix=/usr/gnu make prefix=/usr/gnu install You can specify separate installation prefixes for architecture-specific files and architecture-independent files. If you give `configure' the option `--exec-prefix=PATH' or set the `make' variable `exec_prefix' to PATH, the package will use PATH as the prefix for installing programs and libraries. Data files and documentation will still use the regular prefix. Normally, all files are installed using the same prefix. Some packages pay attention to `--with-PACKAGE' options to `configure', where PACKAGE is something like `gnu-as' or `x' (for the X Window System). They may also pay attention to `--enable-FEATURE' options, where FEATURE indicates an optional part of the package. The README should mention any `--with-' and `--enable-' options that the package recognizes. `configure' also recognizes the following options: `--help' Print a summary of the options to `configure', and exit. `--quiet' `--silent' Do not print messages saying which checks are being made. `--verbose' Print the results of the checks. `--version' Print the version of Autoconf used to generate the `configure' script, and exit. `--x-includes=DIR' X include files are in DIR. `--x-libraries=DIR' X library files are in DIR. `configure' also accepts and ignores some other options. On systems that require unusual options for compilation or linking that the package's `configure' script does not know about, you can give `configure' initial values for variables by setting them in the environment. In Bourne-compatible shells, you can do that on the command line like this: CC='gcc -traditional' LIBS=-lposix ./configure On systems that have the `env' program, you can do it like this: env CC='gcc -traditional' LIBS=-lposix ./configure Here are the `make' variables that you might want to override with environment variables when running `configure'. For these variables, any value given in the environment overrides the value that `configure' would choose: - Variable: CC C compiler program. The default is `cc'. - Variable: INSTALL Program to use to install files. The default is `install' if you have it, `cp' otherwise. For these variables, any value given in the environment is added to the value that `configure' chooses: - Variable: DEFS Configuration options, in the form `-Dfoo -Dbar...'. Do not use this variable in packages that create a configuration header file. - Variable: LIBS Libraries to link with, in the form `-lfoo -lbar...'. If you need to do unusual things to compile the package, we encourage you to figure out how `configure' could check whether to do them, and mail diffs or instructions to the address given in the README so we can include them in the next release. 2. Type `make' to compile the package. If you want, you can override the `make' variables CFLAGS and LDFLAGS like this: make CFLAGS=-O2 LDFLAGS=-s 3. If the package comes with self-tests and you want to run them, type `make check'. If you're not sure whether there are any, try it; if `make' responds with something like make: *** No way to make target `check'. Stop. then the package does not come with self-tests. 4. Type `make install' to install programs, data files, and documentation. 5. You can remove the program binaries and object files from the source directory by typing `make clean'. To also remove the Makefile(s), the header file containing system-dependent definitions (if the package uses one), and `config.status' (all the files that `configure' created), type `make distclean'. The file `configure.in' is used to create `configure' by a program called `autoconf'. You only need it if you want to regenerate `configure' using a newer version of `autoconf'. c. You can specify an installation prefix other than `/usr/local' by giving `confiless-252/Makefile.in 444 2320 12 7332 5657267364 7467 # Makefile for less. #### Start of system configuration section. #### srcdir = @srcdir@ VPATH = @srcdir@ CC = @CC@ INSTALL = @INSTALL@ INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@ INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@ CFLAGS = -O CFLAGS_COMPILE_ONLY = -c LDFLAGS = O=o LIBS = @LIBS@ prefix = @prefix@ exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@ # Where the installed binary goes. bindir = $(exec_prefix)/bin binprefix = # Where the help file goes. datadir = $(prefix)/share mandir = $(prefix)/man/man$(manext) manext = 1 manprefix = #### End of system configuration section. #### SHELL = /bin/sh # This rule allows us to supply the necessary -D options # in addition to whatever the user asks for. .c.o: $(CC) -I. $(CFLAGS_COMPILE_ONLY) $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $< SRC = main.c screen.c brac.c ch.c charset.c cmdbuf.c \ command.c decode.c edit.c filename.c forwback.c \ help.c ifile.c input.c jump.c line.c linenum.c \ lsystem.c mark.c optfunc.c option.c opttbl.c os.c \ output.c position.c prompt.c search.c signal.c \ tags.c ttyin.c version.c OBJ = main.$(O) screen.$(O) brac.$(O) ch.$(O) charset.$(O) cmdbuf.$(O) \ command.$(O) decode.$(O) edit.$(O) filename.$(O) forwback.$(O) \ help.$(O) ifile.$(O) input.$(O) jump.$(O) line.$(O) linenum.$(O) \ lsystem.$(O) mark.$(O) optfunc.$(O) option.$(O) opttbl.$(O) os.$(O) \ output.$(O) position.$(O) prompt.$(O) search.$(O) signal.$(O) \ tags.$(O) ttyin.$(O) version.$(O) @REGEX_O@ DISTFILES = ${SRC} regexp.c regexp.h \ INSTALL Makefile.in Makefile.dos README NEWS \ configure configure.in doscreen.c acconfig.h lesskey.c \ cmd.h defines.dos funcs.h less.h lesskey.h option.h position.h \ install.sh defines.h.in defines.h.top mkinstalldirs \ less.nro lesskey.nro less.man lesskey.man less.hlp all: less lesskey less: $(OBJ) $(CC) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ $(OBJ) $(LIBS) lesskey: lesskey.$(O) version.$(O) $(CC) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ lesskey.$(O) version.$(O) $(OBJ): less.h defines.h funcs.h filename.$(O): filename.c ${CC} -c -DHELPFILE=\"${datadir}/less.hlp\" -I. ${CPPFLAGS} ${CFLAGS} ${srcdir}/filename.c install: all less.hlp less.nro installdirs ${INSTALL_PROGRAM} less ${bindir}/${binprefix}less ${INSTALL_PROGRAM} lesskey ${bindir}/${binprefix}lesskey ${INSTALL_DATA} ${srcdir}/less.hlp ${datadir}/less.hlp ${INSTALL_DATA} ${srcdir}/less.nro ${mandir}/${manprefix}less.${manext} ${INSTALL_DATA} ${srcdir}/lesskey.nro ${mandir}/${manprefix}lesskey.${manext} installdirs: mkinstalldirs ${srcdir}/mkinstalldirs ${bindir} ${datadir} ${mandir} uninstall: rm -f ${bindir}/${binprefix}less ${bindir}/${binprefix}lesskey rm -f ${datadir}/less.hlp rm -f ${mandir}/less.${manext} ${mandir}/lesskey.${manext} info: install-info: dvi: check: installcheck: TAGS: cd ${srcdir} && etags *.c *.h # config.status might not change defines.h # Don't rerun config.status if we just configured (so there's no stamp-h). defines.h: stamp-h stamp-h: defines.h.in config.status test ! -f stamp-h || ./config.status touch stamp-h Makefile: Makefile.in config.status ./config.status config.status: configure ./config.status --recheck lint: lint -I. $(CPPFLAGS) $(SRC) newfuncs: awk -f mkfuncs.awk $(SRC) >newfuncs clean: rm -f *.$(O) core less lesskey mostlyclean: clean distclean: clean rm -f Makefile config.status defines.h stamp-h realclean: distclean rm -f TAGS dist: ${DISTFILES} if [ ! -d release ]; then mkdir release; fi @REL=`sed -e '/char version/!d' -e 's/[^0-9.]*\([0-9.]*\).*/less-\1/' -e q version.c`; \ rm -rf release/$$REL; mkdir release/$$REL; \ echo "Creating release/$$REL/$$REL.tar.gz"; \ rm -rf $$REL; mkdir $$REL; \ for file in ${DISTFILES}; do \ ln $$file $$REL || \ { echo "cannot link, copying $$file"; cp -p $$file $$REL; }; \ done; \ tar -chf - $$REL | gzip -c >release/$$REL/$$REL.tar.gz; \ rm -rf $$REL sskey less: $(OBJ) $(CC) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ $(OBJ) $(LIBS) lesskey: lesskey.$(O) version.$(O) $(CC) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ lesskey.$(O) version.$(O) $(OBJ): less.h defines.h funcs.h filename.$(O): filename.c ${CC} -c -DHELPFILE=\"${datadir}/less.hlp\" -I. ${CPPFLAGS} ${CFLAGS} ${srcdir}/filenamless-252/Makefile.dos 444 2320 12 2534 5647700734 7635 # Makefile for less. # MS-DOS version #### Start of system configuration section. #### CC = cl LIBDIR = \msc6.0\lib CFLAGS = -O /Alfw LDFLAGS = -O LIBS = ${LIBDIR}\llibce.lib ${LIBDIR}\graphics.lib #### End of system configuration section. #### # This rule allows us to supply the necessary -D options # in addition to whatever the user asks for. .c.obj: ${CC} -c -I. ${CPPFLAGS} ${CFLAGS} $< SRC = main.c doscreen.c brac.c ch.c charset.c cmdbuf.c command.c \ decode.c edit.c filename.c forwback.c help.c ifile.c \ input.c jump.c line.c linenum.c lsystem.c \ mark.c optfunc.c option.c opttbl.c os.c output.c \ position.c prompt.c search.c signal.c tags.c \ ttyin.c version.c OBJ = main.obj doscreen.obj brac.obj ch.obj charset.obj cmdbuf.obj command.obj \ decode.obj edit.obj filename.obj forwback.obj help.obj ifile.obj \ input.obj jump.obj line.obj linenum.obj lsystem.obj \ mark.obj optfunc.obj option.obj opttbl.obj os.obj output.obj \ position.obj prompt.obj search.obj signal.obj tags.obj \ ttyin.obj version.obj all: less lesskey # This is really horrible, but the command line is too long for # MS-DOS if we try to link $(OBJ). less: $(OBJ) -del lesskey.obj $(CC) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ *.obj $(LIBS) lesskey: lesskey.obj $(CC) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ lesskey.obj $(LIBS) $(OBJ): less.h defines.h clean: -del *.obj -del less.exe -del lesskey.exe 's/[^0-9.]*\([0-9.]*\).*/less-\1/' -e q version.c`; \ rm -rf release/$$REL; mkdir release/$$REL; \ echo "Creating release/$$REL/$$REL.tar.gz"; \ rm -rf $$REL; mless-252/README 444 2320 12 6441 5662456110 6263 ======================================================================= === NOTE: THIS IS A DISTRIBUTION OF less (version 252) === === PLEASE REPORT ANY PROBLEMS TO THE AUTHOR AT markn@3do.com. === ======================================================================= This is the distribution of "less", a paginator similar to "more" or "pg". The formatted manual page is in less.man. The manual page nroff source is in less.nro. Major changes made since the last posted version are in NEWS. INSTALLATION (Unix systems only): 1. Move the distributed source to its own directory and unpack it by running "sh" or "unshar" on the distribution files, if you have not already done so. 2. Type "sh configure". This will generate a Makefile and a defines.h. Warning: if you have a GNU sed, make sure it is version 2.05 or later. 3. It is a good idea to look over the generated Makefile and defines.h and make sure they look ok. If you know of any peculiarities of your system that configure might not have detected, you may fix the Makefile now. If you wish, you may edit defines.h to remove some optional features. If you choose not to include some features in your version, you may wish to edit the manual page "less.nro" and the help page "less.hlp" to remove the descriptions of the features which you are removing. 4. Type "make" and watch the fun. 5. If the make succeeds, it will generate a program "less" in your current directory. Test the generated program. 6. When satisfied that it works, if you wish to install it in a public place, type "make install". If you have any problems building or running "less", suggestions, complaints, etc., you may mail to the author at markn@3do.com Note to hackers: comments noting possible improvements are enclosed in double curly brackets {{ like this }}. INSTALLATION (MS-DOS systems only) 1. Move the distributed source to its own directory. Make sure the source has been converted to have CR-LF rather than LF as line terminators. 2. Rename MAKEFILE.DOS to MAKEFILE. Rename DEFINES.DOS to DEFINES.H. 3. Look at MAKEFILE to make sure that the definitions for CC and LIBDIR are correct. CC should be the name of your Microsoft C compiler and LIBDIR should be the directory where the Microsoft C librarires reside. If these definitions need to be changed, you can either modify the definitions directly in MAKEFILE, or set your environment variables CC and/or LIBDIR to override the definitions in MAKEFILE. 4. If you wish, you may edit defines.h to remove some optional features. If you choose not to include some features in your version, you may wish to edit the manual page LESS.MAN and the help page LESS.HLP to remove the descriptions of the features which you are removing. 5. Type "make" and watch the fun. You may need to invoke "make -e", if your "make" requires the -e flag to import environment variables. If your compiler runs out of memory, try running "make -n >cmds.bat" and then run cmds.bat. 6. If the make succeeds, it will generate a program "LESS.EXE" in your current directory. Test the generated program. 7. When satisfied that it works, you may wish to install LESS.EXE, LESSKEY.EXE and LESS.HLP in a directory which is included in your PATH. s: CC='gcc -traditional' LIBS=-lposix ./configure On systems that have the `env' program, you can do it like this: env CC='gcc -traditional' LIBS=-lposix ./configure Here are the `make' variables that you mless-252/NEWS 444 2320 12 16124 5662456101 6121 Major changes between "less" versions 237 and 252 * Changes in line-editing keys: The literal key is now ^V or ^A rather than \ (backslash). Filename completion commands (TAB and ^L) are disabled when typing a search pattern. * Line-editing command keys can be redefined using lesskey. * Lesskey with no input file defaults to $HOME/.lesskey rather than standard input. * New option -V displays version number of less. * New option -V displays version number of lesskey. * Help file less.hlp is now installed by default in /usr/local/share rather than /usr/local/lib. ====================================================================== Major changes between "less" versions 170 and 237 * By popular demand, text which matches the current search pattern is highlighted. New -F flag disables this feature. * Henry Spencer's regexp.c is now included, for systems which do not have a regular expression library. regexp.c is Copyright (c) 1986 by University of Toronto. * New line-editing keys, including command history (arrow keys) and filename completion (TAB). * Input preprocessor allows modification of input files (e.g. uncompress) via LESSOPEN/LESSCLOSE environment variables. * New -X flag disables sending termcap "ti" and "te" (initialize and deinitialize) strings to the terminal. * Changing -i from within less now correctly affects a subsequent repeated search. * Searching for underlined or overstruck text now works when the -u flag is in effect, rather than the -i flag. * Use setlocale (LANG and LC_CTYPE environment variables) to determine the character set if LESSCHARSET/LESSCHARDEF are not set. * The default format for displaying binary characters is now standout (reverse video) rather than blinking. This can still be changed by setting the LESSBINFMT environment variable. * Use autoconf installation technology. * Ported to MS-DOS. ******************************** Things that may surprise you ******************************** * When you enter text at the bottom of the screen (search string, filename, etc.), some keys act different than previously. Specifically, \ (backslash), ESC, TAB, BACKTAB, and control-L now have line editing functions. * Some previous unofficial versions of less were able to display compressed files. The new LESSOPEN/LESSCLOSE feature now provides this functionality in a different way. * Some previous unofficial versions of less provided a -Z flag to set the number of lines of text to retain between full screen scrolls. The -z-n flag (that is, -z with a negative number) provides this functionality. ====================================================================== Major changes between "less" versions 123 and 170 * New option -j allows target lines to be positioned anywhere on screen. * New option -S truncates displayed line at the screen width, rather than wrapping onto the next line. * New option -y limits amount of forward scroll. * New option -T specifies a "tags" file. * Non-printable, non-control characters are displayed in octal. Such characters, as well as control characters, are displayed in blinking mode. * New command -+ sets an option to its default. * New command -- sets an option to the opposite of its default. * Lesskey file may have a string appended to a key's action, which acts as though typed in after the command. * New commands ESC-^F and ESC-^B match arbitrary types of brackets. * New command F monitors a growing file (like "tail -f"). * New command | pipes a section of the input file into a shell command. * New command :x directly jumps to a file in the command line list. * Search commands have been enhanced and reorganized: n Repeat search, same direction. N Repeat search, opposite direction. ESC-/ Search forward thru file boundaries ESC-? Search backward thru file boundaries ESC-n Repeat search thru file boundaries, same direction. ESC-N Repeat search thru file boundaries, opposite direction. Special character * causes search to search thru file boundaries. Special character @ causes search to begin at start/end of file list. * Examining a new file adds it to the command line list. A list of files, or an expression which matches more than one file, may be examined; all of them are added to the command line list. * Environment variables LESSCHARSET and LESSCHARDEF can define a non-ASCII character set. * Partial support for MSDOS, including options -R for repainting screen on quit, -v/-V to select video mode, and -W to change window size. ====================================================================== Major changes between "less" versions 97 and 123 * New option (-N) causes line numbers to be displayed in the text of the file (like vi "set nu"). * New option (-?) prints help message immediately. * New option (-r) displays "raw" control characters, without mapping them to ^X notation. * New option (-f) forces less to open non-regular files (directories, etc). * New option (-k) can be used to specify lesskey files by name. * New option (-y) can be used to set a forward scroll limit (like -h sets a backward scroll limit). * File marks (set by the m command) are now preserved when a new file is edited. The ' command can thus be used to switch files. * New command ESC-/ searches all files (on the command line) for a pattern. * New command ESC-n repeats previous search, spanning files. * The N command has been changed to repeat the previous search in the reverse direction. The old N command is still available via :n. * New command ESC-N repeats previous search in the reverse direction and spanning files. * 8 bit characters are now supported. A new option (-g) can be used to strip off the eighth bit (the previous behavior). * Options which take a following string (like -t) may now optionally have a space between the option letter and the string. * Six new commands { } ( ) [ and ] can be used to match brackets of specific types, similar to vi % command. * New commands z and w move forward/backward one window and simultaneously set the window size. * Prompt string expansion now has %L for line number of the last line in the file, and %E for the name of the editor. Also, % escapes which refer to a line (b=bottom, t=top, etc.) can use j for the jump target line. * New environment variable LESSEDIT can be used to tailor the command string passed to the editor by the v command. * Examining a file which was previously examined will return to the same position in the file. * A "%" is expanded to the current filename and a "#" to the previous filename, in both shell commands and the E command. (Previously % worked only in shell commands and # worked only in the E command.) * New command ":ta" is equivalent to "-t". * New command "s" is equivalent to "-l". * The - command may be followed by "+X" to revert to the default for option X, or "-X" to get the opposite of the default. * Lesskey files may now include characters after the action as extra input to be parsed after the action; for example: "toggle-option X" to toggle a specific option X. hese variables, any value given in the environment overrides the value that `configure' would choose: - Variable: CC C compiler program. The default is `cc'. - Variable: INSTALL Program to use to install files. The default is `install' if you have it, `cp' otherwise. For these variables, any value given in the environment is added to the value that `configure' chooses: - Variable: DEFS Configuless-252/configure 755 2320 12 125524 5662456212 7363 #!/bin/sh # Guess values for system-dependent variables and create Makefiles. # Generated automatically using autoconf version 1.11 # Copyright (C) 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This configure script is free software; you can redistribute it and/or # modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published # by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) # any later version. # This script is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but # WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of # MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General # Public License for more details. # You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License # along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software # Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. # Save the original args to write them into config.status later. configure_args="$*" # Only options that might do something get documented. ac_usage="Usage: configure [options] [host] Options: [defaults in brackets after descriptions] --build=BUILD configure for building on BUILD [BUILD=HOST] --disable-FEATURE do not include FEATURE (same as --enable-FEATURE=no) --enable-FEATURE[=ARG] include FEATURE [ARG=yes] --exec-prefix=PREFIX install host dependent files in PREFIX [/usr/local] --help print this message --host=HOST configure for HOST [guessed] --prefix=PREFIX install host independent files in PREFIX [/usr/local] --quiet, --silent do not print \`checking for...' messages --srcdir=DIR find the sources in DIR [configure dir or ..] --target=TARGET configure for TARGET [TARGET=HOST] --verbose print results of checks --version print the version of autoconf that created configure --with-PACKAGE[=ARG] use PACKAGE [ARG=yes] --without-PACKAGE do not use PACKAGE (same as --with-PACKAGE=no) --x-includes=DIR X include files are in DIR --x-libraries=DIR X library files are in DIR" # Initialize some variables set by options. # The variables have the same names as the options, with # dashes changed to underlines. build=NONE exec_prefix= host=NONE no_create= nonopt=NONE norecursion= prefix= program_prefix= program_suffix= program_transform_name= silent= srcdir= target=NONE verbose= x_includes= x_libraries= ac_prev= for ac_option do # If the previous option needs an argument, assign it. if test -n "$ac_prev"; then eval "$ac_prev=\$ac_option" ac_prev= continue fi # Accept (but ignore some of) the important Cygnus configure # options, so we can diagnose typos. case "$ac_option" in -*=*) ac_optarg=`echo "$ac_option" | sed 's/[-_a-zA-Z0-9]*=//'` ;; *) ac_optarg= ;; esac case "$ac_option" in -build | --build | --buil | --bui | --bu | --b) ac_prev=build ;; -build=* | --build=* | --buil=* | --bui=* | --bu=* | --b=*) build="$ac_optarg" ;; -disable-* | --disable-*) ac_feature=`echo $ac_option|sed -e 's/-*disable-//'` # Reject names that aren't valid shell variable names. if test -n "`echo $ac_feature| sed 's/[-a-zA-Z0-9_]//g'`"; then echo "configure: $ac_feature: invalid feature name" >&2; exit 1 fi ac_feature=`echo $ac_feature| sed 's/-/_/g'` eval "enable_${ac_feature}=no" ;; -enable-* | --enable-*) ac_feature=`echo $ac_option|sed -e 's/-*enable-//' -e 's/=.*//'` # Reject names that aren't valid shell variable names. if test -n "`echo $ac_feature| sed 's/[-_a-zA-Z0-9]//g'`"; then echo "configure: $ac_feature: invalid feature name" >&2; exit 1 fi ac_feature=`echo $ac_feature| sed 's/-/_/g'` case "$ac_option" in *=*) ;; *) ac_optarg=yes ;; esac eval "enable_${ac_feature}='$ac_optarg'" ;; # For backward compatibility, recognize -exec-prefix and --exec_prefix. -exec-prefix | --exec_prefix | --exec-prefix | --exec-prefi \ | --exec-pref | --exec-pre | --exec-pr | --exec-p | --exec- \ | --exec | --exe | --ex) ac_prev=exec_prefix ;; -exec-prefix=* | --exec_prefix=* | --exec-prefix=* | --exec-prefi=* \ | --exec-pref=* | --exec-pre=* | --exec-pr=* | --exec-p=* | --exec-=* \ | --exec=* | --exe=* | --ex=*) exec_prefix="$ac_optarg" ;; -gas | --gas | --ga | --g) with_gas=yes ;; # Obsolete; use --with-gas. -help | --help | --hel | --he) cat << EOF $ac_usage EOF exit 0 ;; -host | --host | --hos | --ho) ac_prev=host ;; -host=* | --host=* | --hos=* | --ho=*) host="$ac_optarg" ;; -nfp | --nfp | --nf) with_fp=no ;; # Obsolete; use --without-fp. -no-create | --no-create | --no-creat | --no-crea | --no-cre \ | --no-cr | --no-c) no_create=yes ;; -norecursion | --norecursion | --norecursio | --norecursi \ | --norecurs | --norecur | --norecu | --norec | --nore | --nor) norecursion=yes ;; -prefix | --prefix | --prefi | --pref | --pre | --pr | --p) ac_prev=prefix ;; -prefix=* | --prefix=* | --prefi=* | --pref=* | --pre=* | --pr=* | --p=*) prefix="$ac_optarg" ;; -program-prefix | --program-prefix | --program-prefi | --program-pref \ | --program-pre | --program-pr | --program-p) ac_prev=program_prefix ;; -program-prefix=* | --program-prefix=* | --program-prefi=* \ | --program-pref=* | --program-pre=* | --program-pr=* | --program-p=*) program_prefix="$ac_optarg" ;; -program-suffix | --program-suffix | --program-suffi | --program-suff \ | --program-suf | --program-su | --program-s) ac_prev=program_suffix ;; -program-suffix=* | --program-suffix=* | --program-suffi=* \ | --program-suff=* | --program-suf=* | --program-su=* | --program-s=*) program_suffix="$ac_optarg" ;; -program-transform-name | --program-transform-name \ | --program-transform-nam | --program-transform-na \ | --program-transform-n | --program-transform- \ | --program-transform | --program-transfor \ | --program-transfo | --program-transf \ | --program-trans | --program-tran \ | --progr-tra | --program-tr | --program-t) ac_prev=program_transform_name ;; -program-transform-name=* | --program-transform-name=* \ | --program-transform-nam=* | --program-transform-na=* \ | --program-transform-n=* | --program-transform-=* \ | --program-transform=* | --program-transfor=* \ | --program-transfo=* | --program-transf=* \ | --program-trans=* | --program-tran=* \ | --progr-tra=* | --program-tr=* | --program-t=*) program_transform_name="$ac_optarg" ;; -q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \ | -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil) silent=yes ;; -srcdir | --srcdir | --srcdi | --srcd | --src | --sr) ac_prev=srcdir ;; -srcdir=* | --srcdir=* | --srcdi=* | --srcd=* | --src=* | --sr=*) srcdir="$ac_optarg" ;; -target | --target | --targe | --targ | --tar | --ta | --t) ac_prev=target ;; -target=* | --target=* | --targe=* | --targ=* | --tar=* | --ta=* | --t=*) target="$ac_optarg" ;; -v | -verbose | --verbose | --verbos | --verbo | --verb) verbose=yes ;; -version | --version | --versio | --versi | --vers) echo "configure generated by autoconf version 1.11" exit 0 ;; -with-* | --with-*) ac_package=`echo $ac_option|sed -e 's/-*with-//' -e 's/=.*//'` # Reject names that aren't valid shell variable names. if test -n "`echo $ac_package| sed 's/[-_a-zA-Z0-9]//g'`"; then echo "configure: $ac_package: invalid package name" >&2; exit 1 fi ac_package=`echo $ac_package| sed 's/-/_/g'` case "$ac_option" in *=*) ;; *) ac_optarg=yes ;; esac eval "with_${ac_package}='$ac_optarg'" ;; -without-* | --without-*) ac_package=`echo $ac_option|sed -e 's/-*without-//'` # Reject names that aren't valid shell variable names. if test -n "`echo $ac_package| sed 's/[-a-zA-Z0-9_]//g'`"; then echo "configure: $ac_package: invalid package name" >&2; exit 1 fi ac_package=`echo $ac_package| sed 's/-/_/g'` eval "with_${ac_package}=no" ;; --x) with_x=yes ;; # Obsolete; use --with-x. -x-includes | --x-includes | --x-include | --x-includ | --x-inclu \ | --x-incl | --x-inc | --x-in | --x-i) ac_prev=x_includes ;; -x-includes=* | --x-includes=* | --x-include=* | --x-includ=* | --x-inclu=* \ | --x-incl=* | --x-inc=* | --x-in=* | --x-i=*) x_includes="$ac_optarg" ;; -x-libraries | --x-libraries | --x-librarie | --x-librari \ | --x-librar | --x-libra | --x-libr | --x-lib | --x-li | --x-l) ac_prev=x_libraries ;; -x-libraries=* | --x-libraries=* | --x-librarie=* | --x-librari=* \ | --x-librar=* | --x-libra=* | --x-libr=* | --x-lib=* | --x-li=* | --x-l=*) x_libraries="$ac_optarg" ;; -*) echo "configure: $ac_option: invalid option; use --help to show usage" >&2; exit 1 ;; *) if test -n "`echo $ac_option| sed 's/[-a-z0-9.]//g'`"; then echo "configure: warning: $ac_option: invalid host type" >&2 fi if test "x$nonopt" != xNONE; then echo "configure: can only configure for one host and one target at a time" >&2; exit 1 fi nonopt="$ac_option" ;; esac done if test -n "$ac_prev"; then echo "configure: missing argument to --`echo $ac_prev | sed 's/_/-/g'`" >&2; exit 1 fi trap 'rm -fr conftest* confdefs* core $ac_clean_files; exit 1' 1 2 15 trap 'rm -fr confdefs* $ac_clean_files' 0 # Save the original args if we used an alternate arg parser. ac_configure_temp="${configure_args-$*}" # Strip out --no-create and --norecursion so they don't pile up. configure_args= for ac_arg in $ac_configure_temp; do case "$ac_arg" in -no-create | --no-create | --no-creat | --no-crea | --no-cre \ | --no-cr | --no-c) ;; -norecursion | --norecursion | --norecursio | --norecursi \ | --norecurs | --norecur | --norecu | --norec | --nore | --nor) ;; *) configure_args="$configure_args $ac_arg" ;; esac done # NLS nuisances. # These must not be set unconditionally because not all systems understand # e.g. LANG=C (notably SCO). if test "${LC_ALL+set}" = 'set'; then LC_ALL=C; export LC_ALL; fi if test "${LANG+set}" = 'set'; then LANG=C; export LANG; fi # confdefs.h avoids OS command line length limits that DEFS can exceed. rm -rf conftest* confdefs.h # AIX cpp loses on an empty file, so make sure it contains at least a newline. echo > confdefs.h # A filename unique to this package, relative to the directory that # configure is in, which we can look for to find out if srcdir is correct. ac_unique_file=forwback.c # Find the source files, if location was not specified. if test -z "$srcdir"; then ac_srcdir_defaulted=yes # Try the directory containing this script, then `..'. ac_prog=$0 ac_confdir=`echo $ac_prog|sed 's%/[^/][^/]*$%%'` test "x$ac_confdir" = "x$ac_prog" && ac_confdir=. srcdir=$ac_confdir if test ! -r $srcdir/$ac_unique_file; then srcdir=.. fi fi if test ! -r $srcdir/$ac_unique_file; then if test x$ac_srcdir_defaulted = xyes; then echo "configure: can not find sources in ${ac_confdir} or .." >&2; exit 1 else echo "configure: can not find sources in ${srcdir}" >&2; exit 1 fi fi ac_ext=c # CFLAGS is not in ac_cpp because -g, -O, etc. are not valid cpp options. ac_cpp='${CPP}' ac_compile='${CC-cc} $CFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.${ac_ext} -o conftest $LIBS >/dev/null 2>&1' if test -z "$CC"; then # Extract the first word of `gcc', so it can be a program name with args. set ac_dummy gcc; ac_word=$2 test -n "$silent" || echo "checking for $ac_word" IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:" for ac_dir in $PATH; do test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then CC="gcc" break fi done IFS="$ac_save_ifs" fi test -z "$CC" && CC="cc" test -n "$CC" && test -n "$verbose" && echo " setting CC to $CC" # Find out if we are using GNU C, under whatever name. cat > conftest.c < conftest.out 2>&1 if egrep yes conftest.out >/dev/null 2>&1; then GCC=1 # For later tests. fi rm -f conftest* test -n "$silent" || echo "checking how to run the C preprocessor" if test -z "$CPP"; then # This must be in double quotes, not single quotes, because CPP may get # substituted into the Makefile and ``${CC-cc}'' will simply confuse # make. It must be expanded now. CPP="${CC-cc} -E" cat > conftest.${ac_ext} < Syntax Error EOF # Some shells (Coherent) do redirections in the wrong order, so need # the parens. ac_err=`eval "($ac_cpp conftest.${ac_ext} >/dev/null) 2>&1"` if test -z "$ac_err"; then : else rm -rf conftest* CPP="${CC-cc} -E -traditional-cpp" cat > conftest.${ac_ext} < Syntax Error EOF # Some shells (Coherent) do redirections in the wrong order, so need # the parens. ac_err=`eval "($ac_cpp conftest.${ac_ext} >/dev/null) 2>&1"` if test -z "$ac_err"; then : else rm -rf conftest* CPP=/lib/cpp fi rm -f conftest* fi rm -f conftest* fi test -n "$verbose" && echo " setting CPP to $CPP" if test -n "$GCC"; then test -n "$silent" || echo "checking whether -traditional is needed" ac_pattern="Autoconf.*'x'" ac_prog='#include Autoconf TIOCGETP' cat > conftest.${ac_ext} < conftest.out 2>&1" if egrep "$ac_pattern" conftest.out >/dev/null 2>&1; then rm -rf conftest* ac_need_trad=1 fi rm -f conftest* if test -z "$ac_need_trad"; then ac_prog='#include Autoconf TCGETA' cat > conftest.${ac_ext} < conftest.out 2>&1" if egrep "$ac_pattern" conftest.out >/dev/null 2>&1; then rm -rf conftest* ac_need_trad=1 fi rm -f conftest* fi test -n "$ac_need_trad" && CC="$CC -traditional" fi # Make sure to not get the incompatible SysV /etc/install and # /usr/sbin/install, which might be in PATH before a BSD-like install, # or the SunOS /usr/etc/install directory, or the AIX /bin/install, # or the AFS install, which mishandles nonexistent args, or # /usr/ucb/install on SVR4, which tries to use the nonexistent group # `staff', or /sbin/install on IRIX which has incompatible command-line # syntax. Sigh. # # On most BSDish systems install is in /usr/bin, not /usr/ucb # anyway. # This turns out not to be true, so the mere pathname isn't an indication # of whether the program works. What we really need is a set of tests for # the install program to see if it actually works in all the required ways. # # Avoid using ./install, which might have been erroneously created # by make from ./install.sh. if test -z "${INSTALL}"; then test -n "$silent" || echo "checking for a BSD compatible install" IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:" for ac_dir in $PATH; do case "$ac_dir" in ''|.|/etc|/sbin|/usr/sbin|/usr/etc|/usr/afsws/bin|/usr/ucb) ;; *) # OSF1 and SCO ODT 3.0 have their own names for install. for ac_prog in installbsd scoinst install; do if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_prog; then if test $ac_prog = install && grep dspmsg $ac_dir/$ac_prog >/dev/null 2>&1; then # AIX install. It has an incompatible calling convention. # OSF/1 installbsd also uses dspmsg, but is usable. : else INSTALL="$ac_dir/$ac_prog -c" break 2 fi fi done ;; esac done IFS="$ac_save_ifs" fi if test -z "$INSTALL"; then # As a last resort, use the slow shell script. for ac_dir in ${srcdir} ${srcdir}/.. ${srcdir}/../..; do if test -f $ac_dir/install.sh; then INSTALL="$ac_dir/install.sh -c"; break fi done fi if test -z "$INSTALL"; then echo "configure: can not find install.sh in ${srcdir} or ${srcdir}/.. or ${srcdir}/../.." >&2; exit 1 fi test -n "$verbose" && echo " setting INSTALL to $INSTALL" # Use test -z because SunOS4 sh mishandles ${INSTALL_PROGRAM-'${INSTALL}'}. # It thinks the first close brace ends the variable substitution. test -z "$INSTALL_PROGRAM" && INSTALL_PROGRAM='${INSTALL}' test -n "$verbose" && echo " setting INSTALL_PROGRAM to $INSTALL_PROGRAM" test -z "$INSTALL_DATA" && INSTALL_DATA='${INSTALL} -m 644' test -n "$verbose" && echo " setting INSTALL_DATA to $INSTALL_DATA" TERMLIBS= ac_save_LIBS="${LIBS}" LIBS="${LIBS} -lcurses" ac_have_lib="" test -n "$silent" || echo "checking for -lcurses" cat > conftest.${ac_ext} < conftest.${ac_ext} < conftest.${ac_ext} < conftest.${ac_ext} < conftest.${ac_ext} < conftest.${ac_ext} < conftest.${ac_ext} < #include #include #include EOF # Some shells (Coherent) do redirections in the wrong order, so need # the parens. ac_err=`eval "($ac_cpp conftest.${ac_ext} >/dev/null) 2>&1"` if test -z "$ac_err"; then rm -rf conftest* # SunOS 4.x string.h does not declare mem*, contrary to ANSI. echo '#include "confdefs.h" #include ' > conftest.${ac_ext} eval "$ac_cpp conftest.${ac_ext} > conftest.out 2>&1" if egrep "memchr" conftest.out >/dev/null 2>&1; then rm -rf conftest* # SGI's /bin/cc from Irix-4.0.5 gets non-ANSI ctype macros unless using -ansi. cat > conftest.${ac_ext} < #define ISLOWER(c) ('a' <= (c) && (c) <= 'z') #define TOUPPER(c) (ISLOWER(c) ? 'A' + ((c) - 'a') : (c)) #define XOR(e,f) (((e) && !(f)) || (!(e) && (f))) int main () { int i; for (i = 0; i < 256; i++) if (XOR (islower (i), ISLOWER (i)) || toupper (i) != TOUPPER (i)) exit(2); exit (0); } EOF eval $ac_compile if test -s conftest && (./conftest; exit) 2>/dev/null; then # ISC 2.0.2 stdlib.h does not declare free, contrary to ANSI. echo '#include "confdefs.h" #include ' > conftest.${ac_ext} eval "$ac_cpp conftest.${ac_ext} > conftest.out 2>&1" if egrep "free" conftest.out >/dev/null 2>&1; then rm -rf conftest* { test -n "$verbose" && \ echo " defining STDC_HEADERS" echo "#define" STDC_HEADERS "1" >> confdefs.h DEFS="$DEFS -DSTDC_HEADERS=1" ac_sed_defs="${ac_sed_defs}\${ac_dA}STDC_HEADERS\${ac_dB}STDC_HEADERS\${ac_dC}1\${ac_dD} \${ac_uA}STDC_HEADERS\${ac_uB}STDC_HEADERS\${ac_uC}1\${ac_uD} \${ac_eA}STDC_HEADERS\${ac_eB}STDC_HEADERS\${ac_eC}1\${ac_eD} " } fi rm -f conftest* fi rm -fr conftest* fi rm -f conftest* fi rm -f conftest* for ac_hdr in ctype.h errno.h fcntl.h stdio.h termcap.h termio.h termios.h time.h unistd.h values.h sys/ioctl.h sys/stream.h sys/ptem.h do ac_tr_hdr=HAVE_`echo $ac_hdr | tr '[a-z]./' '[A-Z]__'` test -n "$silent" || echo "checking for ${ac_hdr}" cat > conftest.${ac_ext} < EOF # Some shells (Coherent) do redirections in the wrong order, so need # the parens. ac_err=`eval "($ac_cpp conftest.${ac_ext} >/dev/null) 2>&1"` if test -z "$ac_err"; then rm -rf conftest* { test -n "$verbose" && \ echo " defining ${ac_tr_hdr}" echo "#define" ${ac_tr_hdr} "1" >> confdefs.h DEFS="$DEFS -D${ac_tr_hdr}=1" ac_sed_defs="${ac_sed_defs}\${ac_dA}${ac_tr_hdr}\${ac_dB}${ac_tr_hdr}\${ac_dC}1\${ac_dD} \${ac_uA}${ac_tr_hdr}\${ac_uB}${ac_tr_hdr}\${ac_uC}1\${ac_uD} \${ac_eA}${ac_tr_hdr}\${ac_eB}${ac_tr_hdr}\${ac_eC}1\${ac_eD} " } fi rm -f conftest* done test -n "$silent" || echo "checking for off_t in sys/types.h" echo '#include "confdefs.h" #include ' > conftest.${ac_ext} eval "$ac_cpp conftest.${ac_ext} > conftest.out 2>&1" if egrep "off_t" conftest.out >/dev/null 2>&1; then : else rm -rf conftest* { test -n "$verbose" && \ echo " defining" off_t to be "long" echo "#define" off_t "long" >> confdefs.h DEFS="$DEFS -Doff_t=long" ac_sed_defs="${ac_sed_defs}\${ac_dA}off_t\${ac_dB}off_t\${ac_dC}long\${ac_dD} \${ac_uA}off_t\${ac_uB}off_t\${ac_uC}long\${ac_uD} \${ac_eA}off_t\${ac_eB}off_t\${ac_eC}long\${ac_eD} " } fi rm -f conftest* test -n "$silent" || echo "checking for void" cat > conftest.${ac_ext} <> confdefs.h DEFS="$DEFS -DHAVE_VOID=1" ac_sed_defs="${ac_sed_defs}\${ac_dA}HAVE_VOID\${ac_dB}HAVE_VOID\${ac_dC}1\${ac_dD} \${ac_uA}HAVE_VOID\${ac_uB}HAVE_VOID\${ac_uC}1\${ac_uD} \${ac_eA}HAVE_VOID\${ac_eB}HAVE_VOID\${ac_eC}1\${ac_eD} " } fi rm -f conftest* test -n "$silent" || echo "checking for time_t" cat > conftest.${ac_ext} < int main() { return 0; } int t() { time_t t = 0;; return 0; } EOF if eval $ac_compile; then rm -rf conftest* { test -n "$verbose" && \ echo " defining HAVE_TIME_T" echo "#define" HAVE_TIME_T "1" >> confdefs.h DEFS="$DEFS -DHAVE_TIME_T=1" ac_sed_defs="${ac_sed_defs}\${ac_dA}HAVE_TIME_T\${ac_dB}HAVE_TIME_T\${ac_dC}1\${ac_dD} \${ac_uA}HAVE_TIME_T\${ac_uB}HAVE_TIME_T\${ac_uC}1\${ac_uD} \${ac_eA}HAVE_TIME_T\${ac_eB}HAVE_TIME_T\${ac_eC}1\${ac_eD} " } fi rm -f conftest* test -n "$silent" || echo "checking for return type of signal handlers" cat > conftest.${ac_ext} < #include #ifdef signal #undef signal #endif extern void (*signal ()) (); int main() { return 0; } int t() { int i;; return 0; } EOF if eval $ac_compile; then rm -rf conftest* { test -n "$verbose" && \ echo " defining" RETSIGTYPE to be "void" echo "#define" RETSIGTYPE "void" >> confdefs.h DEFS="$DEFS -DRETSIGTYPE=void" ac_sed_defs="${ac_sed_defs}\${ac_dA}RETSIGTYPE\${ac_dB}RETSIGTYPE\${ac_dC}void\${ac_dD} \${ac_uA}RETSIGTYPE\${ac_uB}RETSIGTYPE\${ac_uC}void\${ac_uD} \${ac_eA}RETSIGTYPE\${ac_eB}RETSIGTYPE\${ac_eC}void\${ac_eD} " } else rm -rf conftest* { test -n "$verbose" && \ echo " defining" RETSIGTYPE to be "int" echo "#define" RETSIGTYPE "int" >> confdefs.h DEFS="$DEFS -DRETSIGTYPE=int" ac_sed_defs="${ac_sed_defs}\${ac_dA}RETSIGTYPE\${ac_dB}RETSIGTYPE\${ac_dC}int\${ac_dD} \${ac_uA}RETSIGTYPE\${ac_uB}RETSIGTYPE\${ac_uC}int\${ac_uD} \${ac_eA}RETSIGTYPE\${ac_eB}RETSIGTYPE\${ac_eC}int\${ac_eD} " } fi rm -f conftest* for ac_func in _setjmp system sigsetmask memcpy strchr do ac_tr_func=HAVE_`echo $ac_func | tr '[a-z]' '[A-Z]'` test -n "$silent" || echo "checking for ${ac_func}" cat > conftest.${ac_ext} < int main() { return 0; } int t() { /* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements to always fail with ENOSYS. Some functions are actually named something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias. */ #if defined (__stub_${ac_func}) || defined (__stub___${ac_func}) choke me #else /* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error. */ extern char ${ac_func}(); ${ac_func}(); #endif ; return 0; } EOF if eval $ac_compile; then rm -rf conftest* { test -n "$verbose" && \ echo " defining ${ac_tr_func}" echo "#define" ${ac_tr_func} "1" >> confdefs.h DEFS="$DEFS -D${ac_tr_func}=1" ac_sed_defs="${ac_sed_defs}\${ac_dA}${ac_tr_func}\${ac_dB}${ac_tr_func}\${ac_dC}1\${ac_dD} \${ac_uA}${ac_tr_func}\${ac_uB}${ac_tr_func}\${ac_uC}1\${ac_uD} \${ac_eA}${ac_tr_func}\${ac_eB}${ac_tr_func}\${ac_eC}1\${ac_eD} " } fi rm -f conftest* done test -n "$silent" || echo "checking for tcgetattr" cat > conftest.${ac_ext} < int main() { return 0; } int t() { /* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements to always fail with ENOSYS. Some functions are actually named something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias. */ #if defined (__stub_tcgetattr) || defined (__stub___tcgetattr) choke me #else /* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error. */ extern char tcgetattr(); tcgetattr(); #endif ; return 0; } EOF if eval $ac_compile; then rm -rf conftest* { test -n "$verbose" && \ echo " defining HAVE_TERMIOS_FUNCS" echo "#define" HAVE_TERMIOS_FUNCS "1" >> confdefs.h DEFS="$DEFS -DHAVE_TERMIOS_FUNCS=1" ac_sed_defs="${ac_sed_defs}\${ac_dA}HAVE_TERMIOS_FUNCS\${ac_dB}HAVE_TERMIOS_FUNCS\${ac_dC}1\${ac_dD} \${ac_uA}HAVE_TERMIOS_FUNCS\${ac_uB}HAVE_TERMIOS_FUNCS\${ac_uC}1\${ac_uD} \${ac_eA}HAVE_TERMIOS_FUNCS\${ac_eB}HAVE_TERMIOS_FUNCS\${ac_eC}1\${ac_eD} " } fi rm -f conftest* test -n "$silent" || echo "checking for strerror" cat > conftest.${ac_ext} < #endif #if HAVE_STRING_H #include #endif #if HAVE_ERRNO_H #include #endif int main() { return 0; } int t() { static char *x; x = strerror(0);; return 0; } EOF if eval $ac_compile; then rm -rf conftest* { test -n "$verbose" && \ echo " defining HAVE_STRERROR" echo "#define" HAVE_STRERROR "1" >> confdefs.h DEFS="$DEFS -DHAVE_STRERROR=1" ac_sed_defs="${ac_sed_defs}\${ac_dA}HAVE_STRERROR\${ac_dB}HAVE_STRERROR\${ac_dC}1\${ac_dD} \${ac_uA}HAVE_STRERROR\${ac_uB}HAVE_STRERROR\${ac_uC}1\${ac_uD} \${ac_eA}HAVE_STRERROR\${ac_eB}HAVE_STRERROR\${ac_eC}1\${ac_eD} " } fi rm -f conftest* cat > conftest.${ac_ext} <> confdefs.h DEFS="$DEFS -DHAVE_SYS_ERRLIST=1" ac_sed_defs="${ac_sed_defs}\${ac_dA}HAVE_SYS_ERRLIST\${ac_dB}HAVE_SYS_ERRLIST\${ac_dC}1\${ac_dD} \${ac_uA}HAVE_SYS_ERRLIST\${ac_uB}HAVE_SYS_ERRLIST\${ac_uC}1\${ac_uD} \${ac_eA}HAVE_SYS_ERRLIST\${ac_eB}HAVE_SYS_ERRLIST\${ac_eC}1\${ac_eD} " } fi rm -f conftest* cat > conftest.${ac_ext} <> confdefs.h DEFS="$DEFS -DHAVE_ERRNO=1" ac_sed_defs="${ac_sed_defs}\${ac_dA}HAVE_ERRNO\${ac_dB}HAVE_ERRNO\${ac_dC}1\${ac_dD} \${ac_uA}HAVE_ERRNO\${ac_uB}HAVE_ERRNO\${ac_uC}1\${ac_uD} \${ac_eA}HAVE_ERRNO\${ac_eB}HAVE_ERRNO\${ac_eC}1\${ac_eD} " } fi rm -f conftest* test -n "$silent" || echo "checking for locale" cat > conftest.${ac_ext} < #include int main() { return 0; } int t() { setlocale(LC_CTYPE,""); isprint(0); iscntrl(0);; return 0; } EOF if eval $ac_compile; then rm -rf conftest* { test -n "$verbose" && \ echo " defining HAVE_LOCALE" echo "#define" HAVE_LOCALE "1" >> confdefs.h DEFS="$DEFS -DHAVE_LOCALE=1" ac_sed_defs="${ac_sed_defs}\${ac_dA}HAVE_LOCALE\${ac_dB}HAVE_LOCALE\${ac_dC}1\${ac_dD} \${ac_uA}HAVE_LOCALE\${ac_uB}HAVE_LOCALE\${ac_uC}1\${ac_uD} \${ac_eA}HAVE_LOCALE\${ac_eB}HAVE_LOCALE\${ac_eC}1\${ac_eD} " } fi rm -f conftest* test -n "$silent" || echo "checking for ctype" cat > conftest.${ac_ext} < #endif int main() { return 0; } int t() { static int x; x = isupper(x); x = tolower(x); x = toupper(x);; return 0; } EOF if eval $ac_compile; then rm -rf conftest* { test -n "$verbose" && \ echo " defining HAVE_UPPER_LOWER" echo "#define" HAVE_UPPER_LOWER "1" >> confdefs.h DEFS="$DEFS -DHAVE_UPPER_LOWER=1" ac_sed_defs="${ac_sed_defs}\${ac_dA}HAVE_UPPER_LOWER\${ac_dB}HAVE_UPPER_LOWER\${ac_dC}1\${ac_dD} \${ac_uA}HAVE_UPPER_LOWER\${ac_uB}HAVE_UPPER_LOWER\${ac_uC}1\${ac_uD} \${ac_eA}HAVE_UPPER_LOWER\${ac_eB}HAVE_UPPER_LOWER\${ac_eC}1\${ac_eD} " } fi rm -f conftest* have_ospeed=no test -n "$silent" || echo "checking termcap for ospeed" cat > conftest.${ac_ext} < #if HAVE_TERMIOS_H #include #endif #if HAVE_TERMCAP_H #include #endif int main() { return 0; } int t() { ospeed = 0;; return 0; } EOF if eval $ac_compile; then rm -rf conftest* { test -n "$verbose" && \ echo " defining HAVE_OSPEED" echo "#define" HAVE_OSPEED "1" >> confdefs.h DEFS="$DEFS -DHAVE_OSPEED=1" ac_sed_defs="${ac_sed_defs}\${ac_dA}HAVE_OSPEED\${ac_dB}HAVE_OSPEED\${ac_dC}1\${ac_dD} \${ac_uA}HAVE_OSPEED\${ac_uB}HAVE_OSPEED\${ac_uC}1\${ac_uD} \${ac_eA}HAVE_OSPEED\${ac_eB}HAVE_OSPEED\${ac_eC}1\${ac_eD} " } have_ospeed=yes fi rm -f conftest* if test $have_ospeed = no; then cat > conftest.${ac_ext} <> confdefs.h DEFS="$DEFS -DHAVE_OSPEED=1" ac_sed_defs="${ac_sed_defs}\${ac_dA}HAVE_OSPEED\${ac_dB}HAVE_OSPEED\${ac_dC}1\${ac_dD} \${ac_uA}HAVE_OSPEED\${ac_uB}HAVE_OSPEED\${ac_uC}1\${ac_uD} \${ac_eA}HAVE_OSPEED\${ac_eB}HAVE_OSPEED\${ac_eC}1\${ac_eD} " } { test -n "$verbose" && \ echo " defining MUST_DEFINE_OSPEED" echo "#define" MUST_DEFINE_OSPEED "1" >> confdefs.h DEFS="$DEFS -DMUST_DEFINE_OSPEED=1" ac_sed_defs="${ac_sed_defs}\${ac_dA}MUST_DEFINE_OSPEED\${ac_dB}MUST_DEFINE_OSPEED\${ac_dC}1\${ac_dD} \${ac_uA}MUST_DEFINE_OSPEED\${ac_uB}MUST_DEFINE_OSPEED\${ac_uC}1\${ac_uD} \${ac_eA}MUST_DEFINE_OSPEED\${ac_eB}MUST_DEFINE_OSPEED\${ac_eC}1\${ac_eD} " } fi rm -f conftest* fi have_regex=no test -n "$silent" || echo "checking for POSIX regex.h" cat > conftest.${ac_ext} < #include int main() { return 0; } int t() { regex_t *r; regfree(r);; return 0; } EOF if eval $ac_compile; then rm -rf conftest* { test -n "$verbose" && \ echo " defining HAVE_POSIX_REGCOMP" echo "#define" HAVE_POSIX_REGCOMP "1" >> confdefs.h DEFS="$DEFS -DHAVE_POSIX_REGCOMP=1" ac_sed_defs="${ac_sed_defs}\${ac_dA}HAVE_POSIX_REGCOMP\${ac_dB}HAVE_POSIX_REGCOMP\${ac_dC}1\${ac_dD} \${ac_uA}HAVE_POSIX_REGCOMP\${ac_uB}HAVE_POSIX_REGCOMP\${ac_uC}1\${ac_uD} \${ac_eA}HAVE_POSIX_REGCOMP\${ac_eB}HAVE_POSIX_REGCOMP\${ac_eC}1\${ac_eD} " } have_regex=yes fi rm -f conftest* if test $have_regex = no; then test -n "$silent" || echo "checking for regcmp" cat > conftest.${ac_ext} < int main() { return 0; } int t() { /* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements to always fail with ENOSYS. Some functions are actually named something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias. */ #if defined (__stub_regcmp) || defined (__stub___regcmp) choke me #else /* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error. */ extern char regcmp(); regcmp(); #endif ; return 0; } EOF if eval $ac_compile; then rm -rf conftest* { test -n "$verbose" && \ echo " defining HAVE_REGCMP" echo "#define" HAVE_REGCMP "1" >> confdefs.h DEFS="$DEFS -DHAVE_REGCMP=1" ac_sed_defs="${ac_sed_defs}\${ac_dA}HAVE_REGCMP\${ac_dB}HAVE_REGCMP\${ac_dC}1\${ac_dD} \${ac_uA}HAVE_REGCMP\${ac_uB}HAVE_REGCMP\${ac_uC}1\${ac_uD} \${ac_eA}HAVE_REGCMP\${ac_eB}HAVE_REGCMP\${ac_eC}1\${ac_eD} " } have_regex=yes fi rm -f conftest* fi if test $have_regex = no; then cat > conftest.${ac_ext} <> confdefs.h DEFS="$DEFS -DHAVE_V8_REGCOMP=1" ac_sed_defs="${ac_sed_defs}\${ac_dA}HAVE_V8_REGCOMP\${ac_dB}HAVE_V8_REGCOMP\${ac_dC}1\${ac_dD} \${ac_uA}HAVE_V8_REGCOMP\${ac_uB}HAVE_V8_REGCOMP\${ac_uC}1\${ac_uD} \${ac_eA}HAVE_V8_REGCOMP\${ac_eB}HAVE_V8_REGCOMP\${ac_eC}1\${ac_eD} " } have_regex=yes fi rm -f conftest* fi if test $have_regex = no && test -f ${srcdir}/regex.c; then { test -n "$verbose" && \ echo " defining HAVE_POSIX_REGCOMP" echo "#define" HAVE_POSIX_REGCOMP "1" >> confdefs.h DEFS="$DEFS -DHAVE_POSIX_REGCOMP=1" ac_sed_defs="${ac_sed_defs}\${ac_dA}HAVE_POSIX_REGCOMP\${ac_dB}HAVE_POSIX_REGCOMP\${ac_dC}1\${ac_dD} \${ac_uA}HAVE_POSIX_REGCOMP\${ac_uB}HAVE_POSIX_REGCOMP\${ac_uC}1\${ac_uD} \${ac_eA}HAVE_POSIX_REGCOMP\${ac_eB}HAVE_POSIX_REGCOMP\${ac_eC}1\${ac_eD} " } REGEX_O='regex.$(O)' have_regex=yes fi if test $have_regex = no && test -f ${srcdir}/regexp.c; then { test -n "$verbose" && \ echo " defining HAVE_V8_REGCOMP" echo "#define" HAVE_V8_REGCOMP "1" >> confdefs.h DEFS="$DEFS -DHAVE_V8_REGCOMP=1" ac_sed_defs="${ac_sed_defs}\${ac_dA}HAVE_V8_REGCOMP\${ac_dB}HAVE_V8_REGCOMP\${ac_dC}1\${ac_dD} \${ac_uA}HAVE_V8_REGCOMP\${ac_uB}HAVE_V8_REGCOMP\${ac_uC}1\${ac_uD} \${ac_eA}HAVE_V8_REGCOMP\${ac_eB}HAVE_V8_REGCOMP\${ac_eC}1\${ac_eD} " } REGEX_O='regexp.$(O)' have_regex=yes fi if test $have_regex = no; then test -n "$silent" || echo "checking for re_comp" cat > conftest.${ac_ext} < int main() { return 0; } int t() { /* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements to always fail with ENOSYS. Some functions are actually named something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias. */ #if defined (__stub_re_comp) || defined (__stub___re_comp) choke me #else /* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error. */ extern char re_comp(); re_comp(); #endif ; return 0; } EOF if eval $ac_compile; then rm -rf conftest* { test -n "$verbose" && \ echo " defining HAVE_RE_COMP" echo "#define" HAVE_RE_COMP "1" >> confdefs.h DEFS="$DEFS -DHAVE_RE_COMP=1" ac_sed_defs="${ac_sed_defs}\${ac_dA}HAVE_RE_COMP\${ac_dB}HAVE_RE_COMP\${ac_dC}1\${ac_dD} \${ac_uA}HAVE_RE_COMP\${ac_uB}HAVE_RE_COMP\${ac_uC}1\${ac_uD} \${ac_eA}HAVE_RE_COMP\${ac_eB}HAVE_RE_COMP\${ac_eC}1\${ac_eD} " } have_regex=yes fi rm -f conftest* fi if test $have_regex = no; then { test -n "$verbose" && \ echo " defining NO_REGEX" echo "#define" NO_REGEX "1" >> confdefs.h DEFS="$DEFS -DNO_REGEX=1" ac_sed_defs="${ac_sed_defs}\${ac_dA}NO_REGEX\${ac_dB}NO_REGEX\${ac_dC}1\${ac_dD} \${ac_uA}NO_REGEX\${ac_uB}NO_REGEX\${ac_uC}1\${ac_uD} \${ac_eA}NO_REGEX\${ac_eB}NO_REGEX\${ac_eC}1\${ac_eD} " } fi # The preferred way to propogate these variables is regular @ substitutions. if test -n "$prefix"; then ac_prsub="s%^prefix\\([ ]*\\)=\\([ ]*\\).*$%prefix\\1=\\2$prefix%" else prefix=/usr/local fi if test -n "$exec_prefix"; then ac_prsub="$ac_prsub s%^exec_prefix\\([ ]*\\)=\\([ ]*\\).*$%exec_prefix\\1=\\2$exec_prefix%" else exec_prefix='${prefix}' # Let make expand it. fi # Any assignment to VPATH causes Sun make to only execute # the first set of double-colon rules, so remove it if not needed. # If there is a colon in the path, we need to keep it. if test "x$srcdir" = x.; then ac_vpsub='/^[ ]*VPATH[ ]*=[^:]*$/d' fi # Quote sed substitution magic chars in DEFS. cat >conftest.def < config.status </dev/null | sed 1q`: # # $0 $configure_args ac_cs_usage="Usage: config.status [--recheck] [--version] [--help]" for ac_option do case "\$ac_option" in -recheck | --recheck | --rechec | --reche | --rech | --rec | --re | --r) echo running \${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} $0 $configure_args --no-create exec \${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} $0 $configure_args --no-create ;; -version | --version | --versio | --versi | --vers | --ver | --ve | --v) echo "config.status generated by autoconf version 1.11" exit 0 ;; -help | --help | --hel | --he | --h) echo "\$ac_cs_usage"; exit 0 ;; *) echo "\$ac_cs_usage"; exit 1 ;; esac done trap 'rm -fr Makefile defines.h conftest*; exit 1' 1 2 15 CC='$CC' CPP='$CPP' INSTALL='$INSTALL' INSTALL_PROGRAM='$INSTALL_PROGRAM' INSTALL_DATA='$INSTALL_DATA' REGEX_O='$REGEX_O' LIBS='$LIBS' srcdir='$srcdir' top_srcdir='$top_srcdir' prefix='$prefix' exec_prefix='$exec_prefix' ac_prsub='$ac_prsub' ac_vpsub='$ac_vpsub' extrasub='$extrasub' EOF cat >> config.status <<\EOF ac_given_srcdir=$srcdir CONFIG_FILES=${CONFIG_FILES-"Makefile"} for ac_file in .. ${CONFIG_FILES}; do if test "x$ac_file" != x..; then # Remove last slash and all that follows it. Not all systems have dirname. ac_dir=`echo $ac_file|sed 's%/[^/][^/]*$%%'` if test "$ac_dir" != "$ac_file" && test "$ac_dir" != .; then # The file is in a subdirectory. test ! -d "$ac_dir" && mkdir "$ac_dir" ac_dir_suffix="/$ac_dir" else ac_dir_suffix= fi # A "../" for each directory in $ac_dir_suffix. ac_dots=`echo $ac_dir_suffix|sed 's%/[^/]*%../%g'` case "$ac_given_srcdir" in .) srcdir=. if test -z "$ac_dir_suffix"; then top_srcdir=. else top_srcdir=`echo $ac_dots|sed 's%/$%%'`; fi ;; /*) srcdir="$ac_given_srcdir$ac_dir_suffix"; top_srcdir="$ac_given_srcdir" ;; *) # Relative path. srcdir="$ac_dots$ac_given_srcdir$ac_dir_suffix" top_srcdir="$ac_dots$ac_given_srcdir" ;; esac echo creating "$ac_file" rm -f "$ac_file" comment_str="Generated automatically from `echo $ac_file|sed 's|.*/||'`.in by configure." case "$ac_file" in *.c | *.h | *.C | *.cc | *.m ) echo "/* $comment_str */" > "$ac_file" ;; * ) echo "# $comment_str" > "$ac_file" ;; esac sed -e " $ac_prsub $ac_vpsub $extrasub s%@CC@%$CC%g s%@CPP@%$CPP%g s%@INSTALL@%$INSTALL%g s%@INSTALL_PROGRAM@%$INSTALL_PROGRAM%g s%@INSTALL_DATA@%$INSTALL_DATA%g s%@REGEX_O@%$REGEX_O%g s%@LIBS@%$LIBS%g s%@srcdir@%$srcdir%g s%@top_srcdir@%$top_srcdir%g s%@prefix@%$prefix%g s%@exec_prefix@%$exec_prefix%g s%@DEFS@%-DHAVE_CONFIG_H%" $ac_given_srcdir/${ac_file}.in >> $ac_file fi; done # These sed commands are put into ac_sed_defs when defining a macro. # They are broken into pieces to make the sed script easier to manage. # They are passed to sed as "A NAME B NAME C VALUE D", where NAME # is the cpp macro being defined and VALUE is the value it is being given. # Each defining turns into a single global substitution command. # Hopefully no one uses "!" as a variable value. # Other candidates for the sed separators, like , and @, do get used. # # ac_d sets the value in "#define NAME VALUE" lines. ac_dA='s!^\([ ]*\)#\([ ]*define[ ][ ]*\)' ac_dB='\([ ][ ]*\)[^ ]*!\1#\2' ac_dC='\3' ac_dD='!g' # ac_u turns "#undef NAME" with trailing blanks into "#define NAME VALUE". ac_uA='s!^\([ ]*\)#\([ ]*\)undef\([ ][ ]*\)' ac_uB='\([ ]\)!\1#\2define\3' ac_uC=' ' ac_uD='\4!g' # ac_e turns "#undef NAME" without trailing blanks into "#define NAME VALUE". ac_eA='s!^\([ ]*\)#\([ ]*\)undef\([ ][ ]*\)' ac_eB='$!\1#\2define\3' ac_eC=' ' ac_eD='!g' rm -f conftest.sed EOF # Turn off quoting long enough to insert the sed commands. rm -f conftest.sh cat > conftest.sh < conftest.s1 # Like head -9. sed 1,${ac_max_sh_lines}d conftest.sh > conftest.s2 # Like tail +10. # Write a limited-size here document to append to conftest.sed. echo 'cat >> conftest.sed <> config.status cat conftest.s1 >> config.status echo 'CONFEOF' >> config.status rm -f conftest.s1 conftest.sh mv conftest.s2 conftest.sh done rm -f conftest.sh # Now back to your regularly scheduled config.status. cat >> config.status <<\EOF # This sed command replaces #undef's with comments. This is necessary, for # example, in the case of _POSIX_SOURCE, which is predefined and required # on some systems where configure will not decide to define it in # defines.h. cat >> conftest.sed <<\CONFEOF s,^[ ]*#[ ]*undef[ ][ ]*[a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z_0-9]*,/* & */, CONFEOF rm -f conftest.h # Break up the sed commands because old seds have small limits. ac_max_sed_lines=20 CONFIG_HEADERS=${CONFIG_HEADERS-"defines.h"} for ac_file in .. ${CONFIG_HEADERS}; do if test "x$ac_file" != x..; then echo creating $ac_file cp $ac_given_srcdir/$ac_file.in conftest.h1 cp conftest.sed conftest.stm while : do ac_lines=`grep -c . conftest.stm` if test -z "$ac_lines" || test "$ac_lines" -eq 0; then break; fi rm -f conftest.s1 conftest.s2 conftest.h2 sed ${ac_max_sed_lines}q conftest.stm > conftest.s1 # Like head -20. sed 1,${ac_max_sed_lines}d conftest.stm > conftest.s2 # Like tail +21. sed -f conftest.s1 < conftest.h1 > conftest.h2 rm -f conftest.s1 conftest.h1 conftest.stm mv conftest.h2 conftest.h1 mv conftest.s2 conftest.stm done rm -f conftest.stm conftest.h echo "/* $ac_file. Generated automatically by configure. */" > conftest.h cat conftest.h1 >> conftest.h rm -f conftest.h1 if cmp -s $ac_file conftest.h 2>/dev/null; then # The file exists and we would not be changing it. echo "$ac_file is unchanged" rm -f conftest.h else rm -f $ac_file mv conftest.h $ac_file fi fi; done rm -f conftest.sed exit 0 EOF chmod +x config.status # Some shells look in PATH for config.status without the "./". test -n "$no_create" || ${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} ./config.status $ac_prsub $ac_vpsub $extrasub s%@CC@%$CC%g s%@CPP@%$CPP%g s%@INSTALL@%$INSTALL%g s%@INSTALL_PROGRAM@%$INSTALL_PROGRAM%g s%@INSTALL_DATA@%$INSTALL_DATA%g s%@REGEX_O@%$REGEXless-252/configure.in 444 2320 12 7231 5647700735 7722 dnl Process this file with autoconf to produce a configure script. AC_INIT(forwback.c) AC_CONFIG_HEADER(defines.h) dnl Checks for programs. AC_PROG_CC AC_GCC_TRADITIONAL AC_PROG_INSTALL dnl Checks for libraries. TERMLIBS= AC_HAVE_LIBRARY(curses, [TERMLIBS="$TERMLIBS -lcurses"]) AC_HAVE_LIBRARY(termcap, [TERMLIBS="$TERMLIBS -ltermcap"]) AC_HAVE_LIBRARY(termlib, [have_termlib=yes], [have_termlib=no]) dnl Regular expressions (regcmp) are in -lgen on Solaris 2, dnl and in -lintl on SCO Unix. AC_HAVE_LIBRARY(gen, [LIBS="$LIBS -lgen"]) AC_HAVE_LIBRARY(intl, [LIBS="$LIBS -lintl"]) dnl ??? AC_HAVE_LIBRARY(gnuregex, [LIBS="$LIBS -lgnuregex"]) dnl Solaris has curses & termcap, but they don't work without libucb dnl which is broken, so we use termlib. AC_CHECKING(termlib) SAVE_LIBS=$LIBS LIBS="$LIBS $TERMLIBS" AC_COMPILE_CHECK(, , [tgetent(0); tgetflag(0); tgetnum(0); tgetstr(0);], [termok=yes], [termok=no]) if test $termok = no; then LIBS="$SAVE_LIBS" if test $have_termlib = yes; then LIBS="$LIBS -ltermlib" fi fi dnl Checks for header files. AC_STDC_HEADERS AC_HAVE_HEADERS(ctype.h errno.h fcntl.h stdio.h termcap.h termio.h termios.h time.h unistd.h values.h sys/ioctl.h sys/stream.h sys/ptem.h) dnl Checks for identifiers. AC_OFF_T AC_COMPILE_CHECK(void, , [void *foo = 0;], [AC_DEFINE(HAVE_VOID)]) AC_COMPILE_CHECK(time_t, [#include ], [time_t t = 0;], [AC_DEFINE(HAVE_TIME_T)]) dnl Checks for functions and external variables. AC_RETSIGTYPE AC_HAVE_FUNCS(_setjmp system sigsetmask memcpy strchr) dnl Some systems have termios.h but not the corresponding functions. AC_FUNC_CHECK(tcgetattr, AC_DEFINE(HAVE_TERMIOS_FUNCS)) AC_COMPILE_CHECK(strerror, [ #if HAVE_STDIO_H #include #endif #if HAVE_STRING_H #include #endif #if HAVE_ERRNO_H #include #endif], [static char *x; x = strerror(0);], [AC_DEFINE(HAVE_STRERROR)]) AC_COMPILE_CHECK(, , [extern int sys_errlist; static int x; x = sys_errlist;], [AC_DEFINE(HAVE_SYS_ERRLIST)]) AC_COMPILE_CHECK(, , [extern int errno; static int x; x = errno;], [AC_DEFINE(HAVE_ERRNO)]) AC_COMPILE_CHECK(locale, [#include #include ], [setlocale(LC_CTYPE,""); isprint(0); iscntrl(0);], [AC_DEFINE(HAVE_LOCALE)]) AC_COMPILE_CHECK(ctype, [ #if HAVE_CTYPE_H #include #endif], [static int x; x = isupper(x); x = tolower(x); x = toupper(x);], [AC_DEFINE(HAVE_UPPER_LOWER)]) have_ospeed=no AC_CHECKING(termcap for ospeed) AC_COMPILE_CHECK(, [ #include #if HAVE_TERMIOS_H #include #endif #if HAVE_TERMCAP_H #include #endif], [ospeed = 0;], [AC_DEFINE(HAVE_OSPEED) have_ospeed=yes]) if test $have_ospeed = no; then AC_COMPILE_CHECK(, , [extern short ospeed; ospeed = 0;], [AC_DEFINE(HAVE_OSPEED) AC_DEFINE(MUST_DEFINE_OSPEED)]) fi dnl Checks for regular expression functions. have_regex=no AC_CHECKING(for POSIX regex.h) AC_COMPILE_CHECK(, [#include #include ], [regex_t *r; regfree(r);], AC_DEFINE(HAVE_POSIX_REGCOMP) have_regex=yes) if test $have_regex = no; then AC_FUNC_CHECK(regcmp, AC_DEFINE(HAVE_REGCMP) have_regex=yes) fi if test $have_regex = no; then AC_COMPILE_CHECK(, [#include "regexp.h"], [regcomp("");], AC_DEFINE(HAVE_V8_REGCOMP) have_regex=yes) fi if test $have_regex = no && test -f ${srcdir}/regex.c; then AC_DEFINE(HAVE_POSIX_REGCOMP) REGEX_O='regex.$(O)' AC_SUBST(REGEX_O) have_regex=yes fi if test $have_regex = no && test -f ${srcdir}/regexp.c; then AC_DEFINE(HAVE_V8_REGCOMP) REGEX_O='regexp.$(O)' AC_SUBST(REGEX_O) have_regex=yes fi if test $have_regex = no; then AC_FUNC_CHECK(re_comp, AC_DEFINE(HAVE_RE_COMP) have_regex=yes) fi if test $have_regex = no; then AC_DEFINE(NO_REGEX) fi AC_OUTPUT(Makefile) c_given_srcdir/${ac_file}.in >> $ac_file fi; done # These sed commands are put into ac_sed_defs when defining a macro. # They are broken into pieces to make the sed script easier to manage. # They are passed to sed as "A NAME B NAME C VALUE D", where NAME # is the cpp macro being defined and VALUE is the value it is being given. # Each defining turns into less-252/doscreen.c 444 2320 12 26153 5647700735 7403 /* * Copyright (c) 1984,1985,1989,1994 Mark Nudelman * All rights reserved. * * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions * are met: * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright * notice in the documentation and/or other materials provided with * the distribution. * * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT * OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR * BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, * WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE * OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN * IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. */ /* * Routines which deal with the characteristics of the terminal. * * This file is specific to MS-DOS and uses Microsoft C graphics functions. */ #include "less.h" #include "cmd.h" #include #include static int init_done = 0; static int videopages; static long msec_loops; public int auto_wrap; /* Terminal does \r\n when write past margin */ public int ignaw; /* Terminal ignores \n immediately after wrap */ public int erase_char, kill_char; /* The user's erase and line-kill chars */ public int sc_width, sc_height; /* Height & width of screen */ public int bo_s_width, bo_e_width; /* Printing width of boldface seq */ public int ul_s_width, ul_e_width; /* Printing width of underline seq */ public int so_s_width, so_e_width; /* Printing width of standout seq */ public int bl_s_width, bl_e_width; /* Printing width of blink seq */ public int nm_fg_color = 7; /* Color of normal text */ public int nm_bg_color = 0; public int bo_fg_color = 15; /* Color of bold text */ public int bo_bg_color = 0; public int ul_fg_color = 9; /* Color of underlined text */ public int ul_bg_color = 0; public int so_fg_color = 0; /* Color of standout text */ public int so_bg_color = 7; public int bl_fg_color = 12; /* Color of blinking text */ public int bl_bg_color = 0; static int sy_fg_color; static int sy_bg_color; static int flash_created = 0; extern int quiet; /* If VERY_QUIET, use visual bell for bell */ extern int know_dumb; /* Don't complain about a dumb terminal */ extern int back_scroll; extern int swindow; extern char *getenv(); /* * Change terminal to "raw mode", or restore to "normal" mode. * "Raw mode" means * 1. An outstanding read will complete on receipt of a single keystroke. * 2. Input is not echoed. * 3. On output, \n is mapped to \r\n. * 4. \t is NOT expanded into spaces. * 5. Signal-causing characters such as ctrl-C (interrupt), * etc. are NOT disabled. * It doesn't matter whether an input \n is mapped to \r, or vice versa. */ public void raw_mode(on) int on; { static int curr_on = 0; if (on == curr_on) return; erase_char = CONTROL('h'); kill_char = '\33'; /* ESC */ curr_on = on; } /* * Get size of the output screen. */ public void scrsize(p_height, p_width) int *p_height; int *p_width; { register char *s; struct videoconfig w; _getvideoconfig(&w); if (w.numtextrows) *p_height = w.numtextrows; else if ((s = getenv("LINES")) != NULL && *s != '\0') *p_height = atoi(s); if (*p_height <= 0) *p_height = 24; if (w.numtextcols > 0) *p_width = w.numtextcols; else if ((s = getenv("COLUMNS")) != NULL) *p_width = atoi(s); if (*p_width <= 0) *p_width = 80; } /* * Figure out how many empty loops it takes to delay a millisecond. */ static void get_clock() { clock_t start; /* * Get synchronized at the start of a tick. */ start = clock(); while (clock() == start) ; /* * Now count loops till the next tick. */ start = clock(); msec_loops = 0; while (clock() == start) msec_loops++; /* * Convert from (loops per clock) to (loops per millisecond). */ msec_loops *= CLOCKS_PER_SEC; msec_loops /= 1000; } public void get_editkeys() { } /* * Get terminal capabilities via termcap. */ public void get_term() { scrsize(&sc_height, &sc_width); pos_init(); auto_wrap = 1; ignaw = 0; so_e_width = so_s_width = 0; bo_s_width = bo_e_width = 0; ul_s_width = ul_e_width = 0; bl_s_width = bl_e_width = 0; get_clock(); } /* * Below are the functions which perform all the * terminal-specific screen manipulation. */ /* * Initialize terminal */ public void init() { /* {{ What could we take no_init (-X) to mean? }} */ sy_bg_color = _getbkcolor(); sy_fg_color = _gettextcolor(); flush(); init_done = 1; } /* * Create an alternate screen which is all white. * This screen is used to create a "flash" effect, by displaying it * briefly and then switching back to the normal screen. * {{ Yuck! There must be a better way to get a visual bell. }} */ static void create_flash() { struct videoconfig w; char *blanks; int row, col; _getvideoconfig(&w); videopages = w.numvideopages; if (videopages < 2) { so_enter(); so_exit(); } else { _setactivepage(1); so_enter(); blanks = (char *) ecalloc(w.numtextcols, sizeof(char)); for (col = 0; col < w.numtextcols; col++) blanks[col] = ' '; for (row = w.numtextrows; row > 0; row--) _outmem(blanks, w.numtextcols); _setactivepage(0); _setvisualpage(0); free(blanks); so_exit(); } flash_created = 1; } /* * Deinitialize terminal */ public void deinit() { if (!init_done) return; _setbkcolor(sy_bg_color); _settextcolor(sy_fg_color); putstr("\n"); init_done = 0; } /* * Home cursor (move to upper left corner of screen). */ public void home() { flush(); _settextposition(1,1); } /* * Add a blank line (called with cursor at home). * Should scroll the display down. */ public void add_line() { flush(); _scrolltextwindow(_GSCROLLDOWN); _settextposition(1,1); } /* * Move cursor to lower left corner of screen. */ public void lower_left() { flush(); _settextposition(sc_height,1); } /* * Delay for a specified number of milliseconds. */ static void dummy_func() { static long delay_dummy = 0; delay_dummy++; } static void delay(msec) int msec; { long i; while (msec-- > 0) { for (i = 0; i < msec_loops; i++) { /* * Make it look like we're doing something here, * so the optimizer doesn't remove the whole loop. */ dummy_func(); } } } /* * Make a noise. */ static void beep() { write(1, "\7", 1); } /* * Output the "visual bell", if there is one. */ public void vbell() { if (!flash_created) /* * Create a "flash" on the second video page. */ create_flash(); if (videopages < 2) /* * There is no "second video page". */ return; _setvisualpage(1); /* * Leave it displayed for 100 msec. */ delay(100); _setvisualpage(0); } /* * Ring the terminal bell. */ public void bell() { if (quiet == VERY_QUIET) vbell(); else beep(); } /* * Clear the screen. */ public void clear() { flush(); _clearscreen(_GCLEARSCREEN); } /* * Clear from the cursor to the end of the cursor's line. * {{ This must not move the cursor. }} */ public void clear_eol() { short top, left; short bot, right; struct rccoord tpos; flush(); /* * Save current state. */ tpos = _gettextposition(); _gettextwindow(&top, &left, &bot, &right); /* * Set a temporary window to the current line, * from the cursor's position to the right edge of the screen. * Then clear that window. */ _settextwindow(tpos.row, tpos.col, tpos.row, sc_width); _clearscreen(_GWINDOW); /* * Restore state. */ _settextwindow(top, left, bot, right); _settextposition(tpos.row, tpos.col); } /* * Clear the bottom line of the display. * Leave the cursor at the beginning of the bottom line. */ public void clear_bot() { lower_left(); clear_eol(); } /* * Begin "standout" (bold, underline, or whatever). */ public void so_enter() { flush(); _setbkcolor(so_bg_color); _settextcolor(so_fg_color); } /* * End "standout". */ public void so_exit() { flush(); _setbkcolor(nm_bg_color); _settextcolor(nm_fg_color); } /* * Begin "underline" (hopefully real underlining, * otherwise whatever the terminal provides). */ public void ul_enter() { flush(); _setbkcolor(ul_bg_color); _settextcolor(ul_fg_color); } /* * End "underline". */ public void ul_exit() { flush(); _setbkcolor(nm_bg_color); _settextcolor(nm_fg_color); } /* * Begin "bold" */ public void bo_enter() { flush(); _setbkcolor(bo_bg_color); _settextcolor(bo_fg_color); } /* * End "bold". */ public void bo_exit() { flush(); _setbkcolor(nm_bg_color); _settextcolor(nm_fg_color); } /* * Begin "blink" */ public void bl_enter() { flush(); _setbkcolor(bl_bg_color); _settextcolor(bl_fg_color); } /* * End "blink". */ public void bl_exit() { flush(); _setbkcolor(nm_bg_color); _settextcolor(nm_fg_color); } /* * Erase the character to the left of the cursor * and move the cursor left. */ public void backspace() { struct rccoord tpos; /* * Erase the previous character by overstriking with a space. */ flush(); tpos = _gettextposition(); if (tpos.col <= 1) return; _settextposition(tpos.row, tpos.col-1); _outtext(" "); _settextposition(tpos.row, tpos.col-1); } /* * Output a plain backspace, without erasing the previous char. */ public void putbs() { struct rccoord tpos; flush(); tpos = _gettextposition(); if (tpos.col <= 1) return; _settextposition(tpos.row, tpos.col-1); } /* * Table of line editting characters, for editchar() in decode.c. */ char edittable[] = { '\340','\115',0, EC_RIGHT, /* RIGHTARROW */ '\340','\113',0, EC_LEFT, /* LEFTARROW */ '\340','\163',0, EC_W_LEFT, /* CTRL-LEFTARROW */ '\340','\164',0, EC_W_RIGHT, /* CTRL-RIGHTARROW */ '\340','\122',0, EC_INSERT, /* INSERT */ '\340','\123',0, EC_DELETE, /* DELETE */ '\340','\223',0, EC_W_DELETE, /* CTRL-DELETE */ '\177',0, EC_W_BACKSPACE, /* CTRL-BACKSPACE */ '\340','\107',0, EC_HOME, /* HOME */ '\340','\117',0, EC_END, /* END */ '\340','\110',0, EC_UP, /* UPARROW */ '\340','\120',0, EC_DOWN, /* DOWNARROW */ '\t',0, EC_F_COMPLETE, /* TAB */ '\17',0, EC_B_COMPLETE, /* BACKTAB (?) */ '\340','\17',0, EC_B_COMPLETE, /* BACKTAB */ '\14',0, EC_EXPAND, /* CTRL-L */ 0 /* Extra byte to terminate; subtracted from size, below */ }; int sz_edittable = sizeof(edittable) -1; char kcmdtable[] = { /* * PC function keys. * Note that '\0' is converted to '\340' on input. */ '\340','\120',0, A_F_LINE, /* down arrow */ '\340','\121',0, A_F_SCREEN, /* page down */ '\340','\110',0, A_B_LINE, /* up arrow */ '\340','\111',0, A_B_SCREEN, /* page up */ '\340','\107',0, A_GOLINE, /* home */ '\340','\117',0, A_GOEND, /* end */ '\340','\073',0, A_HELP, /* F1 */ '\340','\022',0, A_EXAMINE, /* Alt-E */ 0 }; int sz_kcmdtable = sizeof(kcmdtable) - 1; e(0); } /* * Ring the terminal bell. */ public void bell() { if (quiet == VERY_QUIET) vbell(); else beep(); } /* * Clear the screen. */ public void clear() { flush(); _clearscreen(_GCLEARSCREEN); } /* * Clear from the cursor to the end of the cursor's line. * {{ This must not move the cursor. }} */ public void clear_eol() { short top, left; short bot, right; struct rccoord tpos;less-252/acconfig.h 444 2320 12 5120 5653776373 7336 /* * Copyright (c) 1984,1985,1989,1994 Mark Nudelman * All rights reserved. * * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions * are met: * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright * notice in the documentation and/or other materials provided with * the distribution. * * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT * OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR * BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, * WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE * OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN * IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. */ /* * Regular expression library. * Define exactly one of the following to be 1: * HAVE_POSIX_REGCOMP: POSIX regcomp() and regex.h * HAVE_RE_COMP: BSD re_comp() * HAVE_REGCMP: System V regcmp() * HAVE_V8_REGCOMP: Henry Spencer V8 regcomp() and regexp.h * NO_REGEX: pattern matching is supported, but without metacharacters. */ #undef HAVE_POSIX_REGCOMP #undef HAVE_RE_COMP #undef HAVE_REGCMP #undef HAVE_V8_REGCOMP #undef NO_REGEX /* Define HAVE_VOID if your compiler supports the "void" type. */ #undef HAVE_VOID /* Define HAVE_TIME_T if your system supports the "time_t" type. */ #undef HAVE_TIME_T /* Define HAVE_STRERROR if you have the strerror() function. */ #undef HAVE_STRERROR /* Define HAVE_ERRNO if you have the errno variable */ #undef HAVE_ERRNO /* Define HAVE_SYS_ERRLIST if you have the sys_errlist[] variable */ #undef HAVE_SYS_ERRLIST /* Define HAVE_OSPEED if your termcap library has the ospeed variable */ #undef HAVE_OSPEED /* Define MUST_DEFINE_OSPEED if you have ospeed but it is not defined * in termcap.h. */ #undef MUST_DEFINE_OSPEED /* Define HAVE_LOCALE if you have locale.h and setlocale. */ #undef HAVE_LOCALE /* Define HAVE_TERMIOS_FUNCS if you have tcgetattr/tcsetattr */ #undef HAVE_TERMIOS_FUNCS /* Define HAVE_UPPER_LOWER if you have isupper, islower, toupper, tolower */ #undef HAVE_UPPER_LOWER EC_DELETE, /* DELETE */ '\340','\223',0, EC_W_DELETE, /* CTRL-DELETE */ '\177',0, EC_W_BACKSPACE, /* CTRL-BACKSPACE */ '\340','\107',0, EC_HOME, /* HOME */ '\340','\117',0, EC_END, /* END */ '\340','\110',0, EC_UP, /* UPARROW */ '\340','\120',0, EC_DOWN, /* DOWNARROW */ '\t',0, EC_F_COMPLETE, /* TAB */ '\17',0, EC_B_COMPLETE, /* BACKTAB (?) */ '\340','\17',0, EC_B_COMPLETE, /* BACKTAB */ '\14',0, EC_EXPAND, /* less-252/lesskey.c 444 2320 12 33466 5657462510 7262 /* * Copyright (c) 1984,1985,1989,1994 Mark Nudelman * All rights reserved. * * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions * are met: * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright * notice in the documentation and/or other materials provided with * the distribution. * * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT * OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR * BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, * WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE * OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN * IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. */ /* * lesskey [-o output] [input] * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * Make a .less file. * If no input file is specified, standard input is used. * If no output file is specified, $HOME/.less is used. * * The .less file is used to specify (to "less") user-defined * key bindings. Basically any sequence of 1 to MAX_CMDLEN * keystrokes may be bound to an existing less function. * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * The input file is an ascii file consisting of a * sequence of lines of the form: * string action [chars] * * "string" is a sequence of command characters which form * the new user-defined command. The command * characters may be: * 1. The actual character itself. * 2. A character preceded by ^ to specify a * control character (e.g. ^X means control-X). * 3. A backslash followed by one to three octal digits * to specify a character by its octal value. * 4. A backslash followed by b, e, n, r or t * to specify \b, ESC, \n, \r or \t, respectively. * 5. Any character (other than those mentioned above) preceded * by a \ to specify the character itself (characters which * must be preceded by \ include ^, \, and whitespace. * "action" is the name of a "less" action, from the table below. * "chars" is an optional sequence of characters which is treated * as keyboard input after the command is executed. * * Blank lines and lines which start with # are ignored, * except for the special control lines: * #line-edit Signals the beginning of the line-editing * keys section. * #stop Stops command parsing in less; * causes all default keys to be disabled. * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * The output file is a non-ascii file, consisting of a header, * one or more sections, and a trailer. * Each section begins with a section header, a section length word * and the section data. Normally there are three sections: * CMD_SECTION Definition of command keys. * EDIT_SECTION Definition of editing keys. * END_SECTION A special section header, with no * length word or section data. * * Section data consists of zero or more byte sequences of the form: * string <0> * or * string <0> chars <0> * * "string" is the command string. * "<0>" is one null byte. * "" is one byte containing the action code (the A_xxx value). * If action is ORed with A_EXTRA, the action byte is followed * by the null-terminated "chars" string. * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * */ #include "less.h" #include "lesskey.h" #include "cmd.h" struct cmdname { char *cn_name; int cn_action; }; struct cmdname cmdnames[] = { "back-bracket", A_B_BRACKET, "back-line", A_B_LINE, "back-line-force", A_BF_LINE, "back-screen", A_B_SCREEN, "back-scroll", A_B_SCROLL, "back-search", A_B_SEARCH, "back-window", A_B_WINDOW, "debug", A_DEBUG, "display-flag", A_DISP_OPTION, "display-option", A_DISP_OPTION, "end", A_GOEND, "examine", A_EXAMINE, "first-cmd", A_FIRSTCMD, "firstcmd", A_FIRSTCMD, "flush-repaint", A_FREPAINT, "forw-bracket", A_F_BRACKET, "forw-forever", A_F_FOREVER, "forw-line", A_F_LINE, "forw-line-force", A_FF_LINE, "forw-screen", A_F_SCREEN, "forw-scroll", A_F_SCROLL, "forw-search", A_F_SEARCH, "forw-window", A_F_WINDOW, "goto-end", A_GOEND, "goto-line", A_GOLINE, "goto-mark", A_GOMARK, "help", A_HELP, "index-file", A_INDEX_FILE, "invalid", A_UINVALID, "next-file", A_NEXT_FILE, "noaction", A_NOACTION, "percent", A_PERCENT, "pipe", A_PIPE, "prev-file", A_PREV_FILE, "quit", A_QUIT, "repaint", A_REPAINT, "repaint-flush", A_FREPAINT, "repeat-search", A_AGAIN_SEARCH, "repeat-search-all", A_T_AGAIN_SEARCH, "reverse-search", A_REVERSE_SEARCH, "reverse-search-all", A_T_REVERSE_SEARCH, "set-mark", A_SETMARK, "shell", A_SHELL, "status", A_STAT, "toggle-flag", A_OPT_TOGGLE, "toggle-option", A_OPT_TOGGLE, "undo-hilite", A_UNDO_SEARCH, "version", A_VERSION, "visual", A_VISUAL, NULL, 0 }; struct cmdname editnames[] = { "back-complete", EC_B_COMPLETE, "backspace", EC_BACKSPACE, "delete", EC_DELETE, "down", EC_DOWN, "end", EC_END, "expand", EC_EXPAND, "forw-complete", EC_F_COMPLETE, "home", EC_HOME, "insert", EC_INSERT, "invalid", EC_UINVALID, "kill-line", EC_LINEKILL, "left", EC_LEFT, "literal", EC_LITERAL, "right", EC_RIGHT, "up", EC_UP, "word-backspace", EC_W_BACKSPACE, "word-delete", EC_W_DELETE, "word-left", EC_W_RIGHT, "word-right", EC_W_LEFT, NULL, 0 }; struct table { struct cmdname *names; char *pbuffer; char buffer[MAX_USERCMD]; }; struct table cmdtable; struct table edittable; struct table *currtable = &cmdtable; char fileheader[] = { C0_LESSKEY_MAGIC, C1_LESSKEY_MAGIC, C2_LESSKEY_MAGIC, C3_LESSKEY_MAGIC }; char filetrailer[] = { C0_END_LESSKEY_MAGIC, C1_END_LESSKEY_MAGIC, C2_END_LESSKEY_MAGIC }; char cmdsection[] = { CMD_SECTION }; char editsection[] = { EDIT_SECTION }; char endsection[] = { END_SECTION }; char *infile = NULL; char *outfile = NULL ; int linenum; int errors; extern char version[]; /* * Figure out the name of a default file (in the user's HOME directory). */ char * homefile(filename) char *filename; { char *p; char *pathname; p = getenv("HOME"); if (p == NULL || *p == '\0') { fprintf(stderr, "cannot find $HOME - using current directory\n"); pathname = calloc(strlen(filename) + 1, sizeof(char)); strcpy(pathname, filename); } else { pathname = calloc(strlen(filename) + strlen(p) + 2, sizeof(char)); strcpy(pathname, p); #if MSOFTC strcat(pathname, "\\"); #else strcat(pathname, "/"); #endif strcat(pathname, filename); } return (pathname); } /* * Parse command line arguments. */ void parse_args(argc, argv) int argc; char **argv; { outfile = NULL; while (--argc > 0 && **(++argv) == '-' && argv[0][1] != '\0') { switch (argv[0][1]) { case 'o': outfile = &argv[0][2]; if (*outfile == '\0') { if (--argc <= 0) usage(); outfile = *(++argv); } break; case 'V': printf("lesskey version %s\n", version); exit(0); default: usage(); } } if (argc > 1) usage(); /* * Open the input file, or use DEF_LESSKEYINFILE if none specified. */ if (argc > 0) infile = *argv; else infile = homefile(DEF_LESSKEYINFILE); } /* * Initialize data structures. */ void init_tables() { cmdtable.names = cmdnames; cmdtable.pbuffer = cmdtable.buffer; edittable.names = editnames; edittable.pbuffer = edittable.buffer; } /* * Parse one character of a string. */ int tchar(pp) char **pp; { register char *p; register char ch; register int i; p = *pp; switch (*p) { case '\\': ++p; switch (*p) { case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4': case '5': case '6': case '7': /* * Parse an octal number. */ ch = 0; i = 0; do ch = 8*ch + (*p - '0'); while (*++p >= '0' && *p <= '7' && ++i < 3); *pp = p; return (ch); case 'b': *pp = p+1; return ('\r'); case 'e': *pp = p+1; return (ESC); case 'n': *pp = p+1; return ('\n'); case 'r': *pp = p+1; return ('\r'); case 't': *pp = p+1; return ('\t'); default: /* * Backslash followed by any other char * just means that char. */ *pp = p+1; return (*p); } case '^': /* * Carat means CONTROL. */ *pp = p+2; return (CONTROL(p[1])); } *pp = p+1; return (*p); } /* * Skip leading spaces in a string. */ public char * skipsp(s) register char *s; { while (*s == ' ' || *s == '\t') s++; return (s); } /* * Skip non-space characters in a string. */ public char * skipnsp(s) register char *s; { while (*s != '\0' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t') s++; return (s); } /* * Clean up an input line: * strip off the trailing newline & any trailing # comment. */ char * clean_line(s) char *s; { register int i; s = skipsp(s); for (i = 0; s[i] != '\n' && s[i] != '\0'; i++) if (s[i] == '#' && (i == 0 || s[i-1] != '\\')) break; s[i] = '\0'; return (s); } /* * Add a byte to the output command table. */ void add_cmd_char(c) int c; { if (currtable->pbuffer >= currtable->buffer + MAX_USERCMD) { error("too many commands"); exit(1); } *(currtable->pbuffer)++ = c; } /* * See if we have a special "control" line. */ int control_line(s) char *s; { #define PREFIX(str,pat) (strncmp(str,pat,strlen(pat)-1) == 0) if (PREFIX(s, "#line-edit")) { currtable = &edittable; return (1); } if (PREFIX(s, "#command")) { currtable = &cmdtable; return (1); } if (PREFIX(s, "#stop")) { add_cmd_char('\0'); add_cmd_char(A_END_LIST); return (1); } return (0); } /* * Output some bytes. */ void fputbytes(fd, buf, len) FILE *fd; char *buf; int len; { while (len-- > 0) { fwrite(buf, sizeof(char), 1, fd); buf++; } } /* * Output an integer, in special KRADIX form. */ void fputint(fd, val) FILE *fd; unsigned int val; { char c; if (val >= KRADIX*KRADIX) { fprintf(stderr, "error: integer too big (%d > %d)\n", val, KRADIX*KRADIX); exit(1); } c = val % KRADIX; fwrite(&c, sizeof(char), 1, fd); c = val / KRADIX; fwrite(&c, sizeof(char), 1, fd); } /* * Find an action, given the name of the action. */ int findaction(actname) char *actname; { int i; for (i = 0; currtable->names[i].cn_name != NULL; i++) if (strcmp(currtable->names[i].cn_name, actname) == 0) return (currtable->names[i].cn_action); error("unknown action"); return (A_INVALID); } usage() { fprintf(stderr, "usage: lesskey [-o output] [input]\n"); exit(1); } void error(s) char *s; { fprintf(stderr, "line %d: %s\n", linenum, s); errors++; } /* * Parse a line from the lesskey file. */ void parse_line(line) char *line; { char *p; int cmdlen; char *actname; int action; int c; /* * See if it is a control line. */ if (control_line(line)) return; /* * Skip leading white space. * Replace the final newline with a null byte. * Ignore blank lines and comments. */ p = clean_line(line); if (*p == '\0') return; /* * Parse the command string and store it in the current table. */ cmdlen = 0; do { c = tchar(&p); if (++cmdlen > MAX_CMDLEN) error("command too long"); else add_cmd_char(c); } while (*p != ' ' && *p != '\t' && *p != '\0'); /* * Terminate the command string with a null byte. */ add_cmd_char('\0'); /* * Skip white space between the command string * and the action name. * Terminate the action name with a null byte. */ p = skipsp(p); if (*p == '\0') { error("missing action"); return; } actname = p; p = skipnsp(p); c = *p; *p = '\0'; /* * Parse the action name and store it in the current table. */ action = findaction(actname); /* * See if an extra string follows the action name. */ *p = c; p = skipsp(p); if (*p == '\0') { add_cmd_char(action); } else { /* * OR the special value A_EXTRA into the action byte. * Put the extra string after the action byte. */ add_cmd_char(action | A_EXTRA); while (*p != '\0') add_cmd_char(tchar(&p)); add_cmd_char('\0'); } } main(argc, argv) int argc; char *argv[]; { FILE *desc; FILE *out; char line[200]; /* * Process command line arguments. */ parse_args(argc, argv); init_tables(); /* * Open the input file. */ if (strcmp(infile, "-") == 0) desc = stdin; else if ((desc = fopen(infile, "r")) == NULL) { perror(infile); exit(1); } /* * Read and parse the input file, one line at a time. */ errors = 0; linenum = 0; while (fgets(line, sizeof(line), desc) != NULL) { ++linenum; parse_line(line); } /* * Write the output file. * If no output file was specified, use "$HOME/.less" */ if (errors > 0) { fprintf(stderr, "%d errors; no output produced\n", errors); exit(1); } if (outfile == NULL) outfile = homefile(LESSKEYFILE); if ((out = fopen(outfile, "w")) == NULL) { perror(outfile); exit(1); } /* File header */ fputbytes(out, fileheader, sizeof(fileheader)); /* Command key section */ fputbytes(out, cmdsection, sizeof(cmdsection)); fputint(out, cmdtable.pbuffer - cmdtable.buffer); fputbytes(out, (char *)cmdtable.buffer, cmdtable.pbuffer-cmdtable.buffer); /* Edit key section */ fputbytes(out, editsection, sizeof(editsection)); fputint(out, edittable.pbuffer - edittable.buffer); fputbytes(out, (char *)edittable.buffer, edittable.pbuffer-edittable.buffer); /* File trailer */ fputbytes(out, endsection, sizeof(endsection)); fputbytes(out, filetrailer, sizeof(filetrailer)); exit(0); } if (PREFIX(s, "#command")) { currtable = &cmdtable; return (1); } if (PREFIX(s, "#stop")) { add_cmd_char('\0'); add_cmd_char(A_END_LIST); return (1); } return (0); } /* * Output some bless-252/cmd.h 444 2320 12 6001 5647700734 6316 /* * Copyright (c) 1984,1985,1989,1994 Mark Nudelman * All rights reserved. * * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions * are met: * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright * notice in the documentation and/or other materials provided with * the distribution. * * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT * OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR * BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, * WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE * OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN * IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. */ #define MAX_USERCMD 500 #define MAX_CMDLEN 16 #define A_B_LINE 2 #define A_B_SCREEN 3 #define A_B_SCROLL 4 #define A_B_SEARCH 5 #define A_DIGIT 6 #define A_DISP_OPTION 7 #define A_DEBUG 8 #define A_EXAMINE 9 #define A_FIRSTCMD 10 #define A_FREPAINT 11 #define A_F_LINE 12 #define A_F_SCREEN 13 #define A_F_SCROLL 14 #define A_F_SEARCH 15 #define A_GOEND 16 #define A_GOLINE 17 #define A_GOMARK 18 #define A_HELP 19 #define A_NEXT_FILE 20 #define A_PERCENT 21 #define A_PREFIX 22 #define A_PREV_FILE 23 #define A_QUIT 24 #define A_REPAINT 25 #define A_SETMARK 26 #define A_SHELL 27 #define A_STAT 28 #define A_FF_LINE 29 #define A_BF_LINE 30 #define A_VERSION 31 #define A_VISUAL 32 #define A_F_WINDOW 33 #define A_B_WINDOW 34 #define A_F_BRACKET 35 #define A_B_BRACKET 36 #define A_PIPE 37 #define A_INDEX_FILE 38 #define A_UNDO_SEARCH 39 #define A_AGAIN_SEARCH 43 #define A_T_AGAIN_SEARCH 44 #define A_REVERSE_SEARCH 45 #define A_T_REVERSE_SEARCH 46 #define A_OPT_TOGGLE 47 #define A_OPT_SET 48 #define A_OPT_UNSET 49 #define A_F_FOREVER 50 #define A_GOPOS 51 #define A_INVALID 100 #define A_NOACTION 101 #define A_UINVALID 102 #define A_END_LIST 103 #define A_EXTRA 0200 /* Line editting characters */ #define EC_BACKSPACE 1 #define EC_LINEKILL 2 #define EC_RIGHT 3 #define EC_LEFT 4 #define EC_W_LEFT 5 #define EC_W_RIGHT 6 #define EC_INSERT 7 #define EC_DELETE 8 #define EC_HOME 9 #define EC_END 10 #define EC_W_BACKSPACE 11 #define EC_W_DELETE 12 #define EC_UP 13 #define EC_DOWN 14 #define EC_EXPAND 15 #define EC_F_COMPLETE 17 #define EC_B_COMPLETE 18 #define EC_LITERAL 19 #define EC_UINVALID 102 /* Flags for editchar() */ #define EC_PEEK 01 #define EC_NOHISTORY 02 #define EC_NOCOMPLETE 04 tes(out, editsection, sizeof(editsection)); fputint(out, edittable.pbuffer - edittable.buffer); fputbytes(out, (char *)edittable.buffer, edittable.pbuffer-edittable.buffer); /* File trailer */ fputbytes(out, endsection, sizeof(endsection)); fputbytes(out, filetrailer, sizeof(filetrailer)); exit(0); } if (PREFIX(s, "#command")) { currtable = &cmdtable; return (1); } if (PREFIX(s, "#stop")) { add_cmd_char('\0'); add_cmd_char(A_END_LIST); return (1); } return (0); } /* * Output some bless-252/defines.dos 444 2320 12 15757 5662455756 7600 /* * Copyright (c) 1984,1985,1989,1994 Mark Nudelman * All rights reserved. * * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions * are met: * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright * notice in the documentation and/or other materials provided with * the distribution. * * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT * OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR * BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, * WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE * OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN * IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. */ /* DOS definition file for less. */ /* * This file has 2 sections: * User preferences. * Settings always true for the Microsoft C compiler for MS-DOS systems. */ /* User preferences. */ /* * SHELL_ESCAPE is 1 if you wish to allow shell escapes. * (This is possible only if your system supplies the system() function.) */ #define SHELL_ESCAPE 1 /* * TAB_COMPLETE_FILENAME is 1 if you wish to allow the TAB key * to complete filenames at prompts. */ #define TAB_COMPLETE_FILENAME 1 /* * CMD_HISTORY is 1 if you wish to allow keys to cycle through * previous commands at prompts. */ #define CMD_HISTORY 1 /* * HILITE_SEARCH is 1 if you wish to have search targets to be * displayed in standout mode. */ #define HILITE_SEARCH 1 /* * EDITOR is 1 if you wish to allow editor invocation (the "v" command). * (This is possible only if your system supplies the system() function.) * EDIT_PGM is the name of the (default) editor to be invoked. */ #define EDITOR 1 #define EDIT_PGM "vi" /* * TAGS is 1 if you wish to support tag files. */ #define TAGS 1 /* * USERFILE is 1 if you wish to allow a .less file to specify * user-defined key bindings. */ #define USERFILE 1 /* * GLOB is 1 if you wish to have shell metacharacters expanded in filenames. * This will generally work if your system provides the "popen" function * and the "echo" shell command. */ #define GLOB 0 /* * PIPEC is 1 if you wish to have the "|" command * which allows the user to pipe data into a shell command. */ #define PIPEC 0 /* * LOGFILE is 1 if you wish to allow the -l option (to create log files). */ #define LOGFILE 1 /* * ONLY_RETURN is 1 if you want RETURN to be the only input which * will continue past an error message. * Otherwise, any key will continue past an error message. */ #define ONLY_RETURN 0 /* * LESSKEYFILE is the filename of the default lesskey output file * (in the HOME directory). * DEF_LESSKEYINFILE is the filename of the default lesskey input * (in the HOME directory). */ #define LESSKEYFILE "_less" #define DEF_LESSKEYINFILE "_lesskey" /* * HELPFILE is the full pathname of the help file. */ #define HELPFILE "less.hlp" /* Settings always true for the Microsoft C compiler for MS-DOS systems. */ /* * Define MSOFTC if compiling under Microsoft C. */ #define MSOFTC 1 /* * HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H is 1 if your system has . */ #define HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H 1 /* * HAVE_STAT is 1 if your system has the stat() call. */ #define HAVE_STAT 1 /* * HAVE_PERROR is 1 if your system has the perror() call. * (Actually, if it has sys_errlist, sys_nerr and errno.) */ #define HAVE_PERROR 1 /* * HAVE_TIME is 1 if your system has the time() call. */ #define HAVE_TIME 1 /* * HAVE_SHELL is 1 if your system supports a SHELL command interpreter. */ #define HAVE_SHELL 0 /* Define to `long' if doesn't define. */ /* #define off_t long */ /* Define as the return type of signal handlers (int or void). */ #define RETSIGTYPE void /* Define if you have the ANSI C header files. */ #define STDC_HEADERS 1 #define __STDC__ 1 /* * Regular expression library. * Define exactly one of the following to be 1: * HAVE_POSIX_REGCOMP: POSIX regcomp() and regex.h * HAVE_RE_COMP: BSD re_comp() * HAVE_REGCMP: System V regcmp() * HAVE_V8_REGCOMP: Henry Spencer V8 regcomp() and regexp.h * NO_REGEX: pattern matching is supported, but without metacharacters. */ /* #undef HAVE_POSIX_REGCOMP */ /* #undef HAVE_RE_COMP */ /* #undef HAVE_REGCMP */ /* #undef HAVE_V8_REGCOMP */ #define NO_REGEX 1 /* Define HAVE_VOID if your compiler supports the "void" type. */ #define HAVE_VOID 1 /* Define HAVE_TIME_T if your system supports the "time_t" type. */ #define HAVE_TIME_T 0 /* Define HAVE_STRERROR if you have the strerror() function. */ #define HAVE_STRERROR 0 /* Define HAVE_ERRNO if you have the errno variable */ #define HAVE_ERRNO 0 /* Define HAVE_SYS_ERRLIST if you have the sys_errlist[] variable */ #define HAVE_SYS_ERRLIST 0 /* Define HAVE_OSPEED if your termcap library has the ospeed variable */ #define HAVE_OSPEED 0 /* Define MUST_DEFINE_OSPEED if you have ospeed but it is not defined * in termcap.h. */ #define MUST_DEFINE_OSPEED 0 /* Define HAVE_LOCALE if you have locale.h and setlocale. */ #define HAVE_LOCALE 0 /* Define HAVE_TERMIOS_FUNCS if you have tcgetattr/tcsetattr */ #define HAVE_TERMIOS_FUNCS 0 /* Define HAVE_UPPER_LOWER if you have isupper, islower, toupper, tolower */ #define HAVE_UPPER_LOWER 1 /* Define if you have _setjmp. */ #define HAVE__SETJMP 0 /* Define if you have memcpy. */ #define HAVE_MEMCPY 1 /* Define if you have sigsetmask. */ #define HAVE_SIGSETMASK 0 /* Define if you have strchr. */ #define HAVE_STRCHR 1 /* Define if you have system. */ #define HAVE_SYSTEM 1 /* Define if you have the header file. */ #define HAVE_CTYPE_H 1 /* Define if you have the header file. */ #define HAVE_ERRNO_H 0 /* Define if you have the header file. */ #define HAVE_FCNTL_H 1 /* Define if you have the header file. */ #define HAVE_STDIO_H 1 /* Define if you have the header file. */ #define HAVE_SYS_IOCTL_H 0 /* Define if you have the header file. */ #define HAVE_SYS_PTEM_H 0 /* Define if you have the header file. */ #define HAVE_SYS_STREAM_H 0 /* Define if you have the header file. */ /* #undef HAVE_TERMCAP_H */ /* Define if you have the header file. */ #define HAVE_TERMIO_H 0 /* Define if you have the header file. */ #define HAVE_TERMIOS_H 1 /* Define if you have the header file. */ #define HAVE_TIME_H 1 /* Define if you have the header file. */ #define HAVE_UNISTD_H 1 /* Define if you have the header file. */ #define HAVE_VALUES_H 0 se, any key will less-252/funcs.h 444 2320 12 13215 5654015133 6704 public void strtcpy (); public char * save (); public VOID_POINTER ecalloc (); public char * skipsp (); public void quit (); public void raw_mode (); public void scrsize (); public void get_editkeys (); public void get_term (); public void init (); public void deinit (); public void home (); public void add_line (); public void lower_left (); public void bell (); public void vbell (); public void clear (); public void clear_eol (); public void clear_bot (); public void so_enter (); public void so_exit (); public void ul_enter (); public void ul_exit (); public void bo_enter (); public void bo_exit (); public void bl_enter (); public void bl_exit (); public void backspace (); public void putbs (); public void match_brac (); public void end_logfile (); public void sync_logfile (); public int ch_seek (); public int ch_end_seek (); public int ch_beg_seek (); public POSITION ch_length (); public POSITION ch_tell (); public int ch_forw_get (); public int ch_back_get (); public int ch_nbuf (); public void ch_flush (); public void ch_pipe (); public void ch_nonpipe (); public POSITION forw_raw_line (); public POSITION back_raw_line (); public void init_charset (); public int binary_char (); public int control_char (); public char * prchar (); public void cmd_reset (); public int len_cmdbuf (); public void set_mlist (); public void cmd_accept (); public int cmd_char (); public int cmd_int (); public void cmd_putstr (); public char * get_cmdbuf (); public int in_mca (); public int getcc (); public void ungetcc (); public void ungetsc (); public void commands (); public void init_cmds (); public void add_fcmd_table (); public void add_ecmd_table (); public int cmd_search (); public int fcmd_decode (); public int ecmd_decode (); public int lesskey (); public void add_hometable (); public int editchar (); public void init_textlist (); public char * forw_textlist (); public char * back_textlist (); public int edit (); public int edit_ifile (); public int edit_list (); public int edit_first (); public int edit_last (); public int edit_next (); public int edit_prev (); public int edit_index (); public int edit_stdin (); public void cat_file (); public void use_logfile (); public char * homefile (); public char * find_helpfile (); public char * fexpand (); public char * fcomplete (); public int bin_file (); public char * glob (); public char * open_altfile (); public void close_altfile (); public char * glob (); public char * open_altfile (); public void close_altfile (); public char * glob (); public char * open_altfile (); public void close_altfile (); public char * bad_file (); public POSITION filesize (); public char * bad_file (); public POSITION filesize (); public void forw (); public void back (); public void forward (); public void backward (); public int get_back_scroll (); public void help (); public void del_ifile (); public IFILE next_ifile (); public IFILE prev_ifile (); public IFILE getoff_ifile (); public int nifile (); public IFILE get_ifile (); public char * get_filename (); public int get_index (); public void store_pos (); public void get_pos (); public void set_open (); public int opened (); public POSITION forw_line (); public POSITION back_line (); public void jump_forw (); public void jump_back (); public void repaint (); public void jump_percent (); public void jump_line_loc (); public void jump_loc (); public void prewind (); public void plinenum (); public int pappend (); public void pdone (); public int gline (); public void null_line (); public POSITION forw_raw_line (); public POSITION back_raw_line (); public void clr_linenum (); public void add_lnum (); public int find_linenum (); public POSITION find_pos (); public int currline (); public void lsystem (); public int pipe_mark (); public int pipe_data (); public void init_mark (); public int badmark (); public void setmark (); public void lastmark (); public void gomark (); public POSITION markpos (); public void opt_o (); public void opt__O (); public void opt_l (); public void opt__L (); public void opt_k (); public void opt_t (); public void opt__T (); public void opt_p (); public void opt__P (); public void opt_b (); public void opt_i (); public void opt__V (); public void opt_D (); public void opt_query (); public int get_swindow (); public void scan_option (); public void toggle_option (); public int single_char_option (); public char * opt_prompt (); public int isoptpending (); public void nopendopt (); public int getnum (); public void init_option (); public struct option * findopt (); public int iread (); public void intread (); public long get_time (); public char * errno_message (); public int percentage (); public void put_line (); public void flush (); public int putchr (); public void putstr (); public void error (); public void ierror (); public int query (); public POSITION position (); public void add_forw_pos (); public void add_back_pos (); public void pos_clear (); public void pos_init (); public int onscreen (); public int empty_screen (); public int empty_lines (); public void get_scrpos (); public int adjsline (); public void init_prompt (); public char * pr_expand (); public char * eq_message (); public char * pr_string (); public void undo_search (); public void chg_caseless (); public int search (); public void hlsearch (); public void fake_interrupt (); public RETSIGTYPE winch (); public RETSIGTYPE winch (); public void init_signals (); public void psignals (); public void findtag (); public POSITION tagsearch (); public void open_getchr (); public int getchr (); the sys_errlist[] variable */ #define HAVE_SYS_ERRLIST 0 /* Define HAVE_OSPEED if your termcap library has the ospeed variable */ #define HAVE_OSPEED 0 /* Define MUST_DEFINE_OSPEED if you have ospeed but it is not defined * in termcap.h. */ #define MUST_DEFINE_OSPEED 0 /* Define HAVE_LOCALE if you have locale.h and setlocale. */ #define HAVE_LOCALE 0 /* Define HAVEless-252/less.h 444 2320 12 11733 5647700736 6553 /* * Copyright (c) 1984,1985,1989,1994 Mark Nudelman * All rights reserved. * * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions * are met: * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright * notice in the documentation and/or other materials provided with * the distribution. * * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT * OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR * BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, * WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE * OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN * IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. */ /* * Standard include file for "less". */ /* * Include the file of compile-time options. * The <> make cc search for it in -I., not srcdir. */ #include /* * Language details. */ #if HAVE_VOID #define VOID_POINTER void * #else #define VOID_POINTER char * #define void int #endif #define public /* PUBLIC FUNCTION */ /* Library function declarations */ #if HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H #include #endif #if HAVE_STDIO_H #include #endif #if HAVE_UNISTD_H #include #endif #if HAVE_CTYPE_H #include #endif #if STDC_HEADERS #include #include #endif #if !STDC_HEADERS char *getenv(); off_t lseek(); VOID_POINTER calloc(); void free(); #endif #if !HAVE_UPPER_LOWER #define isupper(c) ((c) >= 'A' && (c) <= 'Z') #define islower(c) ((c) >= 'a' && (c) <= 'z') #define toupper(c) ((c) - 'a' + 'A') #define tolower(c) ((c) - 'A' + 'a') #endif #ifndef NULL #define NULL 0 #endif #ifndef HAVE_MEMCPY #ifndef memcpy #define memcpy(to,from,len) bcopy((from),(to),(len)) #endif #endif #define BAD_LSEEK ((off_t)-1) /* * Special types and constants. */ typedef long POSITION; /* * {{ Warning: if POSITION is changed to other than "long", * you may have to change some of the printfs which use "%ld" * to print a variable of type POSITION. }} */ #define NULL_POSITION ((POSITION)(-1)) /* * An IFILE represents an input file. */ #define IFILE VOID_POINTER #define NULL_IFILE ((IFILE)NULL) /* * The structure used to represent a "screen position". * This consists of a file position, and a screen line number. * The meaning is that the line starting at the given file * position is displayed on the ln-th line of the screen. * (Screen lines before ln are empty.) */ struct scrpos { POSITION pos; int ln; }; typedef union parg { char *p_string; int p_int; } PARG; #define NULL_PARG ((PARG *)NULL) struct textlist { char *string; char *endstring; }; #define EOI (-1) #define READ_INTR (-2) /* How quiet should we be? */ #define NOT_QUIET 0 /* Ring bell at eof and for errors */ #define LITTLE_QUIET 1 /* Ring bell only for errors */ #define VERY_QUIET 2 /* Never ring bell */ /* How should we prompt? */ #define PR_SHORT 0 /* Prompt with colon */ #define PR_MEDIUM 1 /* Prompt with message */ #define PR_LONG 2 /* Prompt with longer message */ /* How should we handle backspaces? */ #define BS_SPECIAL 0 /* Do special things for underlining and bold */ #define BS_NORMAL 1 /* \b treated as normal char; actually output */ #define BS_CONTROL 2 /* \b treated as control char; prints as ^H */ /* How should we search? */ #define SRCH_FORW 0 /* Search forward from current position */ #define SRCH_BACK 1 /* Search backward from current position */ #define SRCH_NOMATCH 0100 /* Search for non-matching lines */ #define SRCH_PAST_EOF 0200 /* Search past end-of-file, into next file */ #define SRCH_FIRST_FILE 0400 /* Search starting at the first file */ #define SRCH_DIR(t) ((t) & 01) #define SRCH_REVERSE(t) ((t) ^ 01) /* */ #define NO_MCA 0 #define MCA_DONE 1 #define MCA_MORE 2 #define CC_OK 0 /* Char was accepted & processed */ #define CC_QUIT 1 /* Char was a request to abort current cmd */ #define CC_ERROR 2 /* Char could not be accepted due to error */ #define CC_PASS 3 /* Char was rejected (internal) */ /* Special chars used to tell put_line() to do something special */ #define AT_NORMAL (0) #define AT_UNDERLINE (1) #define AT_BOLD (2) #define AT_BLINK (3) #define AT_INVIS (4) #define AT_STANDOUT (5) #define CONTROL(c) ((c)&037) #define ESC CONTROL('[') #define SIGNAL(sig,func) signal(sig,func) #define S_INTERRUPT 01 #define S_STOP 02 #define S_WINCH 04 #define ABORT_SIGS() (sigs & (S_INTERRUPT|S_STOP)) #define ch_zero() ((POSITION)0) #include "funcs.h" E_VOID #define VOID_POINTER void * #eless-252/lesskey.h 444 2320 12 1045 5647154031 7226 /* * Format of a lesskey file: * * LESSKEY_MAGIC (4 bytes) * sections... * END_LESSKEY_MAGIC (4 bytes) * * Each section is: * * section_MAGIC (1 byte) * section_length (2 bytes) * key table (section_length bytes) */ #define C0_LESSKEY_MAGIC '\0' #define C1_LESSKEY_MAGIC 'M' #define C2_LESSKEY_MAGIC '+' #define C3_LESSKEY_MAGIC 'G' #define CMD_SECTION 'c' #define EDIT_SECTION 'e' #define END_SECTION 'x' #define C0_END_LESSKEY_MAGIC 'E' #define C1_END_LESSKEY_MAGIC 'n' #define C2_END_LESSKEY_MAGIC 'd' /* */ #define KRADIX 64 Search past end-of-file, into next file */ #define SRCH_FIRST_FILE 0400 /* Search starting at the first file */ #define SRCH_DIR(t) ((t) & 01) #define SRCH_REVERSE(t) ((t) ^ 01) /* */ #define NO_MCA 0 #define MCA_DONE 1 #define MCA_MORE 2 #define CC_OK 0 /* Char was accepted & processed */ #define CC_QUIT 1 /* Char was a request to abort current cmd */ #define CC_ERROR 2 /* Char could not be accepted due to error */ #define CC_PASS 3 /* Char was rejected (internaless-252/option.h 444 2320 12 4630 5647700740 7066 /* * Copyright (c) 1984,1985,1989,1994 Mark Nudelman * All rights reserved. * * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions * are met: * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright * notice in the documentation and/or other materials provided with * the distribution. * * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT * OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR * BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, * WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE * OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN * IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. */ #define END_OPTION_STRING ('$') /* * Types of options. */ #define BOOL 01 /* Boolean option: 0 or 1 */ #define TRIPLE 02 /* Triple-valued option: 0, 1 or 2 */ #define NUMBER 04 /* Numeric option */ #define STRING 010 /* String-valued option */ #define NOVAR 020 /* No associated variable */ #define REPAINT 040 /* Repaint screen after toggling option */ #define NO_TOGGLE 0100 /* Option cannot be toggled with "-" cmd */ #define OTYPE (BOOL|TRIPLE|NUMBER|STRING|NOVAR) /* * Argument to a handling function tells what type of activity: */ #define INIT 0 /* Initialization (from command line) */ #define QUERY 1 /* Query (from _ or - command) */ #define TOGGLE 2 /* Change value (from - command) */ /* Flag to toggle_option to specify how to "toggle" */ #define OPT_NO_TOGGLE 0 #define OPT_TOGGLE 1 #define OPT_UNSET 2 #define OPT_SET 3 struct option { char oletter; /* The controlling letter (a-z) */ char otype; /* Type of the option */ int odefault; /* Default value */ int *ovar; /* Pointer to the associated variable */ void (*ofunc)(); /* Pointer to special handling function */ char *odesc[3]; /* Description of each value */ }; env(); off_t lseek(); VOID_POINTER calloc(); void free(); #endif #if !HAVE_UPPER_LOWER #define isupper(less-252/position.h 444 2320 12 2674 5647700740 7430 /* * Copyright (c) 1984,1985,1989,1994 Mark Nudelman * All rights reserved. * * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions * are met: * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright * notice in the documentation and/or other materials provided with * the distribution. * * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT * OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR * BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, * WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE * OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN * IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. */ /* * Include file for interfacing to position.c modules. */ #define TOP (0) #define TOP_PLUS_ONE (1) #define BOTTOM (-1) #define BOTTOM_PLUS_ONE (-2) #define MIDDLE (-3) lue (from - command) */ /* Flag to toggle_option to specify how to less-252/install.sh 555 2320 12 4212 5647700736 7413 #!/bin/sh # # install - install a program, script, or datafile # This comes from X11R5; it is not part of GNU. # # $XConsortium: install.sh,v 1.2 89/12/18 14:47:22 jim Exp $ # # This script is compatible with the BSD install script, but was written # from scratch. # # set DOITPROG to echo to test this script # Don't use :- since 4.3BSD and earlier shells don't like it. doit="${DOITPROG-}" # put in absolute paths if you don't have them in your path; or use env. vars. mvprog="${MVPROG-mv}" cpprog="${CPPROG-cp}" chmodprog="${CHMODPROG-chmod}" chownprog="${CHOWNPROG-chown}" chgrpprog="${CHGRPPROG-chgrp}" stripprog="${STRIPPROG-strip}" rmprog="${RMPROG-rm}" instcmd="$mvprog" chmodcmd="" chowncmd="" chgrpcmd="" stripcmd="" rmcmd="$rmprog -f" mvcmd="$mvprog" src="" dst="" while [ x"$1" != x ]; do case $1 in -c) instcmd="$cpprog" shift continue;; -m) chmodcmd="$chmodprog $2" shift shift continue;; -o) chowncmd="$chownprog $2" shift shift continue;; -g) chgrpcmd="$chgrpprog $2" shift shift continue;; -s) stripcmd="$stripprog" shift continue;; *) if [ x"$src" = x ] then src=$1 else dst=$1 fi shift continue;; esac done if [ x"$src" = x ] then echo "install: no input file specified" exit 1 fi if [ x"$dst" = x ] then echo "install: no destination specified" exit 1 fi # If destination is a directory, append the input filename; if your system # does not like double slashes in filenames, you may need to add some logic if [ -d $dst ] then dst="$dst"/`basename $src` fi # Make a temp file name in the proper directory. dstdir=`dirname $dst` dsttmp=$dstdir/#inst.$$# # Move or copy the file name to the temp name $doit $instcmd $src $dsttmp # and set any options; do chmod last to preserve setuid bits if [ x"$chowncmd" != x ]; then $doit $chowncmd $dsttmp; fi if [ x"$chgrpcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chgrpcmd $dsttmp; fi if [ x"$stripcmd" != x ]; then $doit $stripcmd $dsttmp; fi if [ x"$chmodcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chmodcmd $dsttmp; fi # Now rename the file to the real destination. $doit $rmcmd $dst $doit $mvcmd $dsttmp $dst exit 0 'A' + 'a') #endif #ifndef NULL #define NULL 0 #endif #ifndef HAVE_MEMCPY #ifndef memcpy #define memcpy(to,from,len) bcopy((from),(to),(len)) #endif #endif #define BAD_LSEEK ((off_t)-1) /* * Special types and constants. */ typedef long POSITION; /* * {{ Warning: if POSITION is changed to other than "long", * you may have to change some of the printfs which useless-252/defines.h.in 644 2320 12 13404 5662456205 7622 /* defines.h.in. Generated automatically from configure.in by autoheader. */ /* Unix definition file for less. -*- C -*- * * This file has 3 sections: * User preferences. * Settings always true on Unix. * Settings automatically determined by configure. * * * * * * * WARNING * * * * * * * If you edit defines.h by hand, do "touch stamp-h" before you run make * so config.status doesn't overwrite your changes. */ /* User preferences. */ /* * SHELL_ESCAPE is 1 if you wish to allow shell escapes. * (This is possible only if your system supplies the system() function.) */ #define SHELL_ESCAPE 1 /* * TAB_COMPLETE_FILENAME is 1 if you wish to allow the TAB key * to complete filenames at prompts. */ #define TAB_COMPLETE_FILENAME 1 /* * CMD_HISTORY is 1 if you wish to allow keys to cycle through * previous commands at prompts. */ #define CMD_HISTORY 1 /* * HILITE_SEARCH is 1 if you wish to have search targets to be * displayed in standout mode. */ #define HILITE_SEARCH 1 /* * EDITOR is 1 if you wish to allow editor invocation (the "v" command). * (This is possible only if your system supplies the system() function.) * EDIT_PGM is the name of the (default) editor to be invoked. */ #define EDITOR 1 #define EDIT_PGM "vi" /* * TAGS is 1 if you wish to support tag files. */ #define TAGS 1 /* * USERFILE is 1 if you wish to allow a .less file to specify * user-defined key bindings. */ #define USERFILE 1 /* * GLOB is 1 if you wish to have shell metacharacters expanded in filenames. * This will generally work if your system provides the "popen" function * and the "echo" shell command. */ #define GLOB 1 /* * PIPEC is 1 if you wish to have the "|" command * which allows the user to pipe data into a shell command. */ #define PIPEC 1 /* * LOGFILE is 1 if you wish to allow the -l option (to create log files). */ #define LOGFILE 1 /* * ONLY_RETURN is 1 if you want RETURN to be the only input which * will continue past an error message. * Otherwise, any key will continue past an error message. */ #define ONLY_RETURN 0 /* * LESSKEYFILE is the filename of the default lesskey output file * (in the HOME directory). * DEF_LESSKEYINFILE is the filename of the default lesskey input * (in the HOME directory). */ #define LESSKEYFILE ".less" #define DEF_LESSKEYINFILE ".lesskey" /* Settings always true on Unix. */ /* * Define MSOFTC if compiling under Microsoft C. */ #define MSOFTC 0 /* * HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H is 1 if your system has . */ #define HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H 1 /* * HAVE_STAT is 1 if your system has the stat() call. */ #define HAVE_STAT 1 /* * HAVE_PERROR is 1 if your system has the perror() call. * (Actually, if it has sys_errlist, sys_nerr and errno.) */ #define HAVE_PERROR 1 /* * HAVE_TIME is 1 if your system has the time() call. */ #define HAVE_TIME 1 /* * HAVE_SHELL is 1 if your system supports a SHELL command interpreter. */ #define HAVE_SHELL 1 /* Settings automatically determined by configure. */ /* Define to `long' if doesn't define. */ #undef off_t /* Define as the return type of signal handlers (int or void). */ #undef RETSIGTYPE /* Define if you have the ANSI C header files. */ #undef STDC_HEADERS /* * Regular expression library. * Define exactly one of the following to be 1: * HAVE_POSIX_REGCOMP: POSIX regcomp() and regex.h * HAVE_RE_COMP: BSD re_comp() * HAVE_REGCMP: System V regcmp() * HAVE_V8_REGCOMP: Henry Spencer V8 regcomp() and regexp.h * NO_REGEX: pattern matching is supported, but without metacharacters. */ #undef HAVE_POSIX_REGCOMP #undef HAVE_RE_COMP #undef HAVE_REGCMP #undef HAVE_V8_REGCOMP #undef NO_REGEX /* Define HAVE_VOID if your compiler supports the "void" type. */ #undef HAVE_VOID /* Define HAVE_TIME_T if your system supports the "time_t" type. */ #undef HAVE_TIME_T /* Define HAVE_STRERROR if you have the strerror() function. */ #undef HAVE_STRERROR /* Define HAVE_ERRNO if you have the errno variable */ #undef HAVE_ERRNO /* Define HAVE_SYS_ERRLIST if you have the sys_errlist[] variable */ #undef HAVE_SYS_ERRLIST /* Define HAVE_OSPEED if your termcap library has the ospeed variable */ #undef HAVE_OSPEED /* Define MUST_DEFINE_OSPEED if you have ospeed but it is not defined * in termcap.h. */ #undef MUST_DEFINE_OSPEED /* Define HAVE_LOCALE if you have locale.h and setlocale. */ #undef HAVE_LOCALE /* Define HAVE_TERMIOS_FUNCS if you have tcgetattr/tcsetattr */ #undef HAVE_TERMIOS_FUNCS /* Define HAVE_UPPER_LOWER if you have isupper, islower, toupper, tolower */ #undef HAVE_UPPER_LOWER /* Define if you have _setjmp. */ #undef HAVE__SETJMP /* Define if you have memcpy. */ #undef HAVE_MEMCPY /* Define if you have sigsetmask. */ #undef HAVE_SIGSETMASK /* Define if you have strchr. */ #undef HAVE_STRCHR /* Define if you have system. */ #undef HAVE_SYSTEM /* Define if you have the header file. */ #undef HAVE_CTYPE_H /* Define if you have the header file. */ #undef HAVE_ERRNO_H /* Define if you have the header file. */ #undef HAVE_FCNTL_H /* Define if you have the header file. */ #undef HAVE_STDIO_H /* Define if you have the header file. */ #undef HAVE_SYS_IOCTL_H /* Define if you have the header file. */ #undef HAVE_SYS_PTEM_H /* Define if you have the header file. */ #undef HAVE_SYS_STREAM_H /* Define if you have the header file. */ #undef HAVE_TERMCAP_H /* Define if you have the header file. */ #undef HAVE_TERMIO_H /* Define if you have the header file. */ #undef HAVE_TERMIOS_H /* Define if you have the header file. */ #undef HAVE_TIME_H /* Define if you have the header file. */ #undef HAVE_UNISTD_H /* Define if you have the header file. */ #undef HAVE_VALUES_H C 1 /* * LOGFILE is 1 if you wish to allow the -l option (to create log files). */ #define LOGFILE 1 /* * ONLY_RETURN is 1 if you want RETURN to be the only input which * will continue past an error message. * Otherwise, any key will continue less-252/defines.h.top 444 2320 12 5616 5662455736 10012 /* Unix definition file for less. -*- C -*- * * This file has 3 sections: * User preferences. * Settings always true on Unix. * Settings automatically determined by configure. * * * * * * * WARNING * * * * * * * If you edit defines.h by hand, do "touch stamp-h" before you run make * so config.status doesn't overwrite your changes. */ /* User preferences. */ /* * SHELL_ESCAPE is 1 if you wish to allow shell escapes. * (This is possible only if your system supplies the system() function.) */ #define SHELL_ESCAPE 1 /* * TAB_COMPLETE_FILENAME is 1 if you wish to allow the TAB key * to complete filenames at prompts. */ #define TAB_COMPLETE_FILENAME 1 /* * CMD_HISTORY is 1 if you wish to allow keys to cycle through * previous commands at prompts. */ #define CMD_HISTORY 1 /* * HILITE_SEARCH is 1 if you wish to have search targets to be * displayed in standout mode. */ #define HILITE_SEARCH 1 /* * EDITOR is 1 if you wish to allow editor invocation (the "v" command). * (This is possible only if your system supplies the system() function.) * EDIT_PGM is the name of the (default) editor to be invoked. */ #define EDITOR 1 #define EDIT_PGM "vi" /* * TAGS is 1 if you wish to support tag files. */ #define TAGS 1 /* * USERFILE is 1 if you wish to allow a .less file to specify * user-defined key bindings. */ #define USERFILE 1 /* * GLOB is 1 if you wish to have shell metacharacters expanded in filenames. * This will generally work if your system provides the "popen" function * and the "echo" shell command. */ #define GLOB 1 /* * PIPEC is 1 if you wish to have the "|" command * which allows the user to pipe data into a shell command. */ #define PIPEC 1 /* * LOGFILE is 1 if you wish to allow the -l option (to create log files). */ #define LOGFILE 1 /* * ONLY_RETURN is 1 if you want RETURN to be the only input which * will continue past an error message. * Otherwise, any key will continue past an error message. */ #define ONLY_RETURN 0 /* * LESSKEYFILE is the filename of the default lesskey output file * (in the HOME directory). * DEF_LESSKEYINFILE is the filename of the default lesskey input * (in the HOME directory). */ #define LESSKEYFILE ".less" #define DEF_LESSKEYINFILE ".lesskey" /* Settings always true on Unix. */ /* * Define MSOFTC if compiling under Microsoft C. */ #define MSOFTC 0 /* * HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H is 1 if your system has . */ #define HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H 1 /* * HAVE_STAT is 1 if your system has the stat() call. */ #define HAVE_STAT 1 /* * HAVE_PERROR is 1 if your system has the perror() call. * (Actually, if it has sys_errlist, sys_nerr and errno.) */ #define HAVE_PERROR 1 /* * HAVE_TIME is 1 if your system has the time() call. */ #define HAVE_TIME 1 /* * HAVE_SHELL is 1 if your system supports a SHELL command interpreter. */ #define HAVE_SHELL 1 /* Settings automatically determined by configure. */ fine HILITE_SEARCH 1 /* * EDITOR is 1 if you wish to allow editor invocation (the "v" command). * (This is possless-252/mkinstalldirs 555 2320 12 1211 5647700737 10211 #!/bin/sh # mkinstalldirs --- make directory hierarchy # Author: Noah Friedman # Created: 1993-05-16 # Last modified: 1994-03-25 # Public domain errstatus=0 for file in ${1+"$@"} ; do set fnord `echo ":$file" | sed -ne 's/^:\//#/;s/^://;s/\// /g;s/^#/\//;p'` shift pathcomp= for d in ${1+"$@"} ; do pathcomp="$pathcomp$d" case "$pathcomp" in -* ) pathcomp=./$pathcomp ;; esac if test ! -d "$pathcomp"; then echo "mkdir $pathcomp" 1>&2 mkdir "$pathcomp" || errstatus=$? fi pathcomp="$pathcomp/" done done exit $errstatus # mkinstalldirs ends here define HAVE_PERROR 1 /* * HAVE_TIME is 1 if your system has the time() call. */ #define HAVE_TIME 1 /* * HAVE_SHELL is 1 if your system supports a SHELL command interpreter. */ #define HAVE_SHELL 1 /* Settings automatically determined by configure. */ fine HILITE_SEARCH 1 /* * EDITOR is 1 if you wish to allow editor invocation (the "v" command). * (This is possless-252/less.nro 444 2320 12 117767 5654016172 7150 .TH LESS 1 .SH NAME less \- opposite of more .SH SYNOPSIS .B "less -?" .br .B "less -V" .br .B "less [-[+]aBcCdeEfHimMnNqQrsSuUw]" .br .B " [-b \fIbufs\fP] [-h \fIlines\fP] [-j \fIline\fP] [-k \fIkeyfile\fP]" .br .B " [-{oO} \fIlogfile\fP] [-p \fIpattern\fP] [-P \fIprompt\fP] [-t \fItag\fP]" .br .B " [-T \fItagfile\fP] [-x \fItab\fP] [-y \fIlines\fP] [-[z] \fIlines\fP]" .br .B " [+[+]\fIcmd\fP] [\fIfilename\fP]..." .SH DESCRIPTION .I Less is a program similar to .I more (1), but which allows backward movement in the file as well as forward movement. Also, .I less does not have to read the entire input file before starting, so with large input files it starts up faster than text editors like .I vi (1). .I Less uses termcap (or terminfo on some systems), so it can run on a variety of terminals. There is even limited support for hardcopy terminals. (On a hardcopy terminal, lines which should be printed at the top of the screen are prefixed with a caret.) .PP Commands are based on both .I more and .I vi. Commands may be preceded by a decimal number, called N in the descriptions below. The number is used by some commands, as indicated. .SH COMMANDS In the following descriptions, ^X means control-X. ESC stands for the ESCAPE key; for example ESC-v means the two character sequence "ESCAPE", then "v". .IP "h or H" Help: display a summary of these commands. If you forget all the other commands, remember this one. .PP .IP "SPACE or ^V or f or ^F" Scroll forward N lines, default one window (see option -z below). If N is more than the screen size, only the final screenful is displayed. Warning: some systems use ^V as a special literalization character. .PP .IP "z" Like SPACE, but if N is specified, it becomes the new window size. .PP .IP "RETURN or ^N or e or ^E or j or ^J" Scroll forward N lines, default 1. The entire N lines are displayed, even if N is more than the screen size. .PP .IP "d or ^D" Scroll forward N lines, default one half of the screen size. If N is specified, it becomes the new default for subsequent d and u commands. .PP .IP "b or ^B or ESC-v" Scroll backward N lines, default one window (see option -z below). If N is more than the screen size, only the final screenful is displayed. .PP .IP "w" Like ESC-v, but if N is specified, it becomes the new window size. .PP .IP "y or ^Y or ^P or k or ^K" Scroll backward N lines, default 1. The entire N lines are displayed, even if N is more than the screen size. Warning: some systems use ^Y as a special job control character. .PP .IP "u or ^U" Scroll backward N lines, default one half of the screen size. If N is specified, it becomes the new default for subsequent d and u commands. .PP .IP "r or ^R or ^L" Repaint the screen. .PP .IP R Repaint the screen, discarding any buffered input. Useful if the file is changing while it is being viewed. .PP .IP "F" Scroll forward, and keep trying to read when the end of file is reached. Normally this command would be used when already at the end of the file. It is a way to monitor the tail of a file which is growing while it is being viewed. (The behavior is similar to the "tail -f" command.) .PP .IP "g or < or ESC-<" Go to line N in the file, default 1 (beginning of file). (Warning: this may be slow if N is large.) .PP .IP "G or > or ESC->" Go to line N in the file, default the end of the file. (Warning: this may be slow if N is large, or if N is not specified and standard input, rather than a file, is being read.) .PP .IP "p or %" Go to a position N percent into the file. N should be between 0 and 100. (This works if standard input is being read, but only if .I less has already read to the end of the file. It is always fast, but not always useful.) .PP .IP "{" If a left curly bracket appears in the top line displayed on the screen, the { command will go to the matching right curly bracket. The matching right curly bracket is positioned on the bottom line of the screen. If there is more than one left curly bracket on the top line, a number N may be used to specify the N-th bracket on the line. .PP .IP "}" If a right curly bracket appears in the bottom line displayed on the screen, the } command will go to the matching left curly bracket. The matching left curly bracket is positioned on the top line of the screen. If there is more than one right curly bracket on the top line, a number N may be used to specify the N-th bracket on the line. .PP .IP "(" Like {, but applies to parentheses rather than curly brackets. .PP .IP ")" Like }, but applies to parentheses rather than curly brackets. .PP .IP "[" Like {, but applies to square brackets rather than curly brackets. .PP .IP "]" Like }, but applies to square brackets rather than curly brackets. .PP .IP "ESC-^F" Followed by two characters, acts like {, but uses the two characters as open and close brackets, respectively. For example, "ESC ^F < >" could be used to go forward to the > which matches the < in the top displayed line. .IP "ESC-^B" Followed by two characters, acts like }, but uses the two characters as open and close brackets, respectively. For example, "ESC ^B < >" could be used to go backward to the < which matches the > in the bottom displayed line. .IP m Followed by any lowercase letter, marks the current position with that letter. .PP .IP "'" (Single quote.) Followed by any lowercase letter, returns to the position which was previously marked with that letter. Followed by another single quote, returns to the position at which the last "large" movement command was executed. Followed by a ^ or $, jumps to the beginning or end of the file respectively. Marks are preserved when a new file is examined, so the ' command can be used to switch between input files. .PP .IP "^X^X" Same as single quote. .PP .IP /pattern Search forward in the file for the N-th line containing the pattern. N defaults to 1. The pattern is a regular expression, as recognized by .I ed. The search starts at the second line displayed (but see the -a and -j options, which change this). .sp Certain characters are special if entered at the beginning of the pattern; they modify the type of search rather than become part of the pattern: .RS .IP ! Search for lines which do NOT match the pattern. .IP * Search multiple files. That is, if the search reaches the end of the current file without finding a match, the search continues in the next file in the command line list. .IP @ Begin the search at the first line of the first file in the command line list, regardless of what is currently displayed on the screen or the settings of the -a or -j options. .RE .PP .IP ?pattern Search backward in the file for the N-th line containing the pattern. The search starts at the line immediately before the top line displayed. .sp Certain characters are special as in the / command: .RS .IP ! Search for lines which do NOT match the pattern. .IP * Search multiple files. That is, if the search reaches the beginning of the current file without finding a match, the search continues in the previous file in the command line list. .IP @ Begin the search at the last line of the last file in the command line list, regardless of what is currently displayed on the screen or the settings of the -a or -j options. .RE .PP .IP "ESC-/pattern" Same as "/*". .PP .IP "ESC-?pattern" Same as "?*". .PP .IP n Repeat previous search, for N-th line containing the last pattern. If the previous search was modified by !, the search is made for the N-th line NOT containing the pattern. If the previous search was modified by *, the search continues in the next (or previous) file if not satisfied in the current file. There is no effect if the previous search was modified by @. .PP .IP N Repeat previous search, but in the reverse direction. .PP .IP "ESC-n" Repeat previous search, but crossing file boundaries. The effect is as if the previous search were modified by *. .PP .IP "ESC-N" Repeat previous search, but in the reverse direction and crossing file boundaries. .PP .IP "ESC-u" Undo search highlighting. Turn off highlighting of strings matching the current search pattern. If highlighting is already off because of a previous ESC-u command, turn highlighting back on. Any search command will also turn highlighting back on. (Highlighting can also be disabled by toggling the -F flag; in that case search commands do not turn highlighting back on.) .PP .IP ":e [filename]" Examine a new file. If the filename is missing, the "current" file (see the :n and :p commands below) from the list of files in the command line is re-examined. A percent sign (%) in the filename is replaced by the name of the current file. A pound sign (#) is replaced by the name of the previously examined file. The filename is inserted into the command line list of files so that it can be seen by subsequent :n and :p commands. If the filename consists of several files, they are all inserted into the list of files and the first one is examined. .PP .IP "^X^V or E" Same as :e. Warning: some systems use ^V as a special literalization character. .PP .IP ":n" Examine the next file (from the list of files given in the command line). If a number N is specified, the N-th next file is examined. .PP .IP ":p" Examine the previous file in the command line list. If a number N is specified, the N-th previous file is examined. .PP .IP ":x" Examine the first file in the command line list. If a number N is specified, the N-th file in the list is examined. .PP .IP "= or ^G or :f" Prints some information about the file being viewed, including its name and the line number and byte offset of the bottom line being displayed. If possible, it also prints the length of the file, the number of lines in the file and the percent of the file above the last displayed line. .PP .IP \- Followed by one of the command line option letters (see below), this will change the setting of that option and print a message describing the new setting. If the option letter has a numeric value (such as -b or -h), or a string value (such as -P or -t), a new value may be entered after the option letter. If no new value is entered, a message describing the current setting is printed and nothing is changed. .PP .IP \-+ Followed by one of the command line option letters (see below), this will reset the option to its default setting and print a message describing the new setting. (The "\-+\fIX\fP" command does the same thing as "\-+\fIX\fP" on the command line.) This does not work for string-valued options. .PP .IP \-\- Followed by one of the command line option letters (see below), this will reset the option to the "opposite" of its default setting and print a message describing the new setting. (The "\-\-\fIX\fP" command does the same thing as "\-\fIX\fP" on the command line.) This does not work for numeric or string-valued options. .PP .IP _ (Underscore.) Followed by one of the command line option letters (see below), this will print a message describing the current setting of that option. The setting of the option is not changed. .PP .IP +cmd Causes the specified cmd to be executed each time a new file is examined. For example, +G causes .I less to initially display each file starting at the end rather than the beginning. .PP .IP V Prints the version number of .I less being run. .PP .IP "q or :q or :Q or ZZ" Exits .I less. .PP The following three commands may or may not be valid, depending on your particular installation. .PP .IP v Invokes an editor to edit the current file being viewed. The editor is taken from the environment variable EDITOR, or defaults to "vi". See also the discussion of LESSEDIT under the section on PROMPTS below. .PP .IP "! shell-command" Invokes a shell to run the shell-command given. A percent sign (%) in the command is replaced by the name of the current file. A pound sign (#) is replaced by the name of the previously examined file. "!!" repeats the last shell command. "!" with no shell command simply invokes a shell. In all cases, the shell is taken from the environment variable SHELL, or defaults to "sh". .PP .IP "| shell-command" represents any mark letter. Pipes a section of the input file to the given shell command. The section of the file to be piped is between the first line on the current screen and the position marked by the letter. may also be ^ or $ to indicate beginning or end of file respectively. If is . or newline, the current screen is piped. .PP .SH OPTIONS Command line options are described below. Most options may be changed while .I less is running, via the "\-" command. .PP Options are also taken from the environment variable "LESS". For example, to avoid typing "less -options ..." each time .I less is invoked, you might tell .I csh: .sp setenv LESS "-options" .sp or if you use .I sh: .sp LESS="-options"; export LESS .sp The environment variable is parsed before the command line, so command line options override the LESS environment variable. If an option appears in the LESS variable, it can be reset to its default on the command line by beginning the command line option with "-+". .sp A dollar sign ($) may be used to signal the end of an option string. This is important only for options like -P which take a following string. .IP -? This option displays a summary of the commands accepted by .I less (the same as the h command). If this option is given, all other options are ignored, and .I less exits after the help screen is viewed. (Depending on how your shell interprets the question mark, it may be necessary to quote the question mark, thus: "-\\?".) .IP -a Causes searches to start after the last line displayed on the screen, thus skipping all lines displayed on the screen. By default, searches start at the second line on the screen (or after the last found line; see the -j option). .IP -b\fIn\fP Causes .I less to use a non-standard number of buffers. Buffers are 1K, and by default 10 buffers are used (except if data in coming from standard input; see the -B option). The number \fIn\fP specifies a different number of buffers to use. .IP -B Disables automatic allocation of buffers, so that only the default number of buffers are used. If more data is read than will fit in the buffers, the oldest data is discarded. By default, when data is coming from standard input, buffers are allocated automatically as needed to avoid loss of data. .IP -c Causes full screen repaints to be painted from the top line down. By default, full screen repaints are done by scrolling from the bottom of the screen. .IP -C The -C option is like -c, but the screen is cleared before it is repainted. .IP -d The -d option suppresses the error message normally displayed if the terminal is dumb; that is, lacks some important capability, such as the ability to clear the screen or scroll backward. The -d option does not otherwise change the behavior of .I less on a dumb terminal). .IP -D\fBx\fP\fIcolor\fP [MS-DOS only] Sets the color of the text displayed. \fBx\fP is a single character which selects the type of text whose color is being set: n=normal, s=standout, d=bold, u=underlined, k=blink. \fIcolor\fP is a pair of numbers separated by a period. The first number selects the foreground color and the second selects the background color of the text. A single number \fIN\fP is the same as \fIN.0\fP. .IP -e Causes .I less to automatically exit the second time it reaches end-of-file. By default, the only way to exit .I less is via the "q" command. .IP -E Causes .I less to automatically exit the first time it reaches end-of-file. .IP -f Forces non-regular files to be opened. (A non-regular file is a directory or a device special file.) Also suppresses the warning message when a binary file is opened. By default, .I less will refuse to open non-regular files. .IP -F Normally, .I less will highlight all strings which match the current search pattern, by displaying them in standout mode. The -F flag suppresses this highlighting. .IP -h\fIn\fP Specifies a maximum number of lines to scroll backward. If it is necessary to scroll backward more than \fIn\fP lines, the screen is repainted in a forward direction instead. (If the terminal does not have the ability to scroll backward, -h0 is implied.) .IP -i Causes searches to ignore case; that is, uppercase and lowercase are considered identical. This option is ignored if any uppercase letters appear in the search pattern. .IP -j\fIn\fP Specifies a line on the screen where "target" lines are to be positioned. Target lines are the object of text searches, tag searches, jumps to a line number, jumps to a file percentage, and jumps to a marked position. The screen line is specified by a number: the top line on the screen is 1, the next is 2, and so on. The number may be negative to specify a line relative to the bottom of the screen: the bottom line on the screen is -1, the second to the bottom is -2, and so on. If the -j option is used, searches begin at the line immediately after the target line. For example, if "-j4" is used, the target line is the fourth line on the screen, so searches begin at the fifth line on the screen. .IP -k\fIfilename\fP Causes .I less to open and interpret the named file as a .I lesskey (1) file. Multiple -k options may be specified. If a file called .less exists in the user's home directory, this file is also used as a .I lesskey file. .IP -m Causes .I less to prompt verbosely (like \fImore\fP), with the percent into the file. By default, .I less prompts with a colon. .IP -M Causes .I less to prompt even more verbosely than .I more. .IP -n Suppresses line numbers. The default (to use line numbers) may cause .I less to run more slowly in some cases, especially with a very large input file. Suppressing line numbers with the -n flag will avoid this problem. Using line numbers means: the line number will be displayed in the verbose prompt and in the = command, and the v command will pass the current line number to the editor (see also the discussion of LESSEDIT in PROMPTS below). .IP -N Causes a line number to be displayed at the beginning of each line in the display. .IP -o\fIfilename\fP Causes .I less to copy its input to the named file as it is being viewed. This applies only when the input file is a pipe, not an ordinary file. If the file already exists, .I less will ask for confirmation before overwriting it. .IP -O\fIfilename\fP The -O option is like -o, but it will overwrite an existing file without asking for confirmation. .sp If no log file has been specified, the -o and -O options can be used from within .I less to specify a log file. Without a file name, they will simply report the name of the log file. The "s" command is equivalent to specifying -o from within .I less. .IP -p\fIpattern\fP The -p option on the command line is equivalent to specifying +/\fIpattern\fP; that is, it tells .I less to start at the first occurence of \fIpattern\fP in the file. .IP -P\fIprompt\fP Provides a way to tailor the three prompt styles to your own preference. This option would normally be put in the LESS environment variable, rather than being typed in with each .I less command. Such an option must either be the last option in the LESS variable, or be terminated by a dollar sign. -P followed by a string changes the default (short) prompt to that string. -Pm changes the medium (-m) prompt to the string, and -PM changes the long (-M) prompt. Also, -P= changes the message printed by the = command to the given string. All prompt strings consist of a sequence of letters and special escape sequences. See the section on PROMPTS for more details. .IP -q Causes moderately "quiet" operation: the terminal bell is not rung if an attempt is made to scroll past the end of the file or before the beginning of the file. If the terminal has a "visual bell", it is used instead. The bell will be rung on certain other errors, such as typing an invalid character. The default is to ring the terminal bell in all such cases. .IP -Q Causes totally "quiet" operation: the terminal bell is never rung. .IP -r Causes "raw" control characters to be displayed. The default is to display control characters using the caret notation; for example, a control-A (octal 001) is displayed as "^A". Warning: when the -r flag is used, .I less cannot keep track of the actual appearance of the screen (since this depends on how the screen responds to each type of control character). Thus, various display problems may result, such as long lines being split in the wrong place. .IP -s Causes consecutive blank lines to be squeezed into a single blank line. This is useful when viewing .I nroff output. .IP -S Causes lines longer than the screen width to be chopped rather than folded. That is, the remainder of a long line is simply discarded. The default is to fold long lines; that is, display the remainder on the next line. .IP -t\fItag\fP The -t option, followed immediately by a TAG, will edit the file containing that tag. For this to work, there must be a file called "tags" in the current directory, which was previously built by the .I ctags (1) command. This option may also be specified from within .I less (using the \- command) as a way of examining a new file. The command ":t" is equivalent to specifying -t from within .I less. .IP -T\fItagsfile\fP Specifies a tags file to be used instead of "tags". .IP -u Causes backspaces and carriage returns to be treated as printable characters; that is, they are sent to the terminal when they appear in the input. .IP -U Causes backspaces and carriage returns to be treated as control characters; that is, they are handled as specified by the -r option. .sp By default, if neither -u nor -U is given, backspaces which appear adjacent to an underscore character are treated specially: the underlined text is displayed using the terminal's hardware underlining capability. Also, backspaces which appear between two identical characters are treated specially: the overstruck text is printed using the terminal's hardware boldface capability. Other backspaces are deleted, along with the preceding character. Carriage returns immediately followed by a newline are deleted. Other carriage returns are handled as specified by the -r option. Text which is overstruck or underlined can be searched for. .IP -V Displays the version number of .I less. .IP -w Causes blank lines to be used to represent lines past the end of the file. By default, a tilde character is used. .IP -x\fIn\fP Sets tab stops every \fIn\fP positions. The default for \fIn\fP is 8. .IP -X Disables sending the termcap initialization and deinitialization strings to the terminal. This is sometimes desirable if the deinitialization string does something unnecessary, like clearing the screen. .IP -y\fIn\fP Specifies a maximum number of lines to scroll forward. If it is necessary to scroll forward more than \fIn\fP lines, the screen is repainted instead. The -c or -C option may be used to repaint from the top of the screen if desired. By default, any forward movement causes scrolling. .IP -[z]\fIn\fP Changes the default scrolling window size to \fIn\fP lines. The default is one screenful. The z and w commands can also be used to change the window size. The "z" may be omitted for compatibility with .I more. If the number .I n is negative, it indicates .I n lines less than the current screen size. For example, if the screen is 24 lines, \fI-z-4\fP sets the scrolling window to 20 lines. If the screen is resized to 40 lines, the scrolling window automatically changes to 36 lines. .IP + If a command line option begins with \fB+\fP, the remainder of that option is taken to be an initial command to .I less. For example, +G tells .I less to start at the end of the file rather than the beginning, and +/xyz tells it to start at the first occurrence of "xyz" in the file. As a special case, + acts like +g; that is, it starts the display at the specified line number (however, see the caveat under the "g" command above). If the option starts with ++, the initial command applies to every file being viewed, not just the first one. The + command described previously may also be used to set (or change) an initial command for every file. .SH "LINE EDITING" When entering command line at the bottom of the screen (for example, a filename for the :e command, or the pattern for a search command), certain keys can be used to manipulate the command line. Most commands have an alternate form in [ brackets ] which can be used if a key does not exist on a particular keyboard. (The bracketed forms do not work in the MS-DOS version.) Any of these special keys may be entered literally by preceding it with the "literal" character, either ^V or ^A. A backslash itself may also be entered literally by entering two backslashes. .IP "LEFTARROW [ ESC-h ]" Move the cursor one space to the left. .IP "RIGHTARROW [ ESC-l ]" Move the cursor one space to the right. .IP "^LEFTARROW [ ESC-b or ESC-LEFTARROW ]" (That is, CONTROL and LEFTARROW simultaneously.) Move the cursor one word to the left. .IP "^RIGHTARROW [ ESC-w or ESC-RIGHTARROW ]" (That is, CONTROL and RIGHTARROW simultaneously.) Move the cursor one word to the right. .IP "HOME [ ESC-0 ]" Move the cursor to the beginning of the line. .IP "END [ ESC-$ ]" Move the cursor to the end of the line. .IP "BACKSPACE" Delete the char to the left of the cursor, or cancel the command if the command line is empty. .IP "DELETE or [ ESC-x ]" Delete the char under the cursor. .IP "^BACKSPACE [ ESC-BACKSPACE ]" (That is, CONTROL and BACKSPACE simultaneously.) Delete the word to the left of the cursor. .IP "^DELETE [ ESC-X or ESC-DELETE ]" (That is, CONTROL and DELETE simultaneously.) Delete the word under the cursor. .IP "UPARROW [ ESC-k ]" Retrieve the previous command line. .IP "DOWNARROW [ ESC-j ]" Retrieve the next command line. .IP "TAB" Complete the partial filename to the left of the cursor. If it matches more than one filename, the first match is entered into the command line. Repeated TABs will cycle thru the other matching filesnames. .IP "BACKTAB [ ESC-TAB ]" Like, TAB, but cycles in the reverse direction thru the matching filenames. .IP "^L" Complete the partial filename to the left of the cursor. If it matches more than one filename, all matches are entered into the command line (if they fit). .IP "^U (Unix) or ESC (MS-DOS)" Delete the entire command line, or cancel the command if the command line is empty. If you have changed your line-kill character in Unix to something other than ^U, that character is used instead of ^U. .SH "KEY BINDINGS" You may define your own .I less commands by using the program .I lesskey (1) to create a file called ".less" in your home directory. This file specifies a set of command keys and an action associated with each key. You may also use .I lesskey to change the line-editing keys (see LINE EDITING). See the .I lesskey manual page for more details. .SH "INPUT PREPROCESSOR" You may define an "input preprocessor" for .I less. Before .I less opens a file, it first gives your input preprocessor a chance to modify the way the contents of the file are displayed. An input preprocessor is simply an executable program (or shell script), which writes the contents of the file to a different file, called the replacement file. The contents of the replacement file are then displayed in place of the contents of the original file. However, it will appear to the user as if the original file is opened; that is, .I less will display the original filename as the name of the current file. .PP An input preprocessor receives one command line argument, the original filename, as entered by the user. It should create the replacement file, and when finished, print the name of the replacement file to its standard output. If the input preprocessor does not output a replacement filename, .I less uses the original file, as normal. To set up an input preprocessor, set the LESSOPEN environment variable to a command line which will invoke your input preprocessor. This command line should include one occurence of the string "%s", which will be replaced by the filename when the input preprocessor command is invoked. .PP When .I less closes a file opened in such a way, it will call another program, called the input postprocessor, which may perform any desired clean-up action (such as deleting the replacement file created by LESSOPEN). This program receives two command line arguments, the original filename as entered by the user, and the name of the replacement file. To set up an input postprocessor, set the LESSCLOSE environment variable to a command line which will invoke your input postprocessor. It may include two occurences of the string "%s"; the first is replaced with the original name of the file and the second with the name of the replacement file, which was output by LESSOPEN. .PP For example, on many Unix systems, these two scripts will allow you to keep files in compressed format, but still let .I less view them directly (by giving .I less the name of the file without the .Z suffix): .PP lessopen.sh: .br #! /bin/sh .br if [ -f "$1.Z" ]; then .br uncompress -c $1.Z >$1.tmp .br echo $1.tmp .br fi .PP lessclose.sh: .br #! /bin/sh .br rm $2 .PP To use these scripts, put them both where they can be executed and set LESSOPEN="lessopen.sh\ %s", and LESSCLOSE="lessclose.sh\ %s\ %s". More complex LESSOPEN and LESSCLOSE scripts may be written to also accept the filename either with or without the .Z suffix, or to accept other types of compressed files, and so on. .SH "NATIONAL CHARACTER SETS" There are three types of characters in the input file: .IP "normal characters" can be displayed directly to the screen. .IP "control characters" should not be displayed directly, but are expected to be found in ordinary text files (such as backspace and tab). .IP "binary characters" should not be displayed directly and are not expected to be found in text files. .PP A "character set" is simply a description of which characters are to be considered normal, control, and binary. The LESSCHARSET environment variable may be used to select a character set. Possible values for LESSCHARSET are: .IP ascii The default character set. BS, TAB, NL, CR, and formfeed are control characters, all chars with values between 127 and 255 are binary, and all others are normal. .IP latin1 Selects the ISO 8859/1 character set. latin-1 is the same as ASCII, except characters between 161 and 255 are treated as normal characters. .IP dos Selects a character set appropriate for MS-DOS. .PP In special cases, it may be desired to tailor .I less to use a character set other than the ones definable by LESSCHARSET. In this case, the environment variable LESSCHARDEF can be used to define a character set. It should be set to a string where each character in the string represents one character in the character set. The character "." is used for a normal character, "c" for control, and "b" for binary. A decimal number may be used for repetition. For example, "bccc4b." would mean character 0 is binary, 1, 2 and 3 are control, 4, 5, 6 and 7 are binary, and 8 is normal. All characters after the last are taken to be the same as the last, so characters 9 through 255 would be normal. (This is an example, and does not necessarily represent any real character set.) .PP Setting LESSCHARDEF to "8bcccbcc18b95.b" is the same as setting LESSCHARSET to "ascii". Setting LESSCHARDEF to "8bcccbcc18b95.33b." is the same as setting LESSCHARSET to "latin1". .PP If neither LESSCHARSET nor LESSCHARDEF is set, but your system supports the .I setlocale interface, .I less will use setlocale to determine the character set. setlocale is controlled by setting the LANG or LC_CTYPE environment variables. .PP Control and binary characters are displayed in standout (reverse video). Each such character is displayed in caret notation if possible (e.g. ^A for control-A). Caret notation is used only if inverting the 0100 bit results in a normal printable character. Otherwise, the character is displayed as a hex number in angle brackets. This format can be changed by setting the LESSBINFMT environment variable. LESSBINFMT may begin with a "*" and one character to select the display attribute: "*k" is blinking, "*d" is bold, "*u" is underlined, "*s" is standout. If LESSBINFMT does not begin with a "*", normal attribute is assumed. The remainder of LESSBINFMT is a string which may include one printf-style escape sequence (a % followed by x, X, o, d, etc.). For example, if LESSBINFMT is "*u[%x]", binary characters are displayed in underlined hexadecimal surrounded by brackets. The default if no LESSBINFMT is specified is "*d<%X>". .SH "PROMPTS" The -P option allows you to tailor the prompt to your preference. The string given to the -P option replaces the specified prompt string. Certain characters in the string are interpreted specially. The prompt mechanism is rather complicated to provide flexibility, but the ordinary user need not understand the details of constructing personalized prompt strings. .sp A percent sign followed by a single character is expanded according to what the following character is: .IP "%b\fIX\fP" Replaced by the byte offset into the current input file. The b is followed by a single character (shown as \fIX\fP above) which specifies the line whose byte offset is to be used. If the character is a "t", the byte offset of the top line in the display is used, an "m" means use the middle line, a "b" means use the bottom line, a "B" means use the line just after the bottom line, and a "j" means use the "target" line, as specified by the -j option. .IP "%B" Replaced by the size of the current input file. .IP "%E" Replaced by the name of the editor (from the EDITOR environment variable). See the discussion of the LESSEDIT feature below. .IP "%f" Replaced by the name of the current input file. .IP "%i" Replaced by the index of the current file in the list of input files. .IP "%l\fIX\fP" Replaced by the line number of a line in the input file. The line to be used is determined by the \fIX\fP, as with the %b option. .IP "%L" Replaced by the line number of the last line in the input file. .IP "%m" Replaced by the total number of input files. .IP "%p\fIX\fP" Replaced by the percent into the current input file. The line used is determined by the \fIX\fP as with the %b option. .IP "%s" Same as %B. .IP "%t" Causes any trailing spaces to be removed. Usually used at the end of the string, but may appear anywhere. .IP "%x" Replaced by the name of the next input file in the list. .PP If any item is unknown (for example, the file size if input is a pipe), a question mark is printed instead. .PP The format of the prompt string can be changed depending on certain conditions. A question mark followed by a single character acts like an "IF": depending on the following character, a condition is evaluated. If the condition is true, any characters following the question mark and condition character, up to a period, are included in the prompt. If the condition is false, such characters are not included. A colon appearing between the question mark and the period can be used to establish an "ELSE": any characters between the colon and the period are included in the string if and only if the IF condition is false. Condition characters (which follow a question mark) may be: .IP "?a" True if any characters have been included in the prompt so far. .IP "?b\fIX\fP" True if the byte offset of the specified line is known. .IP "?B" True if the size of current input file is known. .IP "?e" True if at end-of-file. .IP "?f" True if there is an input filename (that is, if input is not a pipe). .IP "?l\fIX\fP" True if the line number of the specified line is known. .IP "?L" True if the line number of the last line in the file is known. .IP "?m" True if there is more than one input file. .IP "?n" True if this is the first prompt in a new input file. .IP "?p\fIX\fP" True if the percent into the current input file of the specified line is known. .IP "?s" Same as "?B". .IP "?x" True if there is a next input file (that is, if the current input file is not the last one). .PP Any characters other than the special ones (question mark, colon, period, percent, and backslash) become literally part of the prompt. Any of the special characters may be included in the prompt literally by preceding it with a backslash. .PP Some examples: .sp ?f%f:Standard input. .sp This prompt prints the filename, if known; otherwise the string "Standard input". .sp ?f%f .?ltLine %lt:?pt%pt\\%:?btByte %bt:-... .sp This prompt would print the filename, if known. The filename is followed by the line number, if known, otherwise the percent if known, otherwise the byte offset if known. Otherwise, a dash is printed. Notice how each question mark has a matching period, and how the % after the %pt is included literally by escaping it with a backslash. .sp ?n?f%f\ .?m(file\ %i\ of\ %m)\ ..?e(END)\ ?x-\ Next\\:\ %x..%t .sp This prints the filename if this is the first prompt in a file, followed by the "file N of N" message if there is more than one input file. Then, if we are at end-of-file, the string "(END)" is printed followed by the name of the next file, if there is one. Finally, any trailing spaces are truncated. This is the default prompt. For reference, here are the defaults for the other two prompts (-m and -M respectively). Each is broken into two lines here for readability only. .nf .sp ?n?f%f\ .?m(file\ %i\ of\ %m)\ ..?e(END)\ ?x-\ Next\\:\ %x.: ?pB%pB\\%:byte\ %bB?s/%s...%t .sp ?f%f\ .?n?m(file\ %i\ of\ %m)\ ..?ltline\ %lt?L/%L.\ :byte\ %bB?s/%s.\ . ?e(END)\ ?x-\ Next\\:\ %x.:?pB%pB\\%..%t .sp .fi And here is the default message produced by the = command: .nf .sp ?f%f\ .?m(file\ %i\ of\ %m)\ .?ltline\ %lt?L/%L.\ . byte\ %bB?s/%s.\ ?e(END)\ :?pB%pB\\%..%t .fi .PP The prompt expansion features are also used for another purpose: if an environment variable LESSEDIT is defined, it is used as the command to be executed when the v command is invoked. The LESSEDIT string is expanded in the same way as the prompt strings. The default value for LESSEDIT is: .nf .sp %E\ ?lm+%lm.\ %f .sp .fi Note that this expands to the editor name, followed by a + and the line number, followed by the file name. If your editor does not accept the "+linenumber" syntax, or has other differences in invocation syntax, the LESSEDIT variable can be changed to modify this default. .SH "ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES" .IP COLUMNS Sets the number of columns on the screen. Takes precedence over the number of columns specified by the TERM variable. (But if you have a windowing system which supports TIOCGWINSZ or WIOCGETD, the window system's idea of the screen size takes precedence over the LINES and COLUMNS environment variables.) .IP EDITOR The name of the editor (used for the v command). .IP HOME Name of the user's home directory (used to find a .less file). .IP LANG Language for determining the character set. .IP LC_CTYPE Language for determining the character set. .IP LESS Flags which are passed to .I less automatically. .IP LESSBINFMT Format for displaying non-printable, non-control characters. .IP LESSCHARDEF Defines a character set. .IP LESSCHARSET Selects a predefined character set. .IP LESSCLOSE Command line to invoke the (optional) input-postprocessor. .IP LESSEDIT Editor prototype string (used for the v command). See discussion under PROMPTS. .IP LESSHELP Name of the help file. .IP LESSOPEN Command line to invoke the (optional) input-preprocessor. .IP LINES Sets the number of lines on the screen. Takes precedence over the number of lines specified by the TERM variable. .IP SHELL The shell used to execute the ! command, as well as to expand filenames. .IP TERM The type of terminal on which .I less is being run. .SH "SEE ALSO" lesskey(1) .SH WARNINGS The = command and prompts (unless changed by -P) report the line number of the line at the top of the screen, but the byte and percent of the line at the bottom of the screen. .PP If the :e command is used to name more than one file, and one of the named files has been viewed previously, the new files may be entered into the list in an unexpected order. .PP If a line longer than the screen width is split (folded), and a search matches text which straddles the split, the matching text will not be highlighted. In certain cases, patterns beginning with a ^ may not be highlighted correctly. Patterns which include a TAB character may not be highlighted correctly. If a search is done using the ! operator for text NOT matching a pattern, the strings which do match the pattern are highlighted. In all cases, even if the highlighting is incorrect, the text will nevertheless be found correctly by the search. .SH COPYRIGHT Copyright (c) 1984,1985,1989,1994 Mark Nudelman set if knless-252/lesskey.nro 444 2320 12 12334 5662456136 7630 .TH LESSKEY 1 .SH NAME lesskey \- specify key bindings for less .SH SYNOPSIS .B "lesskey [-o output] [input]" .br .B "lesskey -V" .SH DESCRIPTION .I Lesskey is used to specify a set of key bindings to be used by .I less. The input file is a text file which describes the key bindings, If the input file is "-", standard input is read. If no input file is specified, $HOME/.lesskey is read. The output file is a binary file which is used by .I less. If no output file is specified, $HOME/.less is written. If the output file already exists, .I lesskey will overwrite it. .PP The input file consists of lines of the form: .sp \fIstring\fP \fIaction\fP [extra-string] .sp Whitespace is any sequence of one or more spaces and/or tabs. The \fIstring\fP is the command key(s) which invoke the action. The \fIstring\fP may be a single command key, or a sequence of up to 15 keys. The \fIaction\fP is the name of the less action, from the list below. The characters in the \fIstring\fP may appear literally, or be prefixed by a caret to indicate a control key. A backslash followed by one to three octal digits may be used to specify a character by its octal value. A backslash followed by b, e, n, r or t specifies BACKSPACE, ESCAPE, NEWLINE, RETURN or TAB, respectively. A backslash followed by any other character indicates that character is to be taken literally. Characters which must be preceded by backslash include caret, space, tab and the backslash itself. Blank lines and lines which start with a pound sign (#) are ignored. .PP An action may be followed by an "extra" string. When such a command is entered while running .I less, the action is performed, and then the extra string is parsed, just as if it were typed in to .I less. This feature can be used in certain cases to extend the functionality of a command. For example, see the "{" and ":t" commands in the example below. .PP The -V flag causes .I lesskey to print its version number and immediately exit. Other flags and arguments are ignored. .SH EXAMPLE The following input file describes the set of default command keys used by less: .sp .nf \er forw-line \en forw-line e forw-line j forw-line ^E forw-line ^N forw-line k back-line y back-line ^Y back-line ^K back-line ^P back-line J forw-line-force K back-line-force Y back-line-force d forw-scroll ^D forw-scroll u back-scroll ^U back-scroll \e40 forw-screen f forw-screen ^F forw-screen ^V forw-screen b back-screen ^B back-screen \eev back-screen z forw-window w back-window F forw-forever R repaint-flush r repaint ^R repaint ^L repaint g goto-line < goto-line \ee< goto-line p percent % percent { forw-bracket {} } back-bracket {} ( forw-bracket () ) back-bracket () [ forw-bracket [] ] back-bracket [] \ee^F forw-bracket \ee^B back-bracket G goto-end \ee> goto-end > goto-end = status ^G status :f status / forw-search ? back-search \ee/ forw-search * \ee? back-search * n repeat-search \een repeat-search-all N reverse-search \eeN reverse-search-all \eu undo-hilite m set-mark ' goto-mark ^X^X goto-mark E examine :e examine ^X^V examine :n next-file :p prev-file :x index-file - toggle-option :t toggle-option t s toggle-option o _ display-option | pipe v visual ! shell + firstcmd H help h help V version q quit :q quit :Q quit ZZ quit .fi .sp .SH PRECEDENCE Commands specified by .I lesskey take precedence over the default commands. A default command key may be disabled by including it in the input file with the action "invalid". Alternatively, a key may be defined to do nothing by using the action "noaction". "noaction" is similar to "invalid", but .I less will give an error beep for an "invalid" command, but not for a "noaction" command. In addition, ALL default commands may be disabled by adding this control line to the input file: .sp #stop .sp This will cause all default commands to be ignored. The #stop line should be the last line in that section of the file. (Another section, introduced by #line-edit, may follow the #stop line.) .PP Be aware that #stop can be dangerous. Since all default commands are disabled, you must provide sufficient commands before the #stop line to enable all necessary actions. For example, failure to provide a "quit" command can lead to frustration. .SH "LINE EDITING" New key bindings may be specified for the line editing commands, in a manner similar to the way key bindings for ordinary commands are specified. This control line marks the beginning of a section of line-editing commands: .sp #line-edit .sp Following this line is a list of keys and actions, one per line as in the example below. .SH EXAMPLE The following input file describes the set of default line-editing keys used by less: .sp .nf #line-edit \et forw-complete \e17 back-complete \ee\et back-complete \e14 expand ^V literal ^A literal \eel right \eeh left \eeb word-left \eew word-right \eei insert \eex delete \ee\eb word-backspace \ee0 home \ee$ end \eek up \eej down .fi .sp .SH "SEE ALSO" less(1) .SH COPYRIGHT Copyright (c) 1984,1985,1989,1994 Mark Nudelman ESCAPE, NEWLINE, RETURN or TAB, respectively. A backslash followed by any other character indicates that character is to be taken literally. Characters which must be preceded by backslash include caret, space, tab and the backslash itself. Blank lines and lines which start with a pound signless-252/less.man 444 2320 12 144775 5655525270 7131 LESS(1) USER COMMANDS LESS(1) NAME less - opposite of more SYNOPSIS less -? less -V less [-[+]aBcCdeEfHimMnNqQrsSuUw] [-b _b_u_f_s] [-h _l_i_n_e_s] [-j _l_i_n_e] [-k _k_e_y_f_i_l_e] [-{oO} _l_o_g_f_i_l_e] [-p _p_a_t_t_e_r_n] [-P _p_r_o_m_p_t] [-t _t_a_g] [-T _t_a_g_f_i_l_e] [-x _t_a_b] [-y _l_i_n_e_s] [-[z] _l_i_n_e_s] [+[+]_c_m_d] [_f_i_l_e_n_a_m_e]... DESCRIPTION _L_e_s_s is a program similar to _m_o_r_e (1), but which allows backward movement in the file as well as forward movement. Also, _l_e_s_s does not have to read the entire input file before starting, so with large input files it starts up fas- ter than text editors like _v_i (1). _L_e_s_s uses termcap (or terminfo on some systems), so it can run on a variety of terminals. There is even limited support for hardcopy ter- minals. (On a hardcopy terminal, lines which should be printed at the top of the screen are prefixed with a caret.) Commands are based on both _m_o_r_e and _v_i. Commands may be pre- ceded by a decimal number, called N in the descriptions below. The number is used by some commands, as indicated. COMMANDS In the following descriptions, ^X means control-X. ESC stands for the ESCAPE key; for example ESC-v means the two character sequence "ESCAPE", then "v". h or H Help: display a summary of these commands. If you for- get all the other commands, remember this one. SPACE or ^V or f or ^F Scroll forward N lines, default one window (see option -z below). If N is more than the screen size, only the final screenful is displayed. Warning: some systems use ^V as a special literalization character. z Like SPACE, but if N is specified, it becomes the new window size. RETURN or ^N or e or ^E or j or ^J Scroll forward N lines, default 1. The entire N lines are displayed, even if N is more than the screen size. 1 LESS(1) USER COMMANDS LESS(1) d or ^D Scroll forward N lines, default one half of the screen size. If N is specified, it becomes the new default for subsequent d and u commands. b or ^B or ESC-v Scroll backward N lines, default one window (see option -z below). If N is more than the screen size, only the final screenful is displayed. w Like ESC-v, but if N is specified, it becomes the new window size. y or ^Y or ^P or k or ^K Scroll backward N lines, default 1. The entire N lines are displayed, even if N is more than the screen size. Warning: some systems use ^Y as a special job control character. u or ^U Scroll backward N lines, default one half of the screen size. If N is specified, it becomes the new default for subsequent d and u commands. r or ^R or ^L Repaint the screen. R Repaint the screen, discarding any buffered input. Useful if the file is changing while it is being viewed. F Scroll forward, and keep trying to read when the end of file is reached. Normally this command would be used when already at the end of the file. It is a way to monitor the tail of a file which is growing while it is being viewed. (The behavior is similar to the "tail -f" command.) g or < or ESC-< Go to line N in the file, default 1 (beginning of file). (Warning: this may be slow if N is large.) G or > or ESC-> Go to line N in the file, default the end of the file. (Warning: this may be slow if N is large, or if N is not specified and standard input, rather than a file, is being read.) p or % Go to a position N percent into the file. N should be between 0 and 100. (This works if standard input is being read, but only if _l_e_s_s has already read to the 2 LESS(1) USER COMMANDS LESS(1) end of the file. It is always fast, but not always useful.) { If a left curly bracket appears in the top line displayed on the screen, the { command will go to the matching right curly bracket. The matching right curly bracket is positioned on the bottom line of the screen. If there is more than one left curly bracket on the top line, a number N may be used to specify the N-th bracket on the line. } If a right curly bracket appears in the bottom line displayed on the screen, the } command will go to the matching left curly bracket. The matching left curly bracket is positioned on the top line of the screen. If there is more than one right curly bracket on the top line, a number N may be used to specify the N-th bracket on the line. ( Like {, but applies to parentheses rather than curly brackets. ) Like }, but applies to parentheses rather than curly brackets. [ Like {, but applies to square brackets rather than curly brackets. ] Like }, but applies to square brackets rather than curly brackets. ESC-^F Followed by two characters, acts like {, but uses the two characters as open and close brackets, respec- tively. For example, "ESC ^F < >" could be used to go forward to the > which matches the < in the top displayed line. ESC-^B Followed by two characters, acts like }, but uses the two characters as open and close brackets, respec- tively. For example, "ESC ^B < >" could be used to go backward to the < which matches the > in the bottom displayed line. m Followed by any lowercase letter, marks the current position with that letter. ' (Single quote.) Followed by any lowercase letter, returns to the position which was previously marked with that letter. Followed by another single quote, returns to the position at which the last "large" 3 LESS(1) USER COMMANDS LESS(1) movement command was executed. Followed by a ^ or $, jumps to the beginning or end of the file respectively. Marks are preserved when a new file is examined, so the ' command can be used to switch between input files. ^X^X Same as single quote. /pattern Search forward in the file for the N-th line containing the pattern. N defaults to 1. The pattern is a regu- lar expression, as recognized by _e_d. The search starts at the second line displayed (but see the -a and -j options, which change this). Certain characters are special if entered at the begin- ning of the pattern; they modify the type of search rather than become part of the pattern: ! Search for lines which do NOT match the pattern. * Search multiple files. That is, if the search reaches the end of the current file without find- ing a match, the search continues in the next file in the command line list. @ Begin the search at the first line of the first file in the command line list, regardless of what is currently displayed on the screen or the set- tings of the -a or -j options. ?pattern Search backward in the file for the N-th line contain- ing the pattern. The search starts at the line immedi- ately before the top line displayed. Certain characters are special as in the / command: ! Search for lines which do NOT match the pattern. * Search multiple files. That is, if the search reaches the beginning of the current file without finding a match, the search continues in the pre- vious file in the command line list. @ Begin the search at the last line of the last file in the command line list, regardless of what is currently displayed on the screen or the settings of the -a or -j options. ESC-/pattern Same as "/*". 4 LESS(1) USER COMMANDS LESS(1) ESC-?pattern Same as "?*". n Repeat previous search, for N-th line containing the last pattern. If the previous search was modified by !, the search is made for the N-th line NOT containing the pattern. If the previous search was modified by *, the search continues in the next (or previous) file if not satisfied in the current file. There is no effect if the previous search was modified by @. N Repeat previous search, but in the reverse direction. ESC-n Repeat previous search, but crossing file boundaries. The effect is as if the previous search were modified by *. ESC-N Repeat previous search, but in the reverse direction and crossing file boundaries. ESC-u Undo search highlighting. Turn off highlighting of strings matching the current search pattern. If highlighting is already off because of a previous ESC-u command, turn highlighting back on. Any search command will also turn highlighting back on. (Highlighting can also be disabled by toggling the -F flag; in that case search commands do not turn highlighting back on.) :e [filename] Examine a new file. If the filename is missing, the "current" file (see the :n and :p commands below) from the list of files in the command line is re-examined. A percent sign (%) in the filename is replaced by the name of the current file. A pound sign (#) is replaced by the name of the previously examined file. The filename is inserted into the command line list of files so that it can be seen by subsequent :n and :p commands. If the filename consists of several files, they are all inserted into the list of files and the first one is examined. ^X^V or E Same as :e. Warning: some systems use ^V as a special literalization character. :n Examine the next file (from the list of files given in the command line). If a number N is specified, the N- th next file is examined. 5 LESS(1) USER COMMANDS LESS(1) :p Examine the previous file in the command line list. If a number N is specified, the N-th previous file is examined. :x Examine the first file in the command line list. If a number N is specified, the N-th file in the list is examined. = or ^G or :f Prints some information about the file being viewed, including its name and the line number and byte offset of the bottom line being displayed. If possible, it also prints the length of the file, the number of lines in the file and the percent of the file above the last displayed line. - Followed by one of the command line option letters (see below), this will change the setting of that option and print a message describing the new setting. If the option letter has a numeric value (such as -b or -h), or a string value (such as -P or -t), a new value may be entered after the option letter. If no new value is entered, a message describing the current setting is printed and nothing is changed. -+ Followed by one of the command line option letters (see below), this will reset the option to its default set- ting and print a message describing the new setting. (The "-+_X" command does the same thing as "-+_X" on the command line.) This does not work for string-valued options. -- Followed by one of the command line option letters (see below), this will reset the option to the "opposite" of its default setting and print a message describing the new setting. (The "--_X" command does the same thing as "-_X" on the command line.) This does not work for numeric or string-valued options. _ (Underscore.) Followed by one of the command line option letters (see below), this will print a message describing the current setting of that option. The setting of the option is not changed. +cmd Causes the specified cmd to be executed each time a new file is examined. For example, +G causes _l_e_s_s to ini- tially display each file starting at the end rather than the beginning. V Prints the version number of _l_e_s_s being run. 6 LESS(1) USER COMMANDS LESS(1) q or :q or :Q or ZZ Exits _l_e_s_s. The following three commands may or may not be valid, depending on your particular installation. v Invokes an editor to edit the current file being viewed. The editor is taken from the environment vari- able EDITOR, or defaults to "vi". See also the discus- sion of LESSEDIT under the section on PROMPTS below. ! shell-command Invokes a shell to run the shell-command given. A per- cent sign (%) in the command is replaced by the name of the current file. A pound sign (#) is replaced by the name of the previously examined file. "!!" repeats the last shell command. "!" with no shell command simply invokes a shell. In all cases, the shell is taken from the environment variable SHELL, or defaults to "sh". | shell-command represents any mark letter. Pipes a section of the input file to the given shell command. The section of the file to be piped is between the first line on the current screen and the position marked by the letter. may also be ^ or $ to indicate beginning or end of file respectively. If is . or newline, the current screen is piped. OPTIONS Command line options are described below. Most options may be changed while _l_e_s_s is running, via the "-" command. Options are also taken from the environment variable "LESS". For example, to avoid typing "less -options ..." each time _l_e_s_s is invoked, you might tell _c_s_h: setenv LESS "-options" or if you use _s_h: LESS="-options"; export LESS The environment variable is parsed before the command line, so command line options override the LESS environment vari- able. If an option appears in the LESS variable, it can be reset to its default on the command line by beginning the command line option with "-+". A dollar sign ($) may be used to signal the end of an option string. This is important only for options like -P which take a following string. 7 LESS(1) USER COMMANDS LESS(1) -? This option displays a summary of the commands accepted by _l_e_s_s (the same as the h command). If this option is given, all other options are ignored, and _l_e_s_s exits after the help screen is viewed. (Depending on how your shell interprets the question mark, it may be necessary to quote the question mark, thus: "-\?".) -a Causes searches to start after the last line displayed on the screen, thus skipping all lines displayed on the screen. By default, searches start at the second line on the screen (or after the last found line; see the -j option). -b_n Causes _l_e_s_s to use a non-standard number of buffers. Buffers are 1K, and by default 10 buffers are used (except if data in coming from standard input; see the -B option). The number _n specifies a different number of buffers to use. -B Disables automatic allocation of buffers, so that only the default number of buffers are used. If more data is read than will fit in the buffers, the oldest data is discarded. By default, when data is coming from standard input, buffers are allocated automatically as needed to avoid loss of data. -c Causes full screen repaints to be painted from the top line down. By default, full screen repaints are done by scrolling from the bottom of the screen. -C The -C option is like -c, but the screen is cleared before it is repainted. -d The -d option suppresses the error message normally displayed if the terminal is dumb; that is, lacks some important capability, such as the ability to clear the screen or scroll backward. The -d option does not oth- erwise change the behavior of _l_e_s_s on a dumb terminal). -Dx_c_o_l_o_r [MS-DOS only] Sets the color of the text displayed. x is a single character which selects the type of text whose color is being set: n=normal, s=standout, d=bold, u=underlined, k=blink. _c_o_l_o_r is a pair of numbers separated by a period. The first number selects the foreground color and the second selects the background color of the text. A single number _N is the same as _N._0. -e Causes _l_e_s_s to automatically exit the second time it reaches end-of-file. By default, the only way to exit _l_e_s_s is via the "q" command. 8 LESS(1) USER COMMANDS LESS(1) -E Causes _l_e_s_s to automatically exit the first time it reaches end-of-file. -f Forces non-regular files to be opened. (A non-regular file is a directory or a device special file.) Also suppresses the warning message when a binary file is opened. By default, _l_e_s_s will refuse to open non- regular files. -F Normally, _l_e_s_s will highlight all strings which match the current search pattern, by displaying them in stan- dout mode. The -F flag suppresses this highlighting. -h_n Specifies a maximum number of lines to scroll backward. If it is necessary to scroll backward more than _n lines, the screen is repainted in a forward direction instead. (If the terminal does not have the ability to scroll backward, -h0 is implied.) -i Causes searches to ignore case; that is, uppercase and lowercase are considered identical. This option is ignored if any uppercase letters appear in the search pattern. -j_n Specifies a line on the screen where "target" lines are to be positioned. Target lines are the object of text searches, tag searches, jumps to a line number, jumps to a file percentage, and jumps to a marked position. The screen line is specified by a number: the top line on the screen is 1, the next is 2, and so on. The number may be negative to specify a line relative to the bottom of the screen: the bottom line on the screen is -1, the second to the bottom is -2, and so on. If the -j option is used, searches begin at the line immediately after the target line. For example, if "- j4" is used, the target line is the fourth line on the screen, so searches begin at the fifth line on the screen. -k_f_i_l_e_n_a_m_e Causes _l_e_s_s to open and interpret the named file as a _l_e_s_s_k_e_y (1) file. Multiple -k options may be speci- fied. If a file called .less exists in the user's home directory, this file is also used as a _l_e_s_s_k_e_y file. -m Causes _l_e_s_s to prompt verbosely (like _m_o_r_e), with the percent into the file. By default, _l_e_s_s prompts with a colon. -M Causes _l_e_s_s to prompt even more verbosely than _m_o_r_e. -n Suppresses line numbers. The default (to use line 9 LESS(1) USER COMMANDS LESS(1) numbers) may cause _l_e_s_s to run more slowly in some cases, especially with a very large input file. Suppressing line numbers with the -n flag will avoid this problem. Using line numbers means: the line number will be displayed in the verbose prompt and in the = command, and the v command will pass the current line number to the editor (see also the discussion of LESSEDIT in PROMPTS below). -N Causes a line number to be displayed at the beginning of each line in the display. -o_f_i_l_e_n_a_m_e Causes _l_e_s_s to copy its input to the named file as it is being viewed. This applies only when the input file is a pipe, not an ordinary file. If the file already exists, _l_e_s_s will ask for confirmation before overwrit- ing it. -O_f_i_l_e_n_a_m_e The -O option is like -o, but it will overwrite an existing file without asking for confirmation. If no log file has been specified, the -o and -O options can be used from within _l_e_s_s to specify a log file. Without a file name, they will simply report the name of the log file. The "s" command is equivalent to specifying -o from within _l_e_s_s. -p_p_a_t_t_e_r_n The -p option on the command line is equivalent to specifying +/_p_a_t_t_e_r_n; that is, it tells _l_e_s_s to start at the first occurence of _p_a_t_t_e_r_n in the file. -P_p_r_o_m_p_t Provides a way to tailor the three prompt styles to your own preference. This option would normally be put in the LESS environment variable, rather than being typed in with each _l_e_s_s command. Such an option must either be the last option in the LESS variable, or be terminated by a dollar sign. -P followed by a string changes the default (short) prompt to that string. -Pm changes the medium (-m) prompt to the string, and -PM changes the long (-M) prompt. Also, -P= changes the message printed by the = command to the given string. All prompt strings consist of a sequence of letters and special escape sequences. See the section on PROMPTS for more details. -q Causes moderately "quiet" operation: the terminal bell is not rung if an attempt is made to scroll past the end of the file or before the beginning of the file. 10 LESS(1) USER COMMANDS LESS(1) If the terminal has a "visual bell", it is used instead. The bell will be rung on certain other errors, such as typing an invalid character. The default is to ring the terminal bell in all such cases. -Q Causes totally "quiet" operation: the terminal bell is never rung. -r Causes "raw" control characters to be displayed. The default is to display control characters using the caret notation; for example, a control-A (octal 001) is displayed as "^A". Warning: when the -r flag is used, _l_e_s_s cannot keep track of the actual appearance of the screen (since this depends on how the screen responds to each type of control character). Thus, various display problems may result, such as long lines being split in the wrong place. -s Causes consecutive blank lines to be squeezed into a single blank line. This is useful when viewing _n_r_o_f_f output. -S Causes lines longer than the screen width to be chopped rather than folded. That is, the remainder of a long line is simply discarded. The default is to fold long lines; that is, display the remainder on the next line. -t_t_a_g The -t option, followed immediately by a TAG, will edit the file containing that tag. For this to work, there must be a file called "tags" in the current directory, which was previously built by the _c_t_a_g_s (1) command. This option may also be specified from within _l_e_s_s (using the - command) as a way of examining a new file. The command ":t" is equivalent to specifying -t from within _l_e_s_s. -T_t_a_g_s_f_i_l_e Specifies a tags file to be used instead of "tags". -u Causes backspaces and carriage returns to be treated as printable characters; that is, they are sent to the terminal when they appear in the input. -U Causes backspaces and carriage returns to be treated as control characters; that is, they are handled as speci- fied by the -r option. By default, if neither -u nor -U is given, backspaces which appear adjacent to an underscore character are treated specially: the underlined text is displayed using the terminal's hardware underlining capability. 11 LESS(1) USER COMMANDS LESS(1) Also, backspaces which appear between two identical characters are treated specially: the overstruck text is printed using the terminal's hardware boldface capa- bility. Other backspaces are deleted, along with the preceding character. Carriage returns immediately fol- lowed by a newline are deleted. Other carriage returns are handled as specified by the -r option. Text which is overstruck or underlined can be searched for. -V Displays the version number of _l_e_s_s. -w Causes blank lines to be used to represent lines past the end of the file. By default, a tilde character is used. -x_n Sets tab stops every _n positions. The default for _n is 8. -X Disables sending the termcap initialization and deini- tialization strings to the terminal. This is sometimes desirable if the deinitialization string does something unnecessary, like clearing the screen. -y_n Specifies a maximum number of lines to scroll forward. If it is necessary to scroll forward more than _n lines, the screen is repainted instead. The -c or -C option may be used to repaint from the top of the screen if desired. By default, any forward movement causes scrolling. -[z]_n Changes the default scrolling window size to _n lines. The default is one screenful. The z and w commands can also be used to change the window size. The "z" may be omitted for compatibility with _m_o_r_e. If the number _n is negative, it indicates _n lines less than the current screen size. For example, if the screen is 24 lines, -_z-_4 sets the scrolling window to 20 lines. If the screen is resized to 40 lines, the scrolling window automatically changes to 36 lines. + If a command line option begins with +, the remainder of that option is taken to be an initial command to _l_e_s_s. For example, +G tells _l_e_s_s to start at the end of the file rather than the beginning, and +/xyz tells it to start at the first occurrence of "xyz" in the file. As a special case, + acts like +g; that is, it starts the display at the specified line number (however, see the caveat under the "g" command above). If the option starts with ++, the initial command applies to every file being viewed, not just the first one. The + command described previously may also be 12 LESS(1) USER COMMANDS LESS(1) used to set (or change) an initial command for every file. LINE EDITING When entering command line at the bottom of the screen (for example, a filename for the :e command, or the pattern for a search command), certain keys can be used to manipulate the command line. Most commands have an alternate form in [ brackets ] which can be used if a key does not exist on a particular keyboard. (The bracketed forms do not work in the MS-DOS version.) Any of these special keys may be entered literally by preceding it with the "literal" character, either ^V or ^A. A backslash itself may also be entered literally by entering two backslashes. LEFTARROW [ ESC-h ] Move the cursor one space to the left. RIGHTARROW [ ESC-l ] Move the cursor one space to the right. ^LEFTARROW [ ESC-b or ESC-LEFTARROW ] (That is, CONTROL and LEFTARROW simultaneously.) Move the cursor one word to the left. ^RIGHTARROW [ ESC-w or ESC-RIGHTARROW ] (That is, CONTROL and RIGHTARROW simultaneously.) Move the cursor one word to the right. HOME [ ESC-0 ] Move the cursor to the beginning of the line. END [ ESC-$ ] Move the cursor to the end of the line. BACKSPACE Delete the char to the left of the cursor, or cancel the command if the command line is empty. DELETE or [ ESC-x ] Delete the char under the cursor. ^BACKSPACE [ ESC-BACKSPACE ] (That is, CONTROL and BACKSPACE simultaneously.) Delete the word to the left of the cursor. ^DELETE [ ESC-X or ESC-DELETE ] (That is, CONTROL and DELETE simultaneously.) Delete the word under the cursor. UPARROW [ ESC-k ] 13 LESS(1) USER COMMANDS LESS(1) Retrieve the previous command line. DOWNARROW [ ESC-j ] Retrieve the next command line. TAB Complete the partial filename to the left of the cur- sor. If it matches more than one filename, the first match is entered into the command line. Repeated TABs will cycle thru the other matching filesnames. BACKTAB [ ESC-TAB ] Like, TAB, but cycles in the reverse direction thru the matching filenames. ^L Complete the partial filename to the left of the cur- sor. If it matches more than one filename, all matches are entered into the command line (if they fit). ^U (Unix) or ESC (MS-DOS) Delete the entire command line, or cancel the command if the command line is empty. If you have changed your line-kill character in Unix to something other than ^U, that character is used instead of ^U. KEY BINDINGS You may define your own _l_e_s_s commands by using the program _l_e_s_s_k_e_y (1) to create a file called ".less" in your home directory. This file specifies a set of command keys and an action associated with each key. You may also use _l_e_s_s_k_e_y to change the line-editing keys (see LINE EDITING). See the _l_e_s_s_k_e_y manual page for more details. INPUT PREPROCESSOR You may define an "input preprocessor" for _l_e_s_s. Before _l_e_s_s opens a file, it first gives your input preprocessor a chance to modify the way the contents of the file are displayed. An input preprocessor is simply an executable program (or shell script), which writes the contents of the file to a different file, called the replacement file. The contents of the replacement file are then displayed in place of the contents of the original file. However, it will appear to the user as if the original file is opened; that is, _l_e_s_s will display the original filename as the name of the current file. An input preprocessor receives one command line argument, the original filename, as entered by the user. It should create the replacement file, and when finished, print the name of the replacement file to its standard output. If the input preprocessor does not output a replacement filename, 14 LESS(1) USER COMMANDS LESS(1) _l_e_s_s uses the original file, as normal. To set up an input preprocessor, set the LESSOPEN environment variable to a command line which will invoke your input preprocessor. This command line should include one occurence of the string "%s", which will be replaced by the filename when the input preprocessor command is invoked. When _l_e_s_s closes a file opened in such a way, it will call another program, called the input postprocessor, which may perform any desired clean-up action (such as deleting the replacement file created by LESSOPEN). This program receives two command line arguments, the original filename as entered by the user, and the name of the replacement file. To set up an input postprocessor, set the LESSCLOSE environment variable to a command line which will invoke your input postprocessor. It may include two occurences of the string "%s"; the first is replaced with the original name of the file and the second with the name of the replacement file, which was output by LESSOPEN. For example, on many Unix systems, these two scripts will allow you to keep files in compressed format, but still let _l_e_s_s view them directly (by giving _l_e_s_s the name of the file without the .Z suffix): lessopen.sh: #! /bin/sh if [ -f "$1.Z" ]; then uncompress -c $1.Z >$1.tmp echo $1.tmp fi lessclose.sh: #! /bin/sh rm $2 To use these scripts, put them both where they can be exe- cuted and set LESSOPEN="lessopen.sh %s", and LESSCLOSE="lessclose.sh %s %s". More complex LESSOPEN and LESSCLOSE scripts may be written to also accept the filename either with or without the .Z suffix, or to accept other types of compressed files, and so on. NATIONAL CHARACTER SETS There are three types of characters in the input file: normal characters can be displayed directly to the screen. control characters should not be displayed directly, but are expected to 15 LESS(1) USER COMMANDS LESS(1) be found in ordinary text files (such as backspace and tab). binary characters should not be displayed directly and are not expected to be found in text files. A "character set" is simply a description of which charac- ters are to be considered normal, control, and binary. The LESSCHARSET environment variable may be used to select a character set. Possible values for LESSCHARSET are: ascii The default character set. BS, TAB, NL, CR, and formfeed are control characters, all chars with values between 127 and 255 are binary, and all others are nor- mal. latin1 Selects the ISO 8859/1 character set. latin-1 is the same as ASCII, except characters between 161 and 255 are treated as normal characters. dos Selects a character set appropriate for MS-DOS. In special cases, it may be desired to tailor _l_e_s_s to use a character set other than the ones definable by LESSCHARSET. In this case, the environment variable LESSCHARDEF can be used to define a character set. It should be set to a string where each character in the string represents one character in the character set. The character "." is used for a normal character, "c" for control, and "b" for binary. A decimal number may be used for repetition. For example, "bccc4b." would mean character 0 is binary, 1, 2 and 3 are control, 4, 5, 6 and 7 are binary, and 8 is normal. All characters after the last are taken to be the same as the last, so characters 9 through 255 would be normal. (This is an example, and does not necessarily represent any real character set.) Setting LESSCHARDEF to "8bcccbcc18b95.b" is the same as set- ting LESSCHARSET to "ascii". Setting LESSCHARDEF to "8bcccbcc18b95.33b." is the same as setting LESSCHARSET to "latin1". If neither LESSCHARSET nor LESSCHARDEF is set, but your sys- tem supports the _s_e_t_l_o_c_a_l_e interface, _l_e_s_s will use setlo- cale to determine the character set. setlocale is con- trolled by setting the LANG or LC_CTYPE environment vari- ables. 16 LESS(1) USER COMMANDS LESS(1) Control and binary characters are displayed in standout (reverse video). Each such character is displayed in caret notation if possible (e.g. ^A for control-A). Caret nota- tion is used only if inverting the 0100 bit results in a normal printable character. Otherwise, the character is displayed as a hex number in angle brackets. This format can be changed by setting the LESSBINFMT environment vari- able. LESSBINFMT may begin with a "*" and one character to select the display attribute: "*k" is blinking, "*d" is bold, "*u" is underlined, "*s" is standout. If LESSBINFMT does not begin with a "*", normal attribute is assumed. The remainder of LESSBINFMT is a string which may include one printf-style escape sequence (a % followed by x, X, o, d, etc.). For example, if LESSBINFMT is "*u[%x]", binary char- acters are displayed in underlined hexadecimal surrounded by brackets. The default if no LESSBINFMT is specified is "*d<%X>". PROMPTS The -P option allows you to tailor the prompt to your preference. The string given to the -P option replaces the specified prompt string. Certain characters in the string are interpreted specially. The prompt mechanism is rather complicated to provide flexibility, but the ordinary user need not understand the details of constructing personalized prompt strings. A percent sign followed by a single character is expanded according to what the following character is: %b_X Replaced by the byte offset into the current input file. The b is followed by a single character (shown as _X above) which specifies the line whose byte offset is to be used. If the character is a "t", the byte offset of the top line in the display is used, an "m" means use the middle line, a "b" means use the bottom line, a "B" means use the line just after the bottom line, and a "j" means use the "target" line, as speci- fied by the -j option. %B Replaced by the size of the current input file. %E Replaced by the name of the editor (from the EDITOR environment variable). See the discussion of the LESSEDIT feature below. %f Replaced by the name of the current input file. %i Replaced by the index of the current file in the list of input files. 17 LESS(1) USER COMMANDS LESS(1) %l_X Replaced by the line number of a line in the input file. The line to be used is determined by the _X, as with the %b option. %L Replaced by the line number of the last line in the input file. %m Replaced by the total number of input files. %p_X Replaced by the percent into the current input file. The line used is determined by the _X as with the %b option. %s Same as %B. %t Causes any trailing spaces to be removed. Usually used at the end of the string, but may appear anywhere. %x Replaced by the name of the next input file in the list. If any item is unknown (for example, the file size if input is a pipe), a question mark is printed instead. The format of the prompt string can be changed depending on certain conditions. A question mark followed by a single character acts like an "IF": depending on the following character, a condition is evaluated. If the condition is true, any characters following the question mark and condi- tion character, up to a period, are included in the prompt. If the condition is false, such characters are not included. A colon appearing between the question mark and the period can be used to establish an "ELSE": any characters between the colon and the period are included in the string if and only if the IF condition is false. Condition characters (which follow a question mark) may be: ?a True if any characters have been included in the prompt so far. ?b_X True if the byte offset of the specified line is known. ?B True if the size of current input file is known. ?e True if at end-of-file. ?f True if there is an input filename (that is, if input is not a pipe). ?l_X True if the line number of the specified line is known. ?L True if the line number of the last line in the file is 18 LESS(1) USER COMMANDS LESS(1) known. ?m True if there is more than one input file. ?n True if this is the first prompt in a new input file. ?p_X True if the percent into the current input file of the specified line is known. ?s Same as "?B". ?x True if there is a next input file (that is, if the current input file is not the last one). Any characters other than the special ones (question mark, colon, period, percent, and backslash) become literally part of the prompt. Any of the special characters may be included in the prompt literally by preceding it with a backslash. Some examples: ?f%f:Standard input. This prompt prints the filename, if known; otherwise the string "Standard input". ?f%f .?ltLine %lt:?pt%pt\%:?btByte %bt:-... This prompt would print the filename, if known. The filename is followed by the line number, if known, otherwise the percent if known, otherwise the byte offset if known. Otherwise, a dash is printed. Notice how each question mark has a matching period, and how the % after the %pt is included literally by escaping it with a backslash. ?n?f%f .?m(file %i of %m) ..?e(END) ?x- Next\: %x..%t This prints the filename if this is the first prompt in a file, followed by the "file N of N" message if there is more than one input file. Then, if we are at end-of-file, the string "(END)" is printed followed by the name of the next file, if there is one. Finally, any trailing spaces are truncated. This is the default prompt. For reference, here are the defaults for the other two prompts (-m and -M respectively). Each is broken into two lines here for rea- dability only. ?n?f%f .?m(file %i of %m) ..?e(END) ?x- Next\: %x.: ?pB%pB\%:byte %bB?s/%s...%t ?f%f .?n?m(file %i of %m) ..?ltline %lt?L/%L. :byte %bB?s/%s. . 19 LESS(1) USER COMMANDS LESS(1) ?e(END) ?x- Next\: %x.:?pB%pB\%..%t And here is the default message produced by the = command: ?f%f .?m(file %i of %m) .?ltline %lt?L/%L. . byte %bB?s/%s. ?e(END) :?pB%pB\%..%t The prompt expansion features are also used for another pur- pose: if an environment variable LESSEDIT is defined, it is used as the command to be executed when the v command is invoked. The LESSEDIT string is expanded in the same way as the prompt strings. The default value for LESSEDIT is: %E ?lm+%lm. %f Note that this expands to the editor name, followed by a + and the line number, followed by the file name. If your editor does not accept the "+linenumber" syntax, or has other differences in invocation syntax, the LESSEDIT vari- able can be changed to modify this default. ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES COLUMNS Sets the number of columns on the screen. Takes pre- cedence over the number of columns specified by the TERM variable. (But if you have a windowing system which supports TIOCGWINSZ or WIOCGETD, the window system's idea of the screen size takes precedence over the LINES and COLUMNS environment variables.) EDITOR The name of the editor (used for the v command). HOME Name of the user's home directory (used to find a .less file). LANG Language for determining the character set. LC_CTYPE Language for determining the character set. LESS Flags which are passed to _l_e_s_s automatically. LESSBINFMT Format for displaying non-printable, non-control char- acters. LESSCHARDEF Defines a character set. LESSCHARSET 20 LESS(1) USER COMMANDS LESS(1) Selects a predefined character set. LESSCLOSE Command line to invoke the (optional) input- postprocessor. LESSEDIT Editor prototype string (used for the v command). See discussion under PROMPTS. LESSHELP Name of the help file. LESSOPEN Command line to invoke the (optional) input- preprocessor. LINES Sets the number of lines on the screen. Takes pre- cedence over the number of lines specified by the TERM variable. SHELL The shell used to execute the ! command, as well as to expand filenames. TERM The type of terminal on which _l_e_s_s is being run. SEE ALSO lesskey(1) WARNINGS The = command and prompts (unless changed by -P) report the line number of the line at the top of the screen, but the byte and percent of the line at the bottom of the screen. If the :e command is used to name more than one file, and one of the named files has been viewed previously, the new files may be entered into the list in an unexpected order. If a line longer than the screen width is split (folded), and a search matches text which straddles the split, the matching text will not be highlighted. In certain cases, patterns beginning with a ^ may not be highlighted correctly. Patterns which include a TAB character may not be highlighted correctly. If a search is done using the ! operator for text NOT matching a pattern, the strings which do match the pattern are highlighted. In all cases, even if the highlighting is incorrect, the text will nevertheless be found correctly by the search. 21 LESS(1) USER COMMANDS LESS(1) COPYRIGHT Copyright (c) 1984,1985,1989,1994 Mark Nudelman 22 D) less-252/lesskey.man 444 2320 12 17230 5662456146 7606 LESSKEY(1) USER COMMANDS LESSKEY(1) NAME lesskey - specify key bindings for less SYNOPSIS lesskey [-o output] [input] lesskey -V DESCRIPTION _L_e_s_s_k_e_y is used to specify a set of key bindings to be used by _l_e_s_s. The input file is a text file which describes the key bindings, If the input file is "-", standard input is read. If no input file is specified, $HOME/.lesskey is read. The output file is a binary file which is used by _l_e_s_s. If no output file is specified, $HOME/.less is writ- ten. If the output file already exists, _l_e_s_s_k_e_y will overwrite it. The input file consists of lines of the form: _s_t_r_i_n_g _a_c_t_i_o_n [extra-string] Whitespace is any sequence of one or more spaces and/or tabs. The _s_t_r_i_n_g is the command key(s) which invoke the action. The _s_t_r_i_n_g may be a single command key, or a sequence of up to 15 keys. The _a_c_t_i_o_n is the name of the less action, from the list below. The characters in the _s_t_r_i_n_g may appear literally, or be prefixed by a caret to indicate a control key. A backslash followed by one to three octal digits may be used to specify a character by its octal value. A backslash followed by b, e, n, r or t speci- fies BACKSPACE, ESCAPE, NEWLINE, RETURN or TAB, respec- tively. A backslash followed by any other character indi- cates that character is to be taken literally. Characters which must be preceded by backslash include caret, space, tab and the backslash itself. Blank lines and lines which start with a pound sign (#) are ignored. An action may be followed by an "extra" string. When such a command is entered while running _l_e_s_s, the action is per- formed, and then the extra string is parsed, just as if it were typed in to _l_e_s_s. This feature can be used in certain cases to extend the functionality of a command. For exam- ple, see the "{" and ":t" commands in the example below. The -V flag causes _l_e_s_s_k_e_y to print its version number and immediately exit. Other flags and arguments are ignored. EXAMPLE The following input file describes the set of default com- mand keys used by less: 1 LESSKEY(1) USER COMMANDS LESSKEY(1) \r forw-line \n forw-line e forw-line j forw-line ^E forw-line ^N forw-line k back-line y back-line ^Y back-line ^K back-line ^P back-line J forw-line-force K back-line-force Y back-line-force d forw-scroll ^D forw-scroll u back-scroll ^U back-scroll \40 forw-screen f forw-screen ^F forw-screen ^V forw-screen b back-screen ^B back-screen \ev back-screen z forw-window w back-window F forw-forever R repaint-flush r repaint ^R repaint ^L repaint g goto-line < goto-line \e< goto-line p percent % percent { forw-bracket {} } back-bracket {} ( forw-bracket () ) back-bracket () [ forw-bracket [] ] back-bracket [] \e^F forw-bracket \e^B back-bracket G goto-end \e> goto-end > goto-end = status ^G status :f status / forw-search 2 LESSKEY(1) USER COMMANDS LESSKEY(1) ? back-search \e/ forw-search * \e? back-search * n repeat-search \en repeat-search-all N reverse-search \eN reverse-search-all \u undo-hilite m set-mark ' goto-mark ^X^X goto-mark E examine :e examine ^X^V examine :n next-file :p prev-file :x index-file - toggle-option :t toggle-option t s toggle-option o _ display-option | pipe v visual ! shell + firstcmd H help h help V version q quit :q quit :Q quit ZZ quit PRECEDENCE Commands specified by _l_e_s_s_k_e_y take precedence over the default commands. A default command key may be disabled by including it in the input file with the action "invalid". Alternatively, a key may be defined to do nothing by using the action "noaction". "noaction" is similar to "invalid", but _l_e_s_s will give an error beep for an "invalid" command, but not for a "noaction" command. In addition, ALL default commands may be disabled by adding this control line to the input file: #stop This will cause all default commands to be ignored. The #stop line should be the last line in that section of the file. (Another section, introduced by #line-edit, may fol- low the #stop line.) 3 LESSKEY(1) USER COMMANDS LESSKEY(1) Be aware that #stop can be dangerous. Since all default com- mands are disabled, you must provide sufficient commands before the #stop line to enable all necessary actions. For example, failure to provide a "quit" command can lead to frustration. LINE EDITING New key bindings may be specified for the line editing com- mands, in a manner similar to the way key bindings for ordi- nary commands are specified. This control line marks the beginning of a section of line-editing commands: #line-edit Following this line is a list of keys and actions, one per line as in the example below. EXAMPLE The following input file describes the set of default line- editing keys used by less: #line-edit \t forw-complete \17 back-complete \e\t back-complete \14 expand ^V literal ^A literal \el right \eh left \eb word-left \ew word-right \ei insert \ex delete \e\b word-backspace \e0 home \e$ end \ek up \ej down SEE ALSO less(1) COPYRIGHT Copyright (c) 1984,1985,1989,1994 Mark Nudelman 4 to-line \e< goto-line p percent % percent { forw-bracket {} } back-bracket {} ( forw-bracket () ) back-bracket () [ forw-bracket [] ] back-bracket [] \e^F forw-bracket \e^B less-252/less.hlp 444 2320 12 13046 5654016236 7077 SUMMARY OF COMMANDS Commands marked with * may be preceded by a number, _N. Notes in parentheses indicate the behavior if _N is given. h H Display this help. q :q :Q ZZ Exit. e ^E j ^N CR * Forward one line (or _N lines). y ^Y k ^K ^P * Backward one line (or _N lines). f ^F ^V SPACE * Forward one window (or _N lines). b ^B ESC-v * Backward one window (or _N lines). z * Forward one window (and set window to _N). w * Backward one window (and set window to _N). d ^D * Forward one half-window (and set half-window to _N). u ^U * Backward one half-window (and set half-window to _N). F Forward forever; like "tail -f". r ^R ^L Repaint screen. R Repaint screen, discarding buffered input. --------------------------------------------------- Default "window" is the screen height. Default "half-window" is half of the screen height. --------------------------------------------------- /_p_a_t_t_e_r_n * Search forward for (_N-th) matching line. ?_p_a_t_t_e_r_n * Search backward for (_N-th) matching line. n * Repeat previous search (for _N-th occurrence). N * Repeat previous search in reverse direction. ESC-n * Repeat previous search, spanning files. ESC-N * Repeat previous search, reverse dir. & spanning files. ESC-u Undo (toggle) search highlighting. --------------------------------------------------- Search patterns may be modified by one or more of: ! search for NON-matching lines. * search multiple files. @ start search at first file (for /) or last file (for ?). --------------------------------------------------- g < ESC-< * Go to first line in file (or line _N). G > ESC-> * Go to last line in file (or line _N). p % * Go to beginning of file (or _N percent into file). { * Go to the } matching the (_N-th) { in the top line. } * Go to the { matching the (_N-th) } in the bottom line. ( * Go to the ) matching the (_N-th) ( in the top line. ) * Go to the ( matching the (_N-th) ) in the bottom line. [ * Go to the ] matching the (_N-th) [ in the top line. ] * Go to the [ matching the (_N-th) ] in the bottom line. ESC-^F _<_c_1_> _<_c_2_> * Go to the _c_1 matching the (_N-th) _c_2 in the top line ESC-^B _<_c_1_> _<_c_2_> * Go to the _c_2 matching the (_N-th) _c_1 in the bottom line. m_<_l_e_t_t_e_r_> Mark the current position with . '_<_l_e_t_t_e_r_> Go to a previously marked position. '' Go to the previous position. ^X^X Same as '. :e [_f_i_l_e] Examine a new file. ^X^V Same as :e. :n * Examine the (_N-th) next file from the command line. :p * Examine the (_N-th) previous file from the command line. :x * Examine the first (or _N-th) file from the command line. = ^G :f Print current file name. V Print version number of "less". -_<_f_l_a_g_> Toggle a command line flag [see FLAGS below]. __<_f_l_a_g_> Display the setting of a command line flag. +_c_m_d Execute the less cmd each time a new file is examined. !_c_o_m_m_a_n_d Passes the command to $SHELL to be executed. |XX_c_o_m_m_a_n_d Pipe file between current pos & mark XX to shell command. v Edit the current file with $EDITOR. --------------------------------------------------- FLAGS Most flags may be changed either on the command line, or from within less by using the - command. -? Display help (from command line). -a Set forward search starting location. -b [_N] Number of buffers. -B Automatically allocate buffers. -c -C Repaint by scrolling/clearing. -d Dumb terminal. -e -E Quit at end of file. -f Force open non-regular files. -F Don't highlight matches for previous search pattern. -h [_N] Backward scroll limit. -i Ignore case in searches. -j [_N] Screen position of target lines. -k [_f_i_l_e] Use a lesskey file. -m -M Set prompt style. -n -N Use line numbers. -o [_f_i_l_e] Log file. -O [_f_i_l_e] Log file (unconditionally overwrite). -p [_p_a_t_t_e_r_n] Start at pattern (from command line). -P [_p_r_o_m_p_t] Define new prompt. -q -Q Quiet the terminal bell. -r Translate control characters. -s Squeeze multiple blank lines. -S Chop long lines. -t [_t_a_g] Find a tag. -T [_t_a_g_s_f_i_l_e] Use an alternate tags file. -u -U Change handling of backspaces. -V Display the version number of "less". -w Display ~ for lines after end-of-file. -x [_N] Set tab stops. -X Don't use termcap init/deinit strings. -y [_N] Forward scroll limit. -z [_N] Set size of window. [ matching the (_N-th) ] in the bottom line. ESC-^F _<_c_1_> _<_c_2_> * Go to the _c_1 matching the (_N-th) _c_2 in the top line ESC-^B _<_c_1_> _<_c_2_> * Go to the _c_2 matching the (_N-th) _c_1 in the bottom line. m_<_l_e_t_t_e_r_> Mark the current position with . '_<_l_e_t_t_e_r_> Go to a previously marked position. '' Go to the previous position. ^X^X